As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2010

Registration No. 333-170674

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
to
FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

SGOCO Group, Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

   
Cayman Islands   3663   N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

SGOCO Technology Park, Luoshan
Jinjiang City, Fujian, China 362200
+86 (595) 8200-5598

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)



 

Corporation Service Company
2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400
Wilmington, DE 19808

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



 

With copies to:

 
Ralph V. De Martino
Cavas S. Pavri
Cozen O’Connor
1900 Market Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
Telephone: (215) 665-5542
Facsimile: (215) 701-2478
  Betty Louie
DLA Piper Italy
Via Gabrio Casati 1
Milan, Italy 20123
Telephone: 39 02 806181
Facsimile: 39 02 80618201


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: o

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
Title of each class of securities to be registered   Amount to be
registered (1)
  Proposed
maximum
offering price
per security (1)
  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)
  Amount of
registration fee
Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.001     1,533,333 (2)     $ 7.50 (3)     $ 11,499,998 (2)     $ 820  
Representative’s Unit Purchase Option     1     $ 100.00     $ 100.00     $ 1.00  
Ordinary shares underlying Representative’s Unit Purchase Option     66,667     $ 9.00     $ 600,003     $ 43  
Total                              $ 864 (4)  

(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option.
(3) $7.50 is the high point of the estimated range of public offering price.
(4) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, Preliminary prospectus dated December 13, 2010

1,333,333 Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

SGOCO GROUP, LTD.

Ordinary Shares

We are selling 1,333,333 of our ordinary shares. We expect the public offering price to be between $6.00 and $7.50 per ordinary share.

Our ordinary shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “SGTLF.” On December 10, 2010, the last reported market price of our shares was $8.00 per share. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SGOC.”

Investing in our ordinary shares involves certain risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our ordinary shares.

   
  Per share   Total
Public offering price   $        $     
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $        $     
Proceeds, before expenses, to SGOCO   $        $     

(1) This amount does not include a non-accountable expense allowance in the amount of 2% of the gross proceeds, or $  ($  per share) payable to the underwriters. In connection with this offering, we have agreed to issue to I-Bankers Securities, Inc., as the representative of the underwriters, for $100, warrants to purchase an aggregate number of our common shares equal to 5% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering at an exercise price of 120% of the offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 200,000 ordinary shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

The ordinary shares will be ready for delivery on or about , 2010.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
I-Bankers Securities, Inc.
Bookrunner
  Hudson Securities, Inc.
Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC

The date of this prospectus is , 2010.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO Group, Ltd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
OFFERING SUMMARY     5  
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA     7  
RISK FACTORS     9  
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     25  
USE OF PROCEEDS     26  
DIVIDEND POLICY     27  
CAPITALIZATION     28  
DILUTION     29  
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES     30  
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA     31  
MARKET PRICE INFORMATION     32  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     33  
BUSINESS     47  
CORPORATE HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION     56  
MANAGEMENT     59  
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS     65  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     66  
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL     67  
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION     69  
TAXATION     73  
UNDERWRITING     81  
EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING     87  
LEGAL MATTERS     87  
EXPERTS     87  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION     87  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus:

“SGOCO”, “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “our company” refers to SGOCO Group, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. SGOCO Group, Ltd. was previously named SGOCO Technology, Ltd., and prior to the Acquisition described below, the company was named Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
“Honesty Group” refers to Honesty Group Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong limited company and wholly owned subsidiary of SGOCO, which was acquired in the Acquisition described below, and the entity through which the subsidiaries described below and operating business are held.
“Guanke” refers to Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co. Ltd., a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group.
“Guanwei” refers to Guanwei (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group.
“Guancheng” refers to Guancheng (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group.
“Jinjiang Guanke” refers to Jinjiang Guanke Electron Co. Ltd., a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Guanke.
“Acquisition” refers to the business combination transaction consummated on March 12, 2010, as provided by the Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2010, by and among our company, Honesty Group and each of the shareholders signatories thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Share Exchange Agreement, dated March 11, 2010.
“PRC” or “China” refers to the People’s Republic of China.
All references to “U.S. dollars,” “US$,” “dollars” and “$” are to the legal currency of the United States. All references to “RMB” and “Renminbi” refer to the legal currency of China.
In this prospectus, Tier 1 cities refer to the business centers in China including, without limitation, Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou; Tier 3 cities refer to middle-scale cities in China; and Tier 4 city refer to small cities in China.
Under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association as currently in effect, we are authorized to issue ordinary shares and holders of our ordinary shares are referred to as “members” rather than “shareholders.” In this prospectus, references that would otherwise be to members are made to shareholders, which term is more familiar to investors on the NASDAQ Global Market, which is where we have applied to list our shares.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making an investment decision.

Our Business

We are a liquid crystal display solution branded distributor, designer, and manufacturer in China. We engage in the design, manufacture and distribution of LCD consumer products, including LCD PC monitors, LCD TV and application-specific products, and are focused on providing high quality, branded electronics at affordable prices to the emerging Chinese consumer. Our vision is to offer high quality LCD products under brands that we control such as “SGOCO” and “Edge 10,” at reasonable prices to consumers residing in China’s Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities. We believe that end-users in our target markets are less brand-conscious and more price sensitive than consumers typically found in China’s Tier 1 cities. We currently sell our products via multiple channels including computer stores, distributors and specialty retailers, but are focused on developing a more vertically integrated system, via a strategy referred to as SGOCO Clubs.

Our Strategy

We believe that LCD products, in general, are subject to rapid technological obsolescence. This is because new technologies and features are constantly introduced into the marketplace by international brands. However, these new technologies and features are typically marketed first to Tier 1 cities, where we believe brand recognition is the key driver to sales. Our goal is to offer our branded products with similar features at affordable pricing points and establish a dominant market position in selected Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities before competitor brands reach these markets.

In 2009, we initiated an effort to convert select specialty retailers and large end-customers into “SGOCO Club” members. We believe our SGOCO Clubs strategy will allow us to (a) rapidly build a brand presence in multiple markets; and (b) allow operators of SGOCO Clubs to offer differentiated branded products at reasonable prices where they enjoy higher gross margins. SGOCO Club members are encouraged to build and manage their own business to sell products carrying SGOCO brands. We believe a network of SGOCO Club members is an effective way to distribute products in dispersed markets because the SGOCO Club members engage in localized person-to-person product education and after-sales servicing, which is not readily available through traditional distribution channels.

We believe that this personal touch enhances end users’ awareness of the benefits and value of SGOCO products. Additionally, we believe that our approach through our SGOCO Club model appeals to a cross-section of potential partners, such as entrepreneurial operators of specialty retailers (mom-and-pop retail stores) who may want a differentiated branded retail presence, and internet café operators who may already use a large number of LCD products in their business, and who may be seeking to supplement their income by selling products. We consider our high-quality products, compact product lines, and higher potential gross margins to be attractive components of the SGOCO Club marketing system.

During the first three quarters of 2010, we significantly expanded the “SGOCO Club” network increasing the total number of retailers within the network to over 400 as of September 30, 2010, up from 70 as of December 31, 2009. We believe expanding the SGOCO Club network will be a solid foundation for our continued growth. The SGOCO Club model helps business owners with initial setup costs. In the future, we intend to provide our SGOCO Club members with incentives based on meeting sales quotas. We believe our SGOCO Club model will provide incentives for the business owners to promote the brand in local regions. We provide not only multiple branded product lines, but also sales, marketing and management assistance to help local operators succeed.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks and Challenges

Some of the primary risks and challenges we face include:

We have a limited operating history upon which to judge our operations. We were formed in 2005 and commenced our business in the fourth quarter of 2006. In addition, we have grown rapidly in recent years, and may not be successful in managing any future growth.
As discussed above, in 2009, we started distributing our LCD products through our “SGOCO Club” network of retail distributors. If this strategic move cannot be successfully implemented, our future growth may be significantly affected.
We derive a significant portion of our sales from several large distributors. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, sales to our top three customers accounted for approximately 69%, 66%, and 64%, respectively, of total revenue and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, sales to our top three customers accounted for approximately 22%, 14%, and 11%, respectively.
We pay significant advances to certain vendors for inventory purchases which amounted to $11,950,074, $4,357,239 and $178,798 as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $17,246,462 at September 30, 2010. We negotiate the amount of the advance with our vendors. These advance payments require a substantial commitment of our working capital. In the future, suppliers may demand higher levels of advances for future purchases as demand grows for LCD panels.
We will need to raise additional financing in excess of our currently available bank financing during the next 12 months in order to continue to invest in property and equipment for our SGOCO Technology Park and to grow our SGOCO Club membership. The failure to raise such financing will require us to, among other items, tighten credit terms, hold less inventory, reduce advances to suppliers and slow investment in plant and machinery, which would result in slower growth in revenues and profits.
We do not currently have a full-time chief financial officer with experience as a chief financial officer of a United States publicly traded company.
We rely on short-term credit facilities that mature at various dates within one year to fund our operations. Although in the past we have been able to renew these facilities, there is no assurance that we will be able to renew these facilities in the future. If we are unable to renew these facilities in the future, we will need to raise financing from alternative sources for which we have no commitments.

Historical Structure and Acquisition of Honesty Group

We were a blank check corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007. We were originally incorporated as “Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.” We were originally formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more operating businesses in China through a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition or similar business combination or control through contractual arrangements.

Pursuant to our charter documents, we were required to enter into a business combination transaction to acquire control of a business with its primary operation in the PRC with a fair market value of at least 80% of the trust account established at the time of our IPO, or the Trust Account, (excluding certain deferred underwriting commissions) prior to March 12, 2010, or dissolve and liquidate. The approval of the business combination transaction required the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares and was conditioned, among other matters, on not more than 30% of the outstanding shares being properly tendered for redemption under our charter documents. Each ordinary share issued in our IPO was entitled to be redeemed if it was voted against the business combination transaction at a price equal to the amount in the Trust Account divided by the number of shares issued in the IPO outstanding at the time, estimated to be approximately $7.98 as of February 17, 2010. We entered into various forward purchase agreements with various hedge funds and other institutions for us to repurchase a total of 2,147,493 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $17,285,811 immediately after the closing of the business combination.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On March 12, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Honesty Group. In addition, at the meeting to approve the acquisition, the holders of our outstanding warrants approved an amendment to the warrant agreement under which the warrants were issued to increase the exercise price per share of the warrants from $5.00 to $8.00 and to extend by one year the exercise period, or until March 7, 2014, and to provide for the redemption of the publicly-held warrants, at the option of the holder, for $0.50 per warrant upon the closing of the acquisition. We may redeem the warrants at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption if, and only if, the last sale price of our ordinary share equals or exceeds $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment for splits, dividends, recapitalization and other similar events) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

After payment of various fees and expenses, the redemption prices of shares and warrants and the forward purchase contracts, the balance of approximately $5.4 million in the Trust Account was released to us upon consummation of the acquisition of Honesty Group. After the closing of the Acquisition and the settlement of related transactions, we had outstanding 16,094,756 ordinary shares, of which 859,668 shares were initially issued in our IPO, and warrants to purchase 1,816,027 shares at a price of $8.00 per share, of which 1,566,027 were initially issued in our IPO.

Corporate Structure

Following the consummation of the Acquisition, Honesty Group became the only wholly-owned subsidiary of SGOCO. Honesty Group is a limited liability company registered in Hong Kong on September 13, 2005. Honesty Group owns 100% of Guanke, Guanwei, and Guancheng. Guanke, Guanwei and Guancheng are limited liability companies established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the PRC and have business operating licenses. All three companies qualify as wholly foreign-owned enterprises under PRC law. Jinjiang Guanke is a limited liability company established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the PRC and has a business operating license, and is a subsidiary of Guanke. In order to create business synergies in line with our strategic goals two subsidiaries in addition to Guanke were established. We formed Guancheng to manufacture injection molded products and other related items. Guanwei was formed to manufacture electronic components. Both companies are expected to sell their products to Guanke and to other outside customers. Guancheng began operations from June 2010. Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke have no operations as of the date of this prospectus.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following diagram sets forth our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(1) The officers of Honesty Group are Tin Man Or and Burnette Or. The director of Honesty Group is Sun Zone Investments Limited.
(2) Guanke is SGOCO’s operational subsidiary in the PRC and holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. The officers are Burnette Or, Robert Lu, and Zhongsheng Lv. The directors of Guanke are Tin Man Or, Burnette Or, and Shangguan Weiwei.
(3) Guancheng holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. Guancheng began operations in the second fiscal quarter of 2010. The officer of Guangcheng is Burnette Or. The directors of Guancheng are Burnette Or, Tin Man Or, and Guoxiong Ding.
(4) Guanwei holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. Guanwei has no operations. The officer of Guanwei is Burnette Or. The directors of Guanwei are Burnette Or, Tin Man Or, and Guoxiong Ding.
(5) Jinjiang Guanke has no operations. The officer and director of Jinjiang Guanke is Mr. Wen Pu Or.

Recent Events

On November 17, 2010, we held an extraordinary meeting of shareholders at which our shareholders voted to approve a name change of our company to “SGOCO Group, Ltd.” and voted to adopt our 2010 Equity Compensation Plan.

SGOCO’s Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at SGOCO Technology Park, Luoshan, Jinjiang City, Fujian, China 362200 and our telephone number is 086-595-8200-5598. Our website address is www.sgocogroup.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OFFERING SUMMARY

Ordinary shares offered    
    1,333,333 shares at a purchase price of $6.75 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
Ordinary shares outstanding before this offering    
    16,094,756 shares
Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering    
    17,428,089 shares
Over-allotment option    
    We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 200,000 ordinary shares, at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any.
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $7.7 million from this offering (or approximately $8.9 million assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full), assuming a public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share. For the purposes of estimating net proceeds, we are assuming a public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes and working capital.
Listing    
    We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SGOC.”
Lock-up agreements    
    We, our executive officers and directors and our major shareholders have agreed, with limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting.”
Risk Factors    
    See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our ordinary shares.

Unless stated otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes a public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 200,000 additional ordinary shares from us to cover over-allotments.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The number of our ordinary shares outstanding following this offering is based on 16,094,756 including 6,566,823 shares in escrow of our ordinary shares outstanding as of November 15, 2010. This number does not include:

warrants to purchase 1,816,027 shares at a price of $8.00 per share;
280,000 ordinary shares and an additional 280,000 ordinary shares underlying warrants comprising units subject to a purchase option issued to the underwriter in our IPO, which purchase option permits that underwriter to purchase the units at $10.00 per unit; and
the exercise of a put option pursuant to which we or Mr. Burnette Or would acquire 250,000 shares currently outstanding.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statement of income data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial data. The unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. In addition, our unaudited results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 may not be indicative of the results for the full year ending December 31, 2010.

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31
  For the nine months ended
September 30
     2009   2008   2007   2010   2009
                    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Consolidated Statement of Income
                                            
Net revenues     67,874,304       43,790,842       10,482,997       134,087,699       33,128,434  
Cost of goods sold     (57,764,335 )       (37,709,028 )       (9,507,978 )       (114,775,444 )       (28,098,577 )  
Gross profit     10,109,969       6,081,814       975,019       19,312,255       5,029,857  
Selling expenses     (116,918 )       (211,198 )       (34,230 )       (366,347 )       (76,677 )  
General and administrative expenses     (889,481 )       (562,265 )       (326,274 )       (3,034,763 )       (515,049 )  
Total operating expenses     (1,006,399 )       (773,463 )       (360,504 )       (3,401,110 )       (591,726 )  
Income from operations     9,103,570       5,308,351       614,515       15,911,145       4,438,131  
Interest income     7,221       4,640       2,658       63,184       3,618  
Interest expense     (841,613 )       (70,108 )       (62,367 )       (660,319 )       (576,378 )  
Other income (expense), net     (75,893 )       (18,438 )       (68,911 )       (563,901 )       6,037  
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability                       (813,748 )        
Income before provision for income taxes     8,193,285       5,224,445       485,895       13,936,361       3,871,408  
Provision for income taxes     (1,034,212 )                   (2,021,024 )       (493,170 )  
Net income     7,159,073       5,224,445       485,895       11,915,337       3,378,238  
Income per share:
                                            
Basic – ordinary share     0.84       0.61       0.06       1.29       0.40  
Diluted – ordinary share     0.84       0.61       0.06       1.28       0.40  
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per share:
                                            
Basic     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000       9,260,594       8,500,000  
Diluted     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000       9,278,054       8,500,000  

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

     
  As of December 31,   As of
September 30,
2010
     2009   2008
               (unaudited)
Total assets     79,472,678       40,461,169       136,798,748  
Total liabilities     47,470,026       18,680,726       90,144,381  
Total shareholders’ equity     32,002,652       21,780,443       46,654,367  

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

If you purchase our ordinary shares, you will assume a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed in this prospectus, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our shares to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history in making, developing and selling LCD products, and we have recently commenced a new distribution strategy, which may not provide an adequate basis to judge our future prospects and results of operations.

We have a limited operating history. Honesty Group was formed in 2005 and commenced its business in the fourth quarter of 2006 and has expanded its operations substantially in recent years principally through Guanke, Honesty Group’s primary Chinese operating subsidiary. In 2009, Guanke started distributing its LCD products principally through its “SGOCO Club” network of retail distributors. If this strategic move cannot be successfully implemented, our future growth will be significantly affected. In addition, the historical results of Honesty Group may not provide a meaningful basis for you to evaluate our business, financial performance, and prospects due, in part, to the strategic marketing and distribution change.

Competition in our industry is intense and, if we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose customers and our financial results will be negatively affected.

The LCD products industry in China is highly competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify. We face competition from distributors and LCD manufacturers that use their extensive brand-name value, manufacturing and marketing size, and in-house sales forces and exclusive sales agents to distribute their products. We compete for customers on the basis of, among other things, our product offerings, customer service and reputation. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, research and development, and design, marketing, distribution, management or other resources. Our results of operations could be affected by a number of competitive factors, including entry by new competitors into our current markets, expansion by existing competitors, better marketing and advertising leading to stronger brand equity for our competitors, and competition with other companies for the production capacity of contract manufacturers. Our results of operations and market position may be adversely impacted by these competitive pressures.

There can be no assurance that our strategies will remain competitive or that we will continue to be successful in the future. Increased competition could result in a loss of market share. In particular, if our competitors adopt aggressive pricing policies, we may be forced to adjust the pricing of our products to level their competitiveness. This could adversely affect our profitability and financial results.

If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to rapid technological changes in the LCD products industry, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The rate of technological change in the consumer electronics industry generally, and in the LCD products industry specifically, is rapid, with frequent new product and service introductions and evolving industry standards. For example, LED (light-emitting diode) displays were only recently commercially marketable, but Samsung reported selling 2.6 million devices in 2009. LED back-lit devices purport to be thinner, more power-efficient and produce better images than LCD products. We believe that our future success will depend on our ability to continue to anticipate technological changes and to offer additional product and service opportunities that meet evolving standards on a timely and cost-effective basis. There is a risk that we may not successfully identify new product and service opportunities or develop and introduce these opportunities in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition, product and service opportunities that our competitors develop or introduce may render our products and services noncompetitive. As a result, we cannot assure you that technological changes that may affect our industry in the future will not have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Honesty Group has unfulfilled registered capital obligation for its two subsidiaries, Guanwei and Guancheng.

Two of Honesty Group’s subsidiaries, Guanwei and Guancheng, were formed on June 22, 2007, with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000. Under PRC law, the registered capital of a company is regarded as corporate property, and it is the shareholder’s obligation to fulfill its subscribed capital contribution according to the provisions of PRC law and the PRC company’s charter documents. The charter document for each PRC company, which consists of the company’s articles of association, is the agreement that sets forth the amount of registered capital required to be paid. Honesty Group has the obligation to fulfill the registered capital obligations of Guanwei and Guancheng.

As of September 30, 2010, $3,130,000 and $4,969,970 had been invested by Honesty Group in the above subsidiaries. According to an agreement reached with the local government agency, the Jinjiang Bureau of China’s State Administration of Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, the remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 must be contributed by the end of 2010. The SAIC provided Honesty Group with additional time to make the registered capital payments because Honesty Group is in the process of investing in infrastructure in the region through its investment in the SGOCO Technology Park. If Honesty Group is unable to make the registered capital payments during 2010, it believes it will be able to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer its obligation to pay the remaining registered capital for an additional 12 months, provided that the SAIC believes Honesty Group is progressing with the timetable for making its infrastructure investments in the SGOCO Technology Park. Honesty Group does not have a specific timetable for paying these obligations, and does not presently know when it will pay these obligations. If it fails to reach such an agreement for deferral, Honesty Group would have an obligation to fund these two subsidiaries or to apply for a reduction in the remaining registered capital, which may not be granted. If Honesty Group fails to contribute the registered capital, it may be penalized with fines of 5 – 15% over the amount of unpaid capital, and, in certain cases, the business licenses for Guanwei and Guancheng may be revoked, which would result in the inability of Guanwei and Guancheng to conduct business in China. If Honesty Group is required to fund the remaining registered capital, Honesty Group will need to raise external financing, and there is no assurance that sufficient external financing could be raised to fund the registered capital amount.

Honesty Group has not informed the SAIC of the change in its ownership due to the Acquisition because such disclosure is not required by applicable law. SGOCO does not believe that the change in ownership will impact any future deferrals or reduction applications it may receive from the SAIC with respect to Honesty Group’s registered capital commitments. Furthermore, if the business license of Guanwei or Guancheng was revoked due to Honesty Group’s failure to pay the required registered capital, the individuals that serve as the legal representatives of Guanwei or Guangcheng would not be subject to penalties for such failures.

We granted an investor a put option at $8.00 per share exercisable for a three month period commencing February 15, 2011, which, if exercised, would require us to repurchase up to 250,000 shares for a total of $2.0 million.

In March 2010, we and Mr. Burnette Or, personally, granted an investor a put option that permits the investor to require us or Mr. Or to purchase up to 250,000 ordinary shares from the investor at $8.00 per share commencing February 15, 2011 until May 15, 2011. To the extent the price of our ordinary shares during the option period is less than $8.00 per share, it is likely that the investor will require us or Mr. Or to purchase the shares for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million. If the investor requires us to purchase the shares, the funds used to make the purchase would reduce our working capital.

We have generated a significant percentage of our revenues from related parties.

In the past, we have generated a significant percentage of our revenues from related parties. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, related parties represented 9.4% of our revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, related parties represented 9.1%, 22.2% and 18.4% of our revenues, respectively. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to continue to generate revenues from related parties in the future. If we are unable to generate revenues from related parties in the future, or if we are unable to replace any lost revenues from related parties in the future, our operating results may be adversely affected.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We sell most of our products through a few customers with which we do not have long-term agreements, and, accordingly, we may have risks from our level of customer concentration.

We derive a significant portion of our sales from several large distributors. For 2008 and 2009, sales to our top three customers accounted for approximately 66% and 64%, respectively, of our total revenue and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, sales to our top three customers accounted for approximately 22%, 14%, and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue.

The identity of our large customers has generally changed from period to period, such that only one of the customers that represented greater than 10% of our revenue during the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, represented greater than 10% of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2009. The table below shows the changing nature of our customers that represented at least 10% of SGOCO’s revenues during the relevant period:

       
  For nine months
ended
September 30,
2010
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2009
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2008
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2007
Customer A*     14 %       10 %                    
Customer B     22 %                             
Customer C     11 %                             
Customer D**                       22 %       18 %  
Customer E              21 %                    
Customer F              27 %       27 %           
Customer G              16 %                    
Customer H                       17 %           
Customer I                       13 %           
Customer J                       11 %       28 %  

* Fujian Huamao Trading Co., Ltd.
** This customer is a related party and is separately disclosed on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Other Comprehensive Income in the consolidated financial statements.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, our customers that represented greater than 10% of our revenue during the period consisted of two distributors (Customers A and B above), and one OEM customer (Customer C). Customers A and B are Chinese companies, and Customer C is a Hong Kong company.

The main reason for the increase in revenue from these customers is reduction in OEM revenue beginning in 2008. As a part of our strategy, production capacity is primarily focused on our own brand products. Because of demand for our own branded products, we could not take on any OEM contracts in 2009. While we expect current distributors to have similar or larger volume in 2010, our revenue mix will begin to change in 2010. As we completed a move to a new production facility in 2009 with increased production capacity, we expect that 2010 will have additional revenue from OEM customers. We also expect revenue to grow from sales to SGOCO Club members. Nonetheless, any substantial reduction in purchases from our top distributors, or any failure to renew their agreements with us, may result in a significant loss of sales and our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially adversely affected. None of these customers have long-term contracts with us and they each order as needed based on purchase orders. Sales to customers are entered into based on individual purchase orders.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are exposed to the credit risks of our customers.

Our accounts receivable aging period typically ranges from 30 to 60 days. Our financial position and profitability is dependent on the creditworthiness of our customers. Thus, we are exposed to the credit risks of our customers, and this risk increases the larger the orders are. The table below shows the number of customers that represented at least 10% of SGOCO’s accounts receivable as of relevant period:

       
  As of
September 30,
2010
  As of
December 31,
2009
  As of
December 31,
2008
  As of
December 31,
2007
Customer A     15 %       40 %                    
Customer B     47 %                             
Customer D                       50 %       49 %  
Customer E              18 %                    
Customer G              16 %                    
Customer H                       10 %           
Customer J                       20 %       40 %  

Although there has not been any material collection problem for trade receivables or bad debts in the last three fiscal years, there is no assurance that we will not encounter doubtful or bad debts in the future. If we were to experience any unexpected delay or difficulty in collections from our customers, our cash flows and financial results may be adversely affected.

We may experience pressure from panel manufacturers to make greater prepayments for our inventory.

We pay advances to vendors for inventory purchases, which amounted to $12.0 million, $4.4 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $17.2 million at September 30, 2010. The amount of the advance is negotiated with the vendor. These advance payments require a substantial commitment of our working capital. In the future, suppliers may demand higher levels of advances for future purchases as demand grows for LCD panels.

The table below shows the number of suppliers that represented at least 10% of advances to suppliers, including related parties, as of the relevant period:

       
  As of
September 30,
2010
  As of
December 31,
2009
  As of
December 31,
2008
  As of
December 31,
2007
Supplier A              25 %                    
Supplier B*              43 %       71 %       40 %  
Supplier C     32 %       15 %                    
Supplier D                       16 %           
Supplier F     17 %                             
Supplier G     15 %                             
Supplier H     14 %                             
Supplier I     11 %                             

* This supplier is a related party and is separately disclosed in the Related Party Transactions footnote in the consolidated financial statements.

Our successful operation relies upon an adequate supply of LCD panels, at acceptable prices and quantity, in a timely manner.

We have no production capability to manufacture LCD panels, and our operations are significantly dependent on the sufficient supply of LCD panels obtained at reasonable prices. We currently source LCD panels from multiple distributors. We are exposed to the market risk of availability and price fluctuations for LCD panels. The price and availability of LCD panels may vary significantly from year to year due to factors such as global demand from end users, China’s import restrictions, producer capacity, market conditions and costs of raw materials. We do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers or guarantees of supply or price. If the prices of LCD panels rise too high or the supply of LCD panels becomes scarce, our profit

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

margins may decline and we may be unable to fulfill order contracts placed prior to production. We are currently in negotiation directly with additional LCD panel suppliers as a strategy to diversify supply risks and reduce material costs.

We face increasing labor costs and other costs of production in the PRC, which could reduce our profitability.

Labor costs in China have been increasing in recent years and labor costs in the PRC could continue to increase in the future. If labor costs in the PRC continue to increase, production costs will likely increase. This may in turn affect the selling prices of our products, which may then affect the demand of such products and thereby adversely affect our sales, financial condition and results of operations. We are actively reviewing manufacturing processes to continue to simplify our production processes and to continue to control and build more of our components internally.

We may not be able to retain, recruit and train adequate management, sales and marketing personnel, and our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel may limit our development.

Our success is dependent to a large extent on our ability to retain the services of our executive management personnel, who have contributed to our growth and expansion and also to recruit talented executives to lead new initiatives. The industry experience, entrepreneurial skills and contributions of our executive directors and other members of our senior management are essential to our continuing success. Our future success will depend on the continued service of our senior management. In particular, Mr. Burnette Or, Chairman of the Board and President, has over 10 years’ experience in the consumer electronics industry and is responsible for the overall corporate strategy, planning and business development of Honesty Group. His experience and leadership is critical to our operations and financial performance. If we lose the services of Mr. Or, or any of our key executive personnel, and cannot replace them in a timely manner, such loss may reduce our competitiveness, and may adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and future prospects. In addition, our retail expansion plan and SGOCO Club model are dependent upon our ability to identify and recruit an adequate sales force in China. Given the current rate of economic growth in China, competition for qualified personnel will be substantial.

We do not currently have a full-time chief financial officer with experience as a chief financial officer of a United States publicly traded company.

Mr. Lv Zhongsheng is currently SGOCO’s Treasurer, chief accountant and acting chief financial officer. We are seeking a chief financial officer with substantial experience in U.S. GAAP and public company reporting requirements and the ability to speak Mandarin Chinese fluently. The pool of candidates meeting our criteria is small. We have entered into discussions with a small number of candidates to assume the chief financial officer position, but have not finalized an agreement with a candidate and can provide no assurance that we will do so in a timely manner. The delay in obtaining the services of qualified chief financial officer may hinder our ability to timely comply with our reporting requirements as a U.S. public company.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively and our growth may slow down in the future.

We have been expanding our business rapidly and expect to continue to do so either through organic growth or through acquisitions and investments in related businesses as we deem appropriate. Such expansion may place a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources. We will need to manage our growth effectively, which may entail devising and implementing business plans, training and managing a growing workforce, managing costs and implementing adequate control and reporting systems in a timely manner. There can be no assurance that our personnel, procedures and controls will be managed effectively to support future growth adequately. Failure to manage expansion effectively may affect our success in executing our business plan and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, our growth in percentage terms may slow in the future. Accordingly, you should not rely on our historic growth rate as an indicator for our future growth.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO Technology Park is subject to a purchase option that may limit our ability to fully realize on our plans to develop SGOCO Technology Park for our benefit.

As a condition to the execution of the share exchange agreement we entered into as part of the Acquisition, Honesty Group entered into a purchase option in favor of SGOCO’s President, Mr. Burnette Or, which allows Mr. Or, or a company designated by him, to purchase the SGOCO Technology Park for cost at any time prior to March 18, 2011, and also allows Honesty Group to put the property to Mr. Or if he fails to exercise his option by such date. The option may be extended by one year at the request of Mr. Or. Mr. Or’s exercise of the purchase option is conditioned on Mr. Or, or the designated company, agreeing with Guanke for a long-term lease of the property at the prevailing market price. Our ability to fully develop the SGOCO Technology Park and benefit from that development may be limited if this option is exercised by Mr. Or.

We rely on short-term credit facilities and loans to fund our operations, and the failure to renew these facilities on a regular basis may adversely effect our ability to operate our business.

We fund much of our operations from short term credit facilities and loans with various PRC banks. As of September 30, 2010, our notes and letters of credit totaled approximately $21.7 million and our short term bank loans totaled $22.2 million.

We have written credit facilities with four banks pursuant to which we issued a portion of the amounts discussed above. We have a facility with the Bank of Communications that expires in August 2011. We have several facilities with the Agricultural Bank of China that expire in January 2011 and March 2011, respectively. We have a facility with the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China that was renewed in September 2010 for a one-year period. The remainder of our short-term borrowings are with Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and consist of short-term loans.

All of our borrowings mature at various dates within one year. We have been making these types of arrangements since our inception, and, in the past, we have been able to renew these facilities and repay the loans and borrow again from the same banks. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to renew these facilities in the future. If we are unable to renew these facilities in the future, we will need to raise financing from alternative sources for which we have no commitments.

The SGOCO Technology Park and our equipment located at the SGOCO Technology Park are subject to mortgages with our lenders.

We have several credit facilities with the Agricultural Bank of China in the total amount of RMB 76 million, of which we are currently permitted to utilize RMB 68 million. In connection with the credit facility for RMB 58 million, which expires March 3, 2011, the Agricultural Bank of China has a mortgage on our land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. This mortgage secures all credit extensions under this facility from March 4, 2009 until March 3, 2011. The Agricultural Bank of China also has a mortgage on our machinery equipment located at the SGOCO Technology Park pursuant to a credit facility for RMB 18 million, which expires January 26, 2011. This mortgage secures all credit extensions under this facility from January 27, 2011 until January 26, 2011. Both of these credit facilities are short-term. Although in the past, we have been able to renew these facilities, there is no assurance that we will be able to renew these facilities in the future. In the event that we are not able to renew the facilities upon the expiration of their terms, or we cannot pay off the amounts borrowed under the facilities, both our land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park and the machinery equipment located at the SGOCO Technology Park would be subject to foreclosure.

We currently enjoy certain preferential tax treatment in China, which may not continue in future periods.

Pursuant to the PRC Income Tax Laws, prior to January 1, 2008, Chinese companies were subject to Enterprise Income Taxes, or EIT, at a statutory rate of 33%. Beginning January 1, 2008, the new EIT law replaced the existing laws for Domestic Enterprises and Foreign Invested Enterprises, or FIEs. The new standard EIT rate of 25% replaced the 33% rate, except for “High Tech” companies, which pay a reduced rate of 15%. Companies established before March 16, 2007 were able to continue to enjoy tax holiday treatment approved by the local government for a grace period of the five years or until the tax holiday term is completed, whichever is sooner.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Guanke was established before March 16, 2007 and therefore is qualified to continue enjoying the reduced tax rate as described above. Guanke was granted an income tax exemption for two years commencing from January 1, 2007, and is subject to 50% of the 25% EIT tax rate, or 12.5%, from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011. Guanke is currently applying for the High Technology company status. If qualification as a High Technology company is achieved, Guanke will be entitled to preferential tax treatment and enjoy the benefit of a reduced income tax rate at 15% starting 2012. Guanwei is in the development stage. Guancheng began its operations in June 2010. Guanwei and Guancheng had no taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Future changes in Chinese tax law could change existing or future tax benefits or rates. Such changes could adversely affect our results.

As all of our operations are in China, we may face risks related to health epidemics and other outbreaks in China, which could adversely affect our operations.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of avian flu, severe acute respiratory syndrome or another epidemic. From time to time, there have been reports on the occurrences of avian flu in various parts of China, including a few confirmed human cases and deaths. Any prolonged recurrence of avian flu, severe acute respiratory syndrome or other adverse public health developments in China or elsewhere in Asia may have a material and adverse effect on our business operations.

Our operations may be disrupted and our business, financial condition and/or results of operations may be adversely affected by a failure in our facilities or our suppliers’ facilities for reasons beyond our control.

Our manufacturing operations, or that of our LCD panel suppliers, could be disrupted for reasons beyond our control. The causes of disruptions may include extreme weather conditions, landslides, earthquakes, fires, natural catastrophes, raw material supply disruptions, equipment and system failures, labor force shortages, energy shortages, workforce actions or environmental issues. Any significant disruption to our or our major suppliers’ operations could adversely affect our ability to make and sell products. In addition, the occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of any of our manufacturing facilities and on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in existing laws and regulations or additional or stricter laws and regulations on environmental protection in the PRC may cause us to incur additional capital expenditures.

Our production facility is located in Jinjiang City, Fujian province and is subject to PRC environmental protection laws and regulations. These laws and regulations require enterprises engaged in manufacturing that may generate industrial waste to adopt effective measures to control and properly dispose of such waste. The relevant administrative department for environmental protection can levy fines for any violations of such environmental laws or regulations. For material violations, the PRC government may suspend or close any or all of our operations. Upon completion of construction of our facilities, an environmental report was prepared and approved by the Jinjiang Municipal Environment Protection Bureau, but there is no assurance that the local municipal or central PRC government will not change the existing laws or regulations or impose additional or stricter laws or regulation. Compliance with any of these additional or stricter laws or regulations may cause us to incur additional capital expenditures, which we may be unable to pass on to our customers through higher prices for our products.

Our current insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the risks related to our operations.

Our operations are subject to hazards and risks normally associated with manufacturing operations, which may cause damage to persons or property. Currently, we maintain insurance policies for damage to real property and for employer liability for personal injury of employees. We are not required under PRC law to maintain, and we do not maintain, any product liability insurance. If we were found liable for any product liability claim, we may be required to pay substantial damages. Even if we were successful in defending such a claim, we may incur substantial financial and other resources in defending such a claim. Under such circumstances, our financial results will be adversely affected. Depending on the outcome of any such claim, the reputation of our brands may also be adversely affected. Further, we do not maintain business interruption insurance or third party liability insurance against claims for property damage, personal injury and environmental liabilities. The occurrence of any of these events may result in interruption of our operations

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and subject us to significant losses or liabilities. Any losses or liabilities that are not covered by our current insurance policies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our risk management and internal control systems improvements may not be adequate or effective, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have established risk management and internal control systems consisting of establishing an organizational framework, and implementing policies, procedures and risk management methods that we believe are appropriate for our business operations, and we seek to continue to improve such risk management and internal control systems from time to time. However, as a small company with few non-production/sales employees and due to the inherent limitations in the design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems, there can be no assurance that our risk management and internal control systems will be sufficiently effective in identifying and preventing all such risks.

In addition, as some of our risk management and internal control policies and procedures are relatively new, we may need to establish and implement additional risk management and internal control policies and procedures to further improve our systems from time to time. Since our risk management and internal control systems also depend on their implementation by our employees, there can be no assurance that such implementation will not involve any human errors or mistakes. If we fail to timely adopt and implement risk management and internal control policies and procedures, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our market is subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences and we may not be able to predict or meet consumer preferences or demand accurately.

We derive a significant amount of revenue from the LCD products that are subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences. Our sales and profits are sensitive to these changing preferences and our success depends on our ability to identify, originate and define product and fashion trends as well as to anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. All of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences that we cannot predict with certainty. If we fail to anticipate accurately and respond to trends and shifts in consumer preferences, we could experience lower sales, excess inventories and lower profit margins, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Guanke, our principal operating subsidiary, failed to pay social insurance premiums with respect to approximately two-thirds of its employees and it may be liable for past due social insurance premiums and penalties.

We have been advised that under PRC law Guanke should have paid social insurance premiums for its employees covering endowment insurance, unemployment insurance, and medical insurance with respect to its employees. Guanke may be required to pay the administrative authority of labor and social security the unpaid premiums plus a surcharge of 2% of the overdue premiums. There may also be a fine levied against the employee of Guanke who was responsible for the filings. We plan to make necessary payments and do not consider the liability material.

Following the Acquisition, we did not receive sufficient amounts from the Trust Account to fully fund our operations and execute our business plan.

Of the funds in the Trust Account, a substantial portion were used for repurchases of ordinary shares pursuant to forward purchase contracts, to redeem the ordinary shares of shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights, to redeem the warrants of warrantholders who elected to exchange their warrants for cash, or to pay other transaction expenses. We received approximated $5.4 million from the Trust Account. In order to fund our operations and grow our business, we may require additional working capital which the Trust Account did not provide. If we do not obtain equity or debt financing, we may not be able to operate our business or execute our business plan as expected.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may not be able to secure financing needed for future operating needs on favorable terms, or on any terms at all.

From time to time, we may seek additional financing to provide the capital required to maintain our business if cash flow from operations is insufficient to do so. We cannot predict with certainty the timing or amount of any such capital requirements. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired, and our results of operations may be adversely affected. If we are able to incur debt, we may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by the terms of the debt and the repayment of such debt may limit our cash flow and our ability to grow. If we are unable to incur debt, we may be forced to issue additional equity, which could have a dilutive effect on our current shareholders.

We may qualify as a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ordinary shares and warrants.

In general, we will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares, the U.S. holder may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our actual PFIC status for our 2010 taxable year or any subsequent taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to our status as a PFIC for our 2010 taxable year or any future taxable year. U.S. holders of our ordinary shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

Honesty Group did not operate as a public company prior to the Acquisition. Fulfilling our obligations incident to reporting as a “foreign private issuer” will be expensive and time consuming.

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation was not an operating company prior to the Acquisition of Honesty Group, which was a private company. Since the Acquisition, we have maintained a relatively small finance, accounting and internal auditing staff and, prior to the Acquisition, we were not required to maintain and establish disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over our financial reporting as required for a public company trading in the United States. Under the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we have begun to implement additional corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules. Compliance with these obligations requires significant management time, places significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting and information systems, and increases our insurance, legal and financial compliance costs. We have engaged consultants and added additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

Being a foreign private issuer exempts us from certain SEC requirements that provide shareholders the protection of information that must be made available to shareholders of United States public companies.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act. As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States public companies including:

the rules requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;
the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations with respect to a security registered under the Exchange Act;
provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information; and

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short swing” trading transactions (i.e., a purchase and sale, or a sale and purchase, of the issuer’s equity securities within less than six months).

Because of these exemptions, our shareholders will not be afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies organized in the United States.

Expansion of our business may put added pressure on our management, which may impede our ability to meet any increased demand for our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business plan is to significantly grow our operations. Growth in our business may place a significant strain on our personnel, management, financial systems and other resources. The evolution of our business also presents numerous risks and challenges, including:

the continued acceptance of our LCD and LED products by consumers;
our ability to successfully and rapidly expand our “SGOCO Club” locations to reach potential customers in response to potentially increasing demand;
the costs associated with such growth, which are difficult to quantify, but could be significant;
the competition from larger, better capitalized and well-known competitors and effect of rapid technological change;
the highly competitive nature of our industry; and
the continued availability and favorable pricing of the raw materials and components used in our products.

If we are successful growing our SGOCO Club participants, we may be required to provide a large amount of financial support to potential members and deliver LCD products to customers on a timely basis at a reasonable cost to those customers. Such demands would require more capital than we currently have available and we may be unable to meet the needs of our customers, which could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and results of operations.

Under the EIT Law, SGOCO may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of the PRC. Such classification could result in adverse tax consequences to SGOCO and its non-PRC resident shareholders.

Under the new EIT Law and the Implementing Rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered as a resident enterprise and will be subject to PRC income tax on its global income. According to the Implementing Rules, “de facto management bodies” refer to “establishments that carry out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of an enterprise.” Accordingly, our holding company, SGOCO Group, Ltd., may be considered a resident enterprise and may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income. The State Administration of Taxation issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises and not those invested in by individuals or foreign enterprises like SGOCO, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or controlled by or invested in by individuals or foreign enterprises. If we are considered a resident enterprise and earn income other than dividends from our PRC subsidiary, such PRC income tax on our global income could significantly increase our tax burden and materially and adversely affect our cash flow and profitability. Since the EIT Law became effective in 2008, SGOCO has not been treated as a “resident enterprise.”

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the PRC tax authorities determine that SGOCO is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of PRC tax consequences could follow. First, SGOCO may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on SGOCO’s worldwide taxable income, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Second, under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividends paid between “qualified resident enterprises” are exempt from enterprise income tax. As a result, if both SGOCO and Honesty Group are treated as PRC “resident enterprises,” all dividends from the PRC operating subsidiaries to Honesty Group and from Honesty Group to SGOCO would be exempt from PRC tax.

If SGOCO were treated as a PRC “non-resident enterprise” under the EIT Law, then dividends that SGOCO receives from its PRC operating subsidiaries (assuming such dividends were considered sourced within the PRC) (1) may be subject to a 5% PRC withholding tax, if the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “PRC-Hong Kong Tax Treaty”) were applicable, or (2) if such treaty does not apply (i.e., because the PRC tax authorities may deem Honesty Group to be a conduit not entitled to treaty benefits), may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax. Any such taxes on dividends could materially reduce the amount of dividends, if any, SGOCO could pay to its shareholders.

Finally, the new “resident enterprise” classification could result in a situation in which a 10% PRC tax is imposed on dividends SGOCO pays to its non-PRC shareholders that are not PRC tax “resident enterprises” and gains derived by them from transferring SGOCO’s ordinary shares, if such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC authorities. In such event, SGOCO may be required to withhold the 10% PRC tax on any dividends paid to its non-PRC resident shareholders. SGOCO’s non-PRC resident shareholders also may be responsible for paying PRC tax at a rate of 10% on any gain realized from the sale or transfer of ordinary shares in certain circumstances. SGOCO would not, however, have an obligation to withhold PRC tax with respect to such gain. If any such PRC taxes apply, a non-PRC resident shareholder may be entitled to a reduced rate of PRC taxes under an applicable income tax treaty and/or a foreign tax credit against such shareholder’s domestic income tax liability (subject to applicable conditions and limitations). Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of any such taxes, the effects of any applicable income tax treaties, and any available foreign tax credits.

Intercompany loans from SGOCO to its operating subsidiary must be made in compliance with PRC law.

Any loans we make to our Chinese subsidiaries, which are treated as foreign-invested enterprises under Chinese law, cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterparts. Under applicable Chinese law, the Chinese regulators must approve the amount of a foreign-invested enterprise’s registered capital, which represents shareholders’ equity investments over a defined period of time, and the foreign-invested enterprise’s total investment, which represents the total of the company’s registered capital plus permitted loans. The registered capital/total investment ratio cannot be lower than the minimum statutory requirement and the excess of the total investment over the registered capital represents the maximum amount of borrowings that a foreign invested enterprise is permitted to have under Chinese law. If we were to advance funds to our Chinese subsidiaries in the form of loans and such funds exceed the maximum amount of borrowings of the subsidiary, we would have to apply to the relevant government authorities for an increase in their permitted total investment amounts. The various applications could be time consuming and their outcomes would be uncertain. Concurrently with the loans, we might have to make capital contributions to the subsidiary in order to maintain the statutory minimum registered capital/total investment ratio, and such capital contributions involve uncertainties of their own, as discussed below. Furthermore, even if we make loans to our Chinese subsidiaries that do not exceed their current maximum amount of borrowings, we will have to register each loan with SAFE or its local counterpart within 15 days after the signing of the relevant loan agreement. Subject to the conditions stipulated by SAFE, SAFE or its local counterpart will issue a registration certificate of foreign debts within 20 days after reviewing and accepting its application. In practice, it may take longer to complete such SAFE registration process.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our Chinese subsidiaries or affiliated entities or with respect to future capital contributions by us to our Chinese subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use such future loans or capital contributions to capitalize or otherwise fund our Chinese operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely and materially affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Adverse changes in political and economic policies of the Chinese government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could reduce the demand for our products and adversely affect our competitive position.

Our business operations will continue to be conducted in China, and a substantial portion of our sales will continue to be made in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be affected significantly by economic, political and legal developments in China. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including:

the amount of government involvement;
the level of development;
the growth rate;
the control of foreign exchange; and
the allocation of resources.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in the past 30 years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may also have a positive or negative effect on us.

The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, the Chinese government still owns a substantial portion of the productive assets in China. The continued control of these assets and other aspects of the national economy by the Chinese government could adversely affect our business. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over Chinese economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Any adverse change in the economic conditions or government policies in China could have a material adverse effect on overall economic growth in China, which in turn could lead to a reduction in demand for our products.

Investors may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in China based on U.S. judgments against us or our subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors and shareholders.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the U.S. and most of our directors and executive officers reside outside of the U.S. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the U.S. to effect service of process within the U.S. or elsewhere outside China on us, our subsidiaries, officers, directors and shareholders, and others, including with respect to matters arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws. China does not have treaties providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the U.S. and many other countries. As a result, recognition and enforcement in China of these judgments in relation to any matter, including U.S. securities laws and the laws of the Cayman Islands, may be difficult or impossible. Furthermore, an original action may be brought in China against our assets or our subsidiaries, officers, directors, shareholders and advisors only if the actions are not required to be arbitrated by Chinese law and the facts alleged in the complaint give rise to a cause of action under Chinese law and the actions satisfy certain prerequisite conditions prescribed by Chinese law. In connection with such an original action, a

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chinese court may award civil liabilities, including monetary damages. Notwithstanding the ability to bring original actions, we believe it is unlikely that the courts in China would entertain original actions brought in China against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state or territory within the United States.

Future changes in laws, regulations or enforcement policies in China could adversely affect our business.

Laws, regulations or enforcement policies in China are evolving and subject to future changes. Future changes in laws, regulations or administrative interpretations, or stricter enforcement policies by the Chinese government, could impose more stringent requirements on us, including fines or other penalties. Changes in applicable laws and regulations may also affect our operating costs. Compliance with these requirements could impose substantial additional costs or otherwise adversely affect our future growth. These changes may relax some requirements, which could be beneficial to our competitors or could lower market entry barriers and increase competition. In addition, any litigation or governmental investigation or enforcement proceedings in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

Changes in Chinese tax laws could adversely affect our results.

Our Chinese subsidiaries are governed by the Income Tax Law of the PRC concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises and Foreign Enterprises and various local income tax laws. Beginning January 1, 2008, the new EIT law replaced the previous laws for Domestic Enterprises and FIEs. The new standard EIT rate of 25% has replaced the 33% rate previously applicable to both Domestic Enterprises and FIEs. Companies established before March 16, 2007 will continue to enjoy tax holiday treatment approved by local government for a grace period of the next 5 years or until the tax holiday term is completed, whichever is sooner. Guanke was established before March 16, 2007 and therefore is qualified to continue enjoying the reduced tax rate as described above. Guanke was granted an income tax exemption for two years commencing from January 1, 2007, and is subject to 50% of the 25% EIT tax rate, or 12.5% from January 1, 2009, through December 31, 2011. Guancheng was established before March 16, 2007 and is subject to 25% EIT tax rate on its taxable income. Guancheng started operations in June 2010 and had a net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Accordingly, no provision was made in the periods. Guancheng was under development stage and had no taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Future changes in Chinese tax law could change existing or future tax benefits or rates. Such changes could adversely affect our results.

Uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system could have a material adverse effect on us.

The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike in the common law system, prior court decisions may be cited for reference, but have limited precedential authority in China. Since 1979, Chinese legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. We conduct all of our business through our subsidiaries, which are established in China. As a result, we will be subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. However, since the Chinese legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties, which may limit legal protections available to us. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection that we or our subsidiaries enjoy either by law or contract. Since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we would enjoy in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce contracts or other rights. Furthermore, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries. Accordingly, we cannot predict the effect of future developments in the Chinese legal system including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement of these laws, or the preemption of local regulations by national laws. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us and our shareholders. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources and management attention.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we will conduct our business activities.

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation, state ownership or otherwise. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws, regulations and policies of the Chinese government. We believe that our operations in China will be in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local governments may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support economic and other reforms or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic and other policies, could have a significant effect on economic and social conditions in China or particular regions thereof, and could have an adverse effect on the manner in which we conduct our business.

The Chinese central government has a policy of aggressively subsidizing both consumption of domestic manufactured electronics and infrastructure building in smaller cities. A plan that went into effect nationwide in February 2009 targets rural area consumers through a rural subsidy scheme. The Chinese government program encourages consumer spending on technology in rural areas by offering a 13% subsidy of the purchase price of designated home appliances (up to a capped price), which subsidy is split 80% / 20% between the central and local government. The PRC Ministry of Finance announced in March 2009 that the 2009 budget from the central government for this subsidy plan was RMB 20 billion, which would help increase household appliance sales by more than RMB 100 billion. Changes in their policies to reduce subsidies or promote competing technologies could negatively impact our operations.

If China imposes restrictions to reduce inflation, future economic growth in China could be curtailed which could adversely affect our business and results of operation.

While the economy of China has experienced rapid growth, this growth has been uneven among various sectors of the economy and in different geographical areas of the country. Rapid economic growth can lead to growth in the supply of money and rising inflation. In order to control inflation, the Chinese government may impose controls on bank credits, limits on loans for fixed assets and restrictions on state bank lending. If similar restrictions are imposed, it may lead to a slowing of economic growth and decrease the interest in our LCD products leading to a decline in our profitability.

We may have difficulty establishing and maintaining adequate management, legal, and financial controls in the PRC.

Prior to the Acquisition, our Chinese subsidiaries were operated as privately-held companies. As a result, we may experience difficulty in establishing and maintaining management, legal and financial controls, collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet the required U.S. regulatory and financial reporting standards.

Changes in foreign exchange regulations in China may affect our operating subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends in foreign currency or conduct other foreign exchange business.

RMB is not a freely convertible currency currently, and the restrictions on currency exchanges may limit our ability to use revenues generated in RMB to fund our business activities outside China or to make dividends or other payments in U.S. dollars. In China, SAFE regulates the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. Over the years, foreign exchange regulations in China have significantly reduced the government’s control over routine foreign exchange transactions under current accounts (e.g., remittance of foreign currencies for payment of dividends, etc.). However, conversion of RMB for capital account items, such as direct investment, loan, security investment and repatriation of investment, is still subject to the approval of the SAFE. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, Honesty Group’s Chinese primary operating subsidiary, Guanke, is able to pay dividends in foreign currencies, without prior approval from the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, we cannot assure you that the Chinese government will not take measures in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fluctuation in the value of the Renminbi (RMB) may reduce our profitability.

The change in value of the RMB against U.S. dollars, Euro and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the RMB to U.S. dollars. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in significant fluctuation of the RMB against U.S. dollars. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on our revenues and financial condition. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against U.S. dollars would reduce the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of U.S. dollars against the RMB would reduce the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Exchange controls that exist in China may limit our ability to use our cash flows effectively.

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. We may need to convert a portion of our revenues into other currencies to meet our foreign currency obligations, including, among others, payment of dividends, if any, in respect of our shares. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we are able to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of current account transactions, including payment of dividends in foreign currencies, without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, we cannot assure you that the Chinese government will not take further measures in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions. Any future restrictions on currency exchanges may limit our ability to use cash flows for the distribution of dividends to our shareholders or to fund operations we may have outside of China.

Foreign exchange transactions continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of or registration with the Chinese governmental authorities, including SAFE. In particular, if Honesty Group borrows foreign currency loans from us or other foreign lenders, these loans must be registered with SAFE, and if we finance Honesty Group by means of additional capital contributions, these capital contributions must be approved by certain government authorities, including the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts. These limitations could affect the ability of Honesty Group to obtain additional foreign exchange through debt or equity financing.

Chinese government ownership of all real property may limit our ability to fully develop our licensed real estate.

Chinese laws prohibiting the private ownership of land and limiting “land use rights” may hamper our ability to maximize our subsidiaries’ property. All land in the PRC is owned by the Chinese government. Guanke, Guancheng, and Guanwei have “land use rights” to use the land on which our SGOCO Technology Park is located for 50 years, beginning June 29, 2007. The Chinese government must not recall the land use right during the term of the land use agreement, unless it is for legitimate public interests with due process and compensation, including but not limited to compensation for the facilities on the land and the foreseeable losses to the holder in the remaining years. Once the land use right fee has been fully paid up, the holder is entitled to dispose of the land use right at its discretion, such as transferring, leasing, and mortgaging the land to others. One year before the expiration of the term, if the holder intends to extend the term, unless the land is required for then current public interests, the government is obliged to renew the land use right agreement upon re-negotiated terms and land use right fees.

Risks Relating to Our Shares

Prior to this offering, the former Honesty Group shareholders own approximately 89% of our ordinary shares, and this voting control may limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of our directors.

Prior to this offering, the former shareholders of Honesty Group will own over 89% of our voting shares. These shareholders can control substantially all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and the approval of other business transactions. This concentration of ownership could

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which could prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares.

We do not expect to pay dividends, so our shareholders will only benefit from an investment in our shares if such shares appreciate in value.

We do not expect to pay dividends to our shareholders in the foreseeable future. The board of directors may determine to pay dividends in the future, depending upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including restrictions in credit agreements, imposed by applicable law, including the laws of China governing dividend payments, currency conversion and loans, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, realization of a gain on shareholders’ investments will depend on the appreciation of the price of our shares. There is no guarantee that our shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which shareholders purchased their shares.

Shares to be potentially issued may have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.

As of November 15, 2010, we had 16,094,756 shares and 1,816,027 warrants outstanding. We also issued an option to purchase up to a total of 280,000 units at $10 per unit to the underwriters in our IPO, which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of 280,000 shares and 280,000 warrants. In addition, assuming certain net income targets are met, shares currently outstanding but held in escrow pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement may be released to the former shareholders of Honesty Group and certain founders.

On November 17, 2010, our shareholders approved the adoption of a stock incentive plan that provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock or other awards up to 7% of the fully diluted outstanding shares to the employees, directors and consultants of SGOCO and its subsidiaries.

In addition, we have authorized capital stock under our charter of 50,000,000 ordinary shares and 1,000,000 preferred shares. Subject to any restrictions of a stock exchange on which our shares may be listed in the future, these shares may be issued without shareholder approval.

The sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the foregoing shares could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future public financing. Upon the issuance of the additional shares, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

Due to the lack of unrestricted ordinary shares available to be sold, there is severely limited liquidity for our ordinary shares.

As of November 15, 2010, we had 16,094,756 shares outstanding. Of these shares, 859,668 shares are held by persons not affiliated with us and are freely eligible to be resold in the public market. The remaining shares are either being held in escrow or are “restricted” securities not eligible to be resold in the public market. As a result of the lack of unrestricted securities available to be resold in the public market, there is limited liquidity in our ordinary shares, which may limit your ability to sell our ordinary shares or reduce the price at which the shares may be sold. In addition, the lack of a liquid market in our shares may make the listed market price of our shares less meaningful.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that represent our beliefs, projections and predictions about future events. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements,” including any projections of financial items, any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, any statements concerning proposed new projects or other developments, any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance, any statements of management’s beliefs, goals, strategies, intentions and objectives, and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are necessarily subjective and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements described in or implied by such statements. Actual results may differ materially from expected results described in our forward-looking statements, including with respect to correct measurement and identification of factors affecting our business or the extent of their likely impact, the accuracy and completeness of the publicly available information with respect to the factors upon which our business strategy is based or the success of our business.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of whether, or the times by which, our performance or results may be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and management’s belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements.

Important factors that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” including, among others:

requirements or changes adversely affecting the LCD market in China;
fluctuations in customer demand for LCD products generally;
our success in promoting our brand of LCD products in China and elsewhere;
our success in expanding our “SGOCO Club” model;
our success in manufacturing and distributing products under brands licensed from others;
management of rapid growth;
changes in government policy including policy regarding subsidies for purchase of consumer electronic products and local production of consumer goods in China;
the fluctuations in sales of LCD products in China;
China’s overall economic conditions and local market economic conditions;
our ability to expand through strategic acquisitions and establishment of new locations;
changing principles of generally accepted accounting principles;
compliance with government regulations;
legislation or regulatory environments, and
geopolitical events.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $7.7 million from this offering, or approximately $8.9 million assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. For the purposes of estimating net proceeds, we are assuming a public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes and working capital. We currently have no plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any material acquisitions or investments in other companies.

The amounts and timing of these expenditures may vary depending on our ability to expand our business, the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds we will receive for this offering. Depending on future events and other changes in the business climate, we may determine at a later time to use the net proceeds for different purposes. Pending the use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently have any plans to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future on our ordinary shares being sold in this offering. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely on dividends paid by our Hong Kong and Chinese subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends to the holders of our ordinary shares. The payment of dividends by entities organized in China is subject to limitations. Regulations in the PRC currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Each of our Chinese subsidiaries is also required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on China’s accounting standards each year to its general reserves until the cumulative amount of such reserves reach 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

The board of directors of each of our PRC subsidiaries, each of which is a wholly foreign owned enterprise, has the discretion to allocate a portion of its after-tax profits to its staff welfare and bonus funds, which is likewise not distributable to its equity owners except in the event of a liquidation of the foreign-invested enterprise. If we decide to pay dividends in the future, these restrictions may impede our ability to pay dividends. In addition, if any of these Chinese entities incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

Our board of directors has discretion on whether to pay dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2010:

on an actual basis; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of 1,333,333 of our ordinary shares by us in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $1,310,000, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option and there is no other change to the number of ordinary shares sold by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.

   
  Actual   Pro forma
as adjusted
DEBT
                 
Bank overdraft   $ 1,476,136     $ 1,476,136  
Notes payables     21,703,423       21,703,423  
Short term loan     22,177,905       22,177,905  
Total debt     45,357,464       45,357,464  
OTHER LIABILITIES
                 
Warrant derivative liability     1,908,698       1,908,698  
Put option derivative liability     2,000,000       2,000,000  
Total other liabilities     3,908,698       3,908,698  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Preferred shares, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding            
Ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 16,094,756 outstanding     16,095       17,428  
Paid-in capital     19,037,683       27,536,347  
Statutory reserves     2,726,310       2,726,310  
Retained earnings     21,870,055       21,870,055  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     3,004,224       3,004,224  
Total shareholders’ equity     46,654,367       55,154,364  
Total capitalization   $ 95,920,529       104,420,526  

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ordinary share and our net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares. The 16,094,756 ordinary shares outstanding, include 6,566,823 ordinary shares currently held in escrow.

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 was approximately $38.1million, or $2.37 per ordinary share including 6,566,823 shares in escrow. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share, from the public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after September 30, 2010, other than to give effect to our sale of the ordinary shares offered in this offering at the midpoint of the public offering price of $6.75 per ordinary share after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 would have been $46.6 million, or $2.67 per outstanding ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.30 per ordinary share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $1.71 per ordinary share, to investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 
  Per Ordinary
Share
Public offering price   $ 6.75  
Net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010   $ 2.37  
Pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering   $ 2.67  
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in the offering   $ 1.71  

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2010, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses. The total number of ordinary shares does not include ordinary shares underlying the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

         
  Ordinary Shares
Purchased
  Total Consideration   Average Price
Per Ordinary
Share
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
     (in millions)
Existing shareholders     16,094,756       92.3 %     $ 24.2       73.0 %     $ 1.50  
New investors     1,333,333       7.7       9.0       27.0       6.75  
Total     17,428,089       100.0 %     $ 33.2       100.0 %       1.76  

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of any outstanding warrants or the put option discussed in the section “Corporate History and Organization.” As of the date of this prospectus, there were 2,096,027 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $8.00 per share (this amount includes warrants underlying the purchase option granted to the underwriter in our IPO).

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include that the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provide significantly less protection to investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be submitted to arbitration.

All of our current operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

We believe that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of securities law of the United States or any state in the United States or entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities law of the United States or any state in the United States. The courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the Courts of the State of New York against us under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment; (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands; (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands; (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands; and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under PRC Civil Procedures Law. Courts in the PRC may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based on either treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions, provided that the foreign judgments do not violate the basic principles of laws of the PRC or its sovereignty, security or social and public interests. As there is currently no treaty or other agreement of reciprocity between the PRC and the United States governing the recognition and enforcement of a judgment, there is uncertainty as to whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

You will have limited ability to bring an action in the Cayman Islands or in the PRC against us or against our directors and officers, or to enforce a judgment against us or them, because we are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and because we conduct substantially all of our business operations in the PRC. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial information should be read in connection with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and their related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We started operating during the fourth quarter of 2006, and as such, there is no comparative information available for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31
  For the nine months ended
September 30
     2009   2008   2007   2010   2009
                    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Consolidated Statement of Income
                                            
Net revenues     67,874,304       43,790,842       10,482,997       134,087,699       33,128,434  
Cost of goods sold     (57,764,335 )       (37,709,028 )       (9,507,978 )       (114,775,444 )       (28,098,577 )  
Gross profit     10,109,969       6,081,814       975,019       19,312,255       5,029,857  
Selling expenses     (116,918 )       (211,198 )       (34,230 )       (366,347 )       (76,677 )  
General and administrative expenses     (889,481 )       (562,265 )       (326,274 )       (3,034,763 )       (515,049 )  
Total operating expenses     (1,006,399 )       (773,463 )       (360,504 )       (3,401,110 )       (591,726 )  
Income from operations     9,103,570       5,308,351       614,515       15,911,145       4,438,131  
Interest income     7,221       4,640       2,658       63,184       3,618  
Interest expense     (841,613 )       (70,108 )       (62,367 )       (660,319 )       (576,378 )  
Other income (expense), net     (75,893 )       (18,438 )       (68,911 )       (563,901 )       6,037  
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability                       (813,748 )        
Income before provision for income taxes     8,193,285       5,224,445       485,895       13,936,361       3,871,408  
Provision for income taxes     (1,034,212 )                   (2,021,024 )       (493,170 )  
Net income     7,159,073       5,224,445       485,895       11,915,337       3,378,238  
Income per share:
                                            
Basic – ordinary share     0.84       0.61       0.06       1.29       0.40  
Diluted – ordinary share     0.84       0.61       0.06       1.28       0.40  
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per share:
                                            
Basic     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000       9,260,594       8,500,000  
Diluted     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000       9,278,054       8,500,000  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

     
  As of December 31,   As of
September 30,
2010
     2009   2008
               (unaudited)
Total assets     79,472,678       40,461,169       136,798,748  
Total liabilities     47,470,026       18,680,726       90,144,381  
Total shareholders’ equity     32,002,652       21,780,443       46,654,367  

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET PRICE INFORMATION

Our ordinary shares and warrants are quoted on OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols SGTLF and SGTWF, respectively. Our ordinary shares, warrants, and units were previously traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols HMAQF.OB, HMAWF.OB, and HMAUF.OB, respectively. Each of the foregoing units consisted of one ordinary share and one warrant. Our ordinary shares and warrants commenced to trade separately from April 9, 2008.

The following table sets forth, for the calendar months, quarters and years indicated, the monthly, quarterly and annual high and low bid information prices for our ordinary shares, warrants and units as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board. Over the counter market quotations on the OTC Bulletin Board reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

           
  Units   Ordinary Shares   Warrants
Annual Highs and Lows   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
2009   $ 9.50     $ 7.00     $ 7.98     $ 7.00     $ 0.65     $ 0.05  
2008   $ 8.15     $ 6.50     $ 7.37     $ 6.12     $ 0.85     $ 0.13  

           
Quarterly Highs and Lows   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
2010
                                                     
Third Quarter   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
Second Quarter   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.15     $ 0.59  
First Quarter   $ 9.25     $ 7.00     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.02     $ 0.34  
2009
                                                     
Fourth Quarter   $ 9.50     $ 7.805     $ 7.82     $ 7.56     $ 0.75     $ 0.15  
Third Quarter   $ 7.65     $ 7.52     $ 7.98     $ 7.58     $ 0.16     $ 0.11  
Second Quarter   $ 7.25     $ 7.25     $ 7.65     $ 7.35     $ 0.55     $ 0.05  
First Quarter   $ 7.90     $ 7.00     $ 7.49     $ 7.00     $ 0.20     $ 0.05  
2008
                                                     
Fourth Quarter   $ 7.15     $ 6.50     $ 7.00     $ 6.12     $ 0.42     $ 0.13  
Third Quarter   $ 7.90     $ 7.60     $ 7.37     $ 6.85     $ 0.73     $ 0.50  
Second Quarter   $ 7.90     $ 7.60     $ 7.16     $ 6.95     $ 0.85     $ 0.60  
First Quarter   $ 8.15     $ 7.85     $     $     $     $  

           
Monthly Highs and Lows   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
November 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
October 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
September 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
August 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
July 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  
June 2010   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ 8.00     $ 6.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.59  

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Our financial statements are prepared in US$ and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. See “Foreign Exchange Risk” below for information concerning the exchanges rates at which Renminbi were translated into US$ at various pertinent dates and for pertinent periods.

Overview

We are a Cayman Islands company that designs, manufactures and distributes LCD-related products, including LCD monitors, LCD TVs, LED back-light modules and application-specific LCD systems. Our focus is on providing high-quality, branded LCD products at affordable prices to consumers in China’s emerging middle class.

Our strategy is to manufacture high quality, lower cost, branded products and sell them through wholesale and retail channels focused on Tier 3 and 4 cities in China and their adjoining rural areas. We believe these smaller, less sophisticated, more price-sensitive markets are under-served by the large global consumer electronics brands. Our goal is to establish a dominant position in LCD electronics products within these markets based upon cost-efficiency, rapid response to changing demand, our knowledge of the Chinese middle-class consumer’s price and performance requirements, and localized distribution channels that most effectively serve this consumer.

Our business model is marketing-driven with multiple channels and multiple brands. We have three principal elements:

a unique distribution channel in the form of a national network of independent retail outlets operating under the “SGOCO Club” name;
an actively-managed portfolio of brands that have strong local appeal; and
a world-class manufacturing, design engineering, and product development capability to support our distribution channel and brand portfolio.

By integrating these three elements, we believe we are able to leverage opportunities across the entire value chain and create a competitive advantage for ourselves. Most of our competitors that are also focused on emerging domestic markets are relatively unsophisticated and typically have one or two of these elements in their business model, based upon whether their core competency is distribution/logistics, sales and marketing, or manufacturing/engineering. We believe that integration of these three elements requires a level of managerial capability that few of the companies in our market segment have and that our vertically integrated business model can be effectively used to address the requirements of early-stage consumers in other emerging markets outside China, thus creating a pathway for future international expansion. Compared to 2008 and 2007, our export sales decreased in 2009. We believe this was a result of the global financial crisis. As international markets recover, we expect export orders to increase. While we have focused our marketing and sales efforts on the Chinese market, we are open to opportunistic export orders.

Our PRC subsidiaries, Guanke, Guanwei, Guancheng, and Jinjiang Guanke, maintain their books and records in Renminbi, the lawful currency of China. In general, for consolidation purposes, we translate the subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities into US$ using the applicable exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and the statement of income is translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the subsidiaries’ financial statements are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The exchange rates used to translate amounts in RMB into US$ for the purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements or otherwise stated in this prospectus were as follows:

The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity were translated 6.68 RMB and 6.82 RMB to $1.00 at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rates. The average translation rates applied to the income and cash flow statement amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 were 6.80 RMB and 6.82 RMB to $1.00, respectively.
The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity were translated 6.82 RMB, 6.82 RMB and 7.29 RMB to $1.00 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rates. The average translation rates applied to the income and cash flow statement amounts for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 6.82 RMB, 6.94 RMB and 7.59 RMB to $1.00, respectively.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our plan of operation is based in part upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including the recoverability of tangible and intangible assets, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the periods covered. A summary of accounting policies that have been applied to the historical financial statements can be found in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Our management evaluates our estimates on an on-going basis. The most significant estimates relate to collectability of receivables and the fair value of financial instruments. We base our estimates on our historical and industry experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

The following is a brief discussion of these critical accounting policies and methods, and the judgments and estimates used by us in their application:

Accounts receivable and other receivables

Our management reviews the composition of receivables and analyzes historical bad debts, customer concentration, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns to determine if the allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate. An estimate for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Delinquent account balances are written-off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable, known bad debts are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts when identified. As we continue to expand our business, we may loosen credit terms with customers with long term relationships. We also perform credit checks on new customers to ensure new customers have strong financial conditions. Further, as a part of the allowance assessment, our management reviews payment history. The aforementioned procedures all rely on historical performance; however, historical results are not indicative of future collection performance, which may expose us to adjustments that could have material impact.

Fair value of financial instruments

We generally do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow risks or market-risks. However, certain financial instruments, such as warrants, which are indexed to our common stock, are classified as liabilities. Determining the fair value on derivative financial instruments involves judgment and the use of certain relevant assumptions including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, and equivalent volatility. The use of different assumptions could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Analysis of Operations Results

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

Revenue

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $134.1 million, up 304.8% from $33.1 million for the nine months of 2009. The significant increase in sales was due to several factors. In mid 2009, we relocated to a new manufacturing facility thereby expanding our production capacity. We benefited from a broadening of our sales base with the addition of new customers as well as an increase in export sales. Finally, we believe that the improved economy of 2010 following the economic crisis has led to stronger sales compared to the first nine months of 2009.

The percentage of SGOCO brand sales, non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing sales and the sale of other electronic components for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

   
  For nine months
ended
September 30,
2010
  For nine months
ended
September 30,
2009
SGOCO brand sales     65.7 %       83.1 %  
Non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing     27.1 %       12.0 %  
Other (electronic components)     7.2 %       4.9 %  

The number of SGOCO Club retailers increased substantially since the establishment of the first club in the fourth quarter of 2009. We have utilized our numerous distributor relationships to assist us in locating suitable candidates to become SGOCO Club members, which has allowed us to rapidly increase the number of SGOCO Club members in recent periods. When we enter into new arrangements with SGOCO Club members, our primary initial costs are supplying a showcase with SGOCO’s logo for the retailers to use in their stores. We do not incur any other material upfront costs when we add a SGOCO Club member. We also provide our SGOCO Club members in future periods with marketing materials and/or storefront improvements. The cost related to SGOCO club was $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We did not incur any costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as the SGOCO Club model was established in the fourth quarter of 2006.

Our largest customers have generally changed from period to period, such that no customers that represented greater than 10% of our revenue during the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, represented greater than 10% of our revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our largest customers have changed from previous periods primarily as a result of our limited operating history and rapid growth, coupled with a broadening of our customer base. In addition, we sell our products to the customers with whom we have been able to negotiate the most favorable terms thereby resulting in changes from period to period.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, 9.4% of our revenues were generated from sales to BORO and Mosview. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, BORO and Mosview represented 9.1%, 22.2% and 18.4% of our revenues, respectively. In addition, we purchased panels from Mosview. Sun Zone Investments Limited, which is controlled by Mr. Tin Man Or, was the parent company of Mosview and BORO. Sun Zone Investments Limited no longer owns an interest in Mosview or BORO.

As we continue to grow, we expect to expand our customer base, which may lessen our reliance on related party revenue in the future. We believe that the panel purchases we made from Mosview were at fair market value, and as such, we believe that we will be able to purchase panels from third parties at similar prices. Therefore, we do not believe the loss of Mosview as a supplier of panels would adversely affect our business.

In June 2010, we entered into a three-year brand usage agreement with TCL Business System Technology (Huizhou) Co. Ltd., a Chinese television manufacturer and distributor, pursuant to which we will manufacture TCL branded LCD monitors from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2013. There are no minimum purchase requirements in the agreement, and, as such, the future impact of the agreement is unknown.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross Margins

As a percentage of total sales, the overall gross margin was 14.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 15.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The slight decline in gross margin followed increased sales of electronic components recorded in Other Operating Income. These components are low margin but offered an opportunity for additional profits. The costs related to our SGOCO Club were $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We did not incur any costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as the SGOCO Club model was established in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling expense amounted to approximately $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $0.3 million, or 377.8% compared to approximately $ 0.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. With our business expansion and increased sales, our selling expenses increased accordingly.

General and administrative expenses amounted to approximately $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of approximately $2.5 million, or 489.2% compared to approximately $0.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. $1.0 million was due to costs related to our reverse merger in March 2010, and $0.6 million was due to cost related to professional fees including audit, legal and consulting fees associated with being a public company.

Income taxes

The amount of income tax was $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared with $0.5 million in income taxes during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in income taxes resulted from our greater profits.

Net Income

Net income for the nine months of 2010 was $11.9 million, up 252.7% from $3.4 million recorded for the same period last year. Fully Diluted EPS was $1.28 as compared to $0.40, up by 220.0%.

Comparison of Three Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

Revenue

Revenue for the third quarter ended September 30, 2010 was $71.7 million, an increase of 295.0% from $18.2 million in the third quarter of 2009. We saw strong sales growth as we expanded our sales base with new customers. Additionally, the improved economic environment and strong growth in exports supported the trend.

Gross Margin

The gross margin as a percent of sales was 13.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 24.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The gross margin in the third quarter 2009 was exceptionally high due to a firming of average selling prices while at the same time we sold inventory that had been acquired at depressed prices during the financial crisis. The costs related to SGOCO Club were $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. We did not incur any costs during the three months ended September 30, 2009, as the SGOCO Club model was established in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Net Income and EPS

Net income for the third quarter of 2010 was $7.5 million, compared to $3.5 million recorded for the same period last year. Non-GAAP net income which excludes changes in fair value related to warrant derivative liability was $7.3 million, compared to $3.5 million a year ago. Diluted EPS was $0.79 in the third quarter of 2010, compared to $0.42 in the third quarter of 2009. Non-GAAP diluted EPS, which excludes changes in fair value of warrant derivative liability, was $0.77 in the third quarter of 2010, compared to $0.42 in the third quarter of 2009.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses amounted to approximately $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of approximately $0.6 million, or 202. 2% compared to $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. As our sales increased, selling expenses increased accordingly. The increase in general and administrative expenses was mainly due to: (i) additional costs related to professional fees including audit and legal fees associated with being a public company as we completed our reverse merger in March 2010 and (ii) an increase in headcount to meet production growth and the hiring of new officers.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax was $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $0.5 million, during the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in income taxes resulted from our greater profits.

Cash and Working Capital

As of September 30, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million and working capital of $24.8 million, compared to $5.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. The Current Ratio was 1.29 as of September 30, 2010 compared to 1.17 as of December 31, 2009.

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

Revenue

Our sales increased by $24.08 million, or 55.0%, to $67.87 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, from $43.79 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The significant increase in sales was due to our growth during the year.

The percentage of SGOCO brand sales, non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing sales and other sales of electronic components for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

   
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2009
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2008
SGOCO brand sales     79.2 %       69.6 %  
Non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing     10.4 %       22.6 %  
Other (electronic components)     10.4 %       7.8 %  

The identity of our largest customers has generally changed from period to period. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 47% of our revenues were generated from three customers that were not material customers during 2008. Further, during 2009, we lost three material customers that comprised 41% of our revenues during fiscal 2008. Our largest customers have changed from previous periods primarily as a result of our rapid growth, coupled with a broadening customer base, which decreased the significance of these customers. In addition, we sell our products to the customers with whom we have been able to negotiate the most favorable terms, as a result, our customer base can change from period to period.

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold increased by $20.05 million, or 53.2%, to $57.76 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 from $37.71 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The cost of LCD sales is primarily composed of the cost of direct raw materials, direct labor and other overhead expenses. The increase in cost of goods sold was mainly due to the increase in sales volume and a corresponding increase in cost of raw materials to manufacture products.

Our main production materials are LCD panels, main boards, plastic parts, speakers, packing materials, metal parts and cables.

Gross margin

As a percentage of total sales, our overall gross margin was 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 13.9% for the same period the previous year. The one percentage point increase in gross margin was primarily due to more efficient cost control and greater pricing power in the distribution channel.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selling expenses

During the year ended December 31, 2009, selling expenses were approximately $0.12 million, a decrease of $0.09 million, or 44.6%, from $0.21 million the year before. The decrease was due to reduced export business expenses, such as customs fees, docking fees and other export related expenses offset by increased sales and distribution expenses.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses amounted to approximately $0.89 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately $0.33 million, or 58.2%, compared to approximately $0.56 million the previous year. The increase also reflected the increase in employee benefits to $0.25 million in fiscal 2009 from $0.20 million in fiscal 2008, a net increase of 25.0%.

Interest expense

Net interest expense was approximately $0.83 million, an increase of $0.77 million, from $0.06 million the year before. The increase was due to the increase in debt necessary to support sales growth and investment in new production capacity.

Income before income taxes

As a result of the foregoing factors, income before tax increased by $2.97 million, or 56.9%, to $8.19 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, compared with $5.22 million for fiscal 2008.

Income taxes

Income tax was $1.03 million in fiscal 2009 compared with none for fiscal 2008 due to an income tax holiday. Guanke was granted income tax exemption for two years commencing from January 1, 2007, and is subject to 50% of the 25% EIT tax rate, or 12.5%, from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011.

Net income

Net income increased $1.93 million, or 37.2%, to $7.16 million in fiscal year 2009 from $5.22 million in fiscal year 2008, as a result of the various factors described above. The net income margins were 10.6% and 11.9% for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The lower margin in 2009 was attributable to income taxes from which we were exempt in 2008; without the income tax effect, the comparable margin (pre-tax income) in 2009 was 12.1%.

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

Revenue

Our sales increased by $33.3 million, or 317.7%, to $43.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, from $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. We were established in 2006, and did not start operations until the fourth quarter of 2006. As we began to establish ourselves in the marketplace, our sales dramatically increased from 2007 to 2008.

The percentage of SGOCO brand sales, non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing sales and other sales of electronic components for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

   
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2008
  For the
year ended
December 31,
2007
SGOCO brand sales     69.6 %       51.0 %  
Non-SGOCO brand and OEM manufacturing     22.6 %       49.0 %  
Other (electronic components)     7.8 %        

The identity of our largest customers has generally changed from period to period. During the year ended 2008, 58% of our revenues were generated from three customers that were not material customers during 2007. Further, during 2008, we lost one material customer that comprised 23% of our revenues during fiscal 2007. Our largest customers have changed from previous periods primarily as a result of our rapid growth, coupled with a broadening customer base.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold increased by $28.2 million, or 296.6%, to $37.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 from $9.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. The cost of LCD sales is primarily composed of the cost of direct raw materials, direct labor and other overhead expenses. The increase in cost of goods sold was mainly due to the increase in sales volume and a corresponding increase in cost of raw materials to manufacture products.

Our main production materials are LCD panels, main boards, plastic parts, speakers, packing materials, metal parts and cables.

Gross margin

As a percentage of total sales, our overall gross margin was 13.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 9.3% for the same period the previous year. As the company’s sales increased it was able to realize increased economies of scale resulting in higher gross margins over the previous year.

Selling expenses

During the year ended December 31, 2008, selling expenses were approximately $0.2 million, an increase of $0.17 million, or 517.0%, from $0.03 million the year before.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses amounted to approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of approximately $0.3 million, or 72.3%, compared to approximately $0.3 million the previous year. The increase was due to an increase in headcount as the company expanded to meet increased demand.

Interest expense

Net interest expense was approximately $0.07 million, an increase of $0.01 million, from $0.06 million the year before.

Income taxes

Guanke, our sole operating subsidiary in 2007 and 2008, was granted income tax exemption for two years from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2008. Therefore we incurred no income tax expenses for 2007 and 2008.

Net income

Net income increased $4.7 million, or 975.2%, to $5.2 million in fiscal year 2008 from $0.5 million in fiscal year 2007, as a result of the various factors described above. The net income margins were 11.9% and 4.6% for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Analysis of Financial Condition

Comparison as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009

Advances to suppliers increased to $17,246,462 as of September 30, 2010 from $11,950,074 as of December 31, 2009. The significant increase in advances to suppliers was due to increased production capacity. During the third quarter of 2010, we built additional production lines to produce 42-inch LCD TVs and 60-inch LCD TVs. In addition to capacity, we have increased production output in order to ensure we have sufficient inventory for any increased future sales.

We expect future advances to suppliers to stabilize once the new capacity is available. Advances are made based on future projections and will fluctuate throughout the year. We evaluate new suppliers prior to conducting business. We have not experienced a situation where suppliers were not able to fulfill their obligations or where we were unable to recover the advances from the suppliers.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of September 30, 2010, we had $11.8 million in unrestricted cash and $24.8 million in working capital. As of December 31, 2009, we had $5.8 million in unrestricted cash and $7.8 million in working capital. The current ratios were 1.29 as of September 30, 2010 and 1.17 as of December 31, 2009.

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
Cash including restricted cash     US $18.2 million       US $11.4 million  
Working Capital          24.8 million             7.8 million  
Current Ratio (Current assets/Current liabilities)     1.29         1.17    

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

Compared to 2008, Honesty Group experienced a slight weakening in capitalization and liquidity measures in 2009 due to its rapid sales growth, newly developing retail distribution channels, and capital investment program. These business factors led Honesty Group to extend its receivables payment terms, make significant cash investments in long-term productive assets, and take on more debt.

   
  FY 2009   FY 2008
Cash (including restricted cash)   $ 11.4 million     $ 0.5 million  
Current Ratio (Current assets/Current liabilities)     1.16             1.70         
Operating Leverage (non-current assets/Total assets)     0.30             0.21         
Debt   $ 38.6 million     $ 8.7 million  
Net Debt (Debt less cash)   $ 27.2 million     $ 8.1 million  
Debt Leverage (Debt/Equity)     1.21             0.40         
Equity Gearing (Equity/Total assets)     0.40             0.54         

The Company’s plan is to increase liquidity and equity capitalization during 2010 through continued profitability and through an increase in capital, by issuing capital stock, an acquisition or other transaction.

Product Development

In 2009, we initiated several product development initiatives aimed at meeting evolving market demand and at strengthening our position as a value-priced producer of branded LCD products:

Manufacturing plan for cost-efficient migration to larger screen sizes for LCD monitors and TVs up to a maximum of 52 inches. We expect SGOCO’s market’s “sweet-spot” to move for monitors from 19” to 22” in 2009, to 22” to 29” in 2010, and for televisions from 22” to 26” in 2009, to 28” to 32” in 2010.
Design engineering and testing on several new products for future introduction based on market demand: All-In-One PC (PC integrated into LCD monitor); Internet TV (LCD TV with web browsing capability); Mobile Internet Devices such as Netbooks; Multi-Touch Screen Monitors; E-Readers; 3D LCD TVs; LED-backlit monitors; Large-scale, multi-screen Display Systems for advertising, public announcement, and other institutional uses.
Prototyping its own LED backlight module to replace conventional CFL backlights in a new family of thin LCD monitors. We also began work on developing a module design suitable for mass production on our existing tools.

We have historically outsourced a significant portion of our product development to third-party design houses working on a project basis. This has allowed us to control engineering expenses while we increased revenues to a larger base. In 2010 and going forward, we anticipate bringing more of these critical engineering functions in-house.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amount of research and development spending in recent periods are as follow:

     
For nine months ended
September 30, 2010
  For nine months ended
September 30, 2009
  For the year ended
December 31, 2009
  For the year ended
December 31, 2008
$40,866
    $23,165       $31,606       $29,244  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In 2009, our aggressive sales and distribution expansion activities, coupled with our investment in a new manufacturing facility within SGOCO Technology Park, resulted in a significant increase in expenses. We met these requirements through a combination of additional capital contributions, bank financing, and government subsidies.

The 55% increase in revenues in 2009 was accompanied by a material slowing of accounts receivable turnover to 5.1x (or a 71-day average collection period, or ACP) from 10.4x (or a 35-day ACP) in 2008. This was the result of modifying the previous years’ policy of requiring payment from customers at the time we shipped them products. In 2009, as a means of encouraging more sales, we began allowing certain customers to defer payment until products were delivered to them. However, we maintained control over the credit quality of our customers and, consequently, we were able to significantly increase sales without experiencing any losses on our accounts receivables.

Our 2009 inventory turnover rate improved significantly to 9.6x (or 38 days on hand, or DOH) from 6.4x (or 57 DOH) in 2008. This was the result of better coordination between our sales and manufacturing departments and a revamping of our logistics system. The overall cash conversion cycle in 2009 was 109 days (ACP plus DOH). Our goal is to manage our accounts receivable and inventory within a tighter 90 to 100 days conversion cycle in the future.

Accounts payable turnover in 2009 was relatively stable at about 20.7x (or 18 days average payment period) compared to the previous year. The relative speed with which we pay our vendors is largely a function of our desire to maintain continued, timely access to quality supplies of LCD panels, the critical component in all our products. To further ensure LCD panel supply, we secure allocations of future production by paying advances to key LCD panel suppliers, directly as well as through related entities that serve as our purchasing agents.

Our working capital requirement in 2009 was approximately $6.6 million, broken out as follows:

 
Increase in accounts receivable (including with related parties)   $ 11.2 million   
Advances to suppliers (including through related parties)       5.7 million  
Less: Increase in accounts payable      (1.4) million  
Less: Increase in customer deposits (including through related parties)      (0.7) million  
Less: Increase in taxes payable      (3.9) million  
Less: Decrease in inventory      (4.3) million  
Net working capital requirement in 2009   $ 6.6 million  

Also in 2009, we undertook a significant scale-up of our manufacturing capacity in order to support future growth. This required heavy investment in equipment, building, and the acquisition of land use rights for SGOCO Technology Park. The cash required by this investment program in 2009 was approximately $19.5 million broken out as follows:

 
Equipment purchases   $  5.5 million  
Building construction   $  8.0 million  
Land rights acquisition   $  6.0 million  
Total investment requirement in 2009   $ 19.5 million  

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We had sufficient capital resources, both internal and external, to cover our working capital and investment requirements. In addition to operating profits, we relied upon (a) additional equity contributions from shareholders, (b) a subsidy from the Jinjiang City Government to support technology development and manufacturing; and (c) various short-term lines of credit and trade finance facilities from several commercial banks.

 
Internal Capital
        
Net Income   $ 7.2 million  
Depreciation and amortization      0.6 million  
External Capital
        
Equity Contribution      3.1 million  
Government Subsidy      3.4 million  
Bank Financing (net of Repayments and Cash Collateral Requirements, and including bank financing through Related Parties)   $ 15.9 million   
Total Capital Resources   $ 30.2 million   
Less: Working Capital & Investment Requirement   $ (26.1) million   
Increase in Company Cash   $ 4.1 million  

As of September 30, 2010, we had $0.4 million remaining under our multi-year technology and manufacturing grant from Jinjiang City. Because of our record of growth, profitability, and technology-based manufacturing, we believe that the Jinjiang City government and its banking group may continue to support us with needed capital resources in the future, although there is no assurance that we will receive such support.

Our principal source of liquidity has been cash generated by our operations, borrowings and the net proceeds received from the business combination we completed in March 2010. In the past, we have received interest-free working capital loans from related parties, and have provided such loans to related parties. As of September 30, 2010, we held $11.8 million in unrestricted cash and had working capital of $24.8 million. Our unrestricted cash consists of cash on hand and demand deposits in accounts maintained with financial institutions or state owned banks within the PRC and Hong Kong.

Our principal uses of cash have been to fund working capital requirements and to scale-up our manufacturing capacity through investments in equipment, construction and land use rights. Our principal sources of cash have been from the credit facilities discussed in more detail in the section titled “Debt” below. As described below, we have in the past been able to renew our credit facilities. We renewed one credit facility with Bank of Communications in August 2010 and other credit facilities with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China and Agricultural Bank of China in September 2010. We have been making these types of credit arrangements since our inception and expect to be able to renew these facilities in the future. Based on our current expectations, we believe the amounts available to us from our credit facilities will be sufficient to fund our operations during the next twelve months. The foregoing assumes that we are able to renew these facilities when they expire, that our accounts receivables are converted to cash on a timely basis and that we do not encounter any unforeseen costs or expenses. The expiration dates of our facilities are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Debt” below, and range from August 2011 to December 2011. Although, we have in the past been able to renew these facilities and repay the loans and borrow again from the same banks, there is no assurance that we will be able to renew these facilities in the future. If we are unable to renew these facilities in the future, we will need to raise financing from alternative sources for which we have no commitments during the next twelve months. During this period, we also expect to continue to invest funds in the development of the Technology Park and the expansion of the SGOCO Club model. In order to make these investments, we will require additional external financing. Although we have committed to investing not less than $50 million in development of the Technology Park, there is no compulsory schedule or deadline by which SGOCO must complete its investment commitment. As of September 30, 2010, we had already invested in excess of $34.7 million in the SGOCO Technology Park. The investment includes $8.6 million of costs to acquire the land and $26.1 million of building infrastructure and equipment, which includes grants received from the PRC municipal government of $6.7 million. In addition to

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the investments we expect to make in the development of the Technology Park during the next 12 months, if we are able to maintain our current rate of growth for 3 to 5 years, we anticipate needing to construct additional production facilities or partnering with other manufacturers interested in locating in the SGOCO Technology Park. The amount and timing of any future investments in the SGOCO Technology Park will be based on our future growth. Based on our current growth rate, we expect to invest between $3.0 – 5.0 million during the next 12 months in the SGOCO Technology Park. This amount may be increased if our operations expand more rapidly than expected, or it may be decreased if our operations do not increase at its current rate or if we are is unable to fund such additional investments. We may require external financing to fund these additional investments, and the failure to obtain such financing may limit our ability to make the foregoing investments. We believe that the investments we have previously made in the Technology Park and the investments we intend to make in the Technology Park in the future will enable us to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer Honesty Group’s obligation to pay the remaining registered capital for Guancheng for at least an additional 12 months.

In order to raise additional financing, we may sell additional equity or debt securities or borrow from lending institutions. Financing may be unavailable in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us. The sale of additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would dilute our earnings per share. The incurrence of debt would divert cash from working capital and capital expenditures to service debt obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and ability to pay dividends to shareholders, among other restrictions. If we cannot obtain additional equity or debt financing as required, we will, among other items, be required to tighten credit terms, hold less inventory, reduce advances to suppliers and slow investment in plant and machinery, which would result in slower growth in revenues and profits.

In addition, if we are required to fund the remaining registered capital commitments for our Chinese subsidiaries during 2010, as discussed in more detail in the section titled “Registered Capital Commitments” below, we will require additional cash for which we currently have no commitments. We intend to use the funds from any registered capital to continue the development of the SGOCO Technology Park.

Debt

We fund much of our operations from short term notes drawn upon lines of credit, as well as short term bank loans, with various PRC banks. As of September 30, 2010, our notes and letters of credit totaled approximately $21.7 million and our short term bank loans totaled $22.1 million.

When purchasing raw materials, we often issue a short term note payable to the vendor funded with draws on the lines of credit. These short term notes are guaranteed by the bank for its complete face value through a letter of credit and usually mature within three to six months of issuance. The banks either charge interest or require us to deposit a certain amount of cash at the bank as a guarantee deposit which is classified on the balance sheet as restricted cash. As of September 30, 2010, $6.3 million of restricted cash was collateral for the $21.7 million in notes payable. The notes payable are also secured by a pledge of our operating equipment.

Our bank loans represent amounts due to various banks and are normally due within one year and can be renewed with the banks. As of September 30, 2010, approximately $16.3 million of the bank loans are secured with our land use rights, and $22.1 million of the bank loans are guaranteed by Messrs. Burnette Or and Tin Man Or.

We have written credit facilities with four banks pursuant to which we issued a portion of the notes payable and bank loans discussed above. We have:

a facility with the Bank of Communications in the amount of $16.2 million (RMB 108.3 million) with an expiration date of August 6, 2011;
a facility with the Agricultural Bank of China in the aggregate amount of $10.2 million (RMB 68 million) with an expiration date of September 1, 2011;
a facility with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China in the amount of $15.0 million (RMB 100 million) with an expiration date of December 31, 2011; and
a facility with Industrial Bank Co. Ltd. in the aggregate amount of $5.1 million (RMB 34 million).

The renewal term of these facilities is one year and does not contain any requirement for the maintenance of financial covenants, although we are required to maintain certain amounts of restricted cash against these

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

credit facilities. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately RMB 1.4 million (or $0.2 million based on the exchange rate as of September 30, 2010) available to us with Agricultural Bank of China, RMB 6.1 million (or $0.9 million based on the exchange rate as of September 30, 2010) available under our facility with Bank of Communications, and RMB 34.7 million (or $5.2 million based on the exchange rate as of September 30, 2010) availability with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China.

The remainder of our short-term borrowings are with Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and consist of short-term loans, each of which is represented by a written note agreement. All of our borrowings mature at various dates within one year. The renewal term of the facilities is generally one year and generally do not contain any requirement for the maintenance of financial covenants. In the past, we have been able to pay off the loans on the due dates and borrow again from the same banks. We have been making these types of loan arrangements since our inception. These types of financing arrangements are very similar to revolving lines of credit in the United States and are common practice in China. Amounts outstanding under these short term notes, lines of credit and bank loans are presented in our financial statements as short term loans.

Intercompany Loans and Capital Contributions

We may make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to finance their operations. Any loans or capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries are subject to restrictions or approvals under PRC laws, rules and regulations. For example, loans by us to our operating subsidiaries in China, which are foreign-invested enterprises, to finance their activities may not exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local SAFE branch. We may also decide to finance our PRC operating subsidiaries by making additional capital contributions to such entities. The PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts must approve these capital contributions. Although we have been able to obtain these government approvals in the past, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to any such loans or capital contributions. If we fail to receive such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of any equity or debt offerings to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our ability to fund and expand our business.

Registered Capital Commitments

Two of Honesty Group’s subsidiaries, Guanwei and Guancheng, have registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000. As of September 30, 2010, $3,130,000 and $4,969,970 had been invested by Honesty Group in the above subsidiaries. According to an agreement reached with the local government agency, the Jinjiang Bureau of China’s State Administration of Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, the remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 must be contributed by the end of 2010. The SAIC provided Honesty Group with this additional time to make the registered capital payments because Honesty Group is in the process of investing in infrastructure in the region through its investment in the SGOCO Technology Park. If Honesty Group is unable to make the registered capital payments during 2010, it believes it will be able to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer its obligation to pay the remaining registered capital, provided that the SAIC believes Honesty Group is progressing with the timetable for making its infrastructure investments in the Technology Park. If it fails to reach such an agreement for deferral, Honesty Group would have an obligation to fund these two subsidiaries or to apply for a reduction in the remaining registered capital, which may not be granted. If Honesty Group fails to contribute their registered capital, they may be penalized with fines of 5 – 15% over the amount of unpaid capital, and, in certain cases, the subsidiaries business licenses may be revoked, which may result in the companies inability to conduct business in China. If Honesty Group is required to fund the remaining registered capital in full, SGOCO or Honesty Group will need to raise external financing, for which they have no commitments.

Related Party Transactions

In the past, we and BORO have provided working capital loans to each other. The loans were all interest-free demand loans and were not formalized in written documents. We utilized loans from BORO rather than banking institutions because the approval process was faster and the loans were interest free. We provided BORO with such loans in prior periods as BORO was a significant customer.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, the largest loan amount outstanding from BORO for the benefit of SGOCO was $2.9 million, and the largest loan amount outstanding from SGOCO for the benefit of BORO was $4.8 million. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

largest loan amounts outstanding from BORO for the benefit of SGOCO were $2.3 million, $2.8 million and $38,000, respectively, and the largest loan amounts outstanding from SGOCO for the benefit of BORO were $2.8 million, $733 and $0, respectively. As of the date hereof, no amounts remained outstanding from either party. Sun Zone no longer holds an interest in BORO.

Based on current expectations, we believe the amounts available to us from credit facilities with banking institutions will be sufficient to fund our operations during the next twelve months. We do not believe we will require future working capital loans from related parties, although we may engage in future related party borrowings if we believe such borrowings will be beneficial. To the extent that we engage in any future related party loan transactions, we intend to enter into formal written documentation for such transactions.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any outstanding off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. We do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. In our ongoing business, we do not enter into transactions involving, or otherwise form relationships with, unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships that are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Contractual Obligations

We entered into a SGOCO Technology Park Investment Agreement with the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City on March 31, 2006, as amended on July 7, 2006. Pursuant to this investment agreement, the government was responsible for providing infrastructure such as water, power, and roads available for construction and development. We are committed to investing not less than $50 million in development of the Technology Park. As of September 30, 2010, the Company has already invested in excess of $34.7 million in the SGOCO Technology Park. The investment includes $8.6 million of costs to acquire the land and $26.1 million of building infrastructure and equipment, which includes grants received from the PRC municipal government of $6.7 million. There is no compulsory schedule or deadline by which we must complete its investment commitment.

Two of Honesty Group’s subsidiaries, Guanwei and Guancheng, were formed on June 22, 2007, with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000. Under PRC law, the registered capital of a company is regarded as corporate property, and it is the shareholder’s obligation to fulfill its subscribed capital contribution according to the provisions of PRC law and the PRC company’s charter documents. As of September 30, 2010, $3,130,000 and $4,969,970 had been invested by Honesty Group in the above subsidiaries. According to an agreement reached with the SAIC, the remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 must be contributed by the end of 2010. The SAIC provided Honesty Group with additional time to make the registered capital payments because Honesty Group is in the process of investing in infrastructure in the region. If Honesty Group is unable to make the registered capital payments during 2010, it believes it will be able to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer the obligation to pay the remaining registered capital, provided that the SAIC believes Honesty Group is progressing with the timetable for making its infrastructure investments.

Except as discussed above, we do not have any long term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or other long term liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Market Risks

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk due primarily to our short-term bank loans. Although the interest rates are fixed for the terms of the loans, the terms are typically twelve months and interest rates are subject to change upon renewal. We monitor interest rates in conjunction with our cash requirements to determine the appropriate level of debt balances relative to other sources of funds. We have not entered into any hedging transactions in order to reduce exposure to interest rate risk.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. Since July 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to the dollar. Although the People’s Bank of China, China’s central bank, regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future, PRC authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.

Because substantially all of our earnings and cash assets are denominated in RMB, but our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the RMB will affect our balance sheet and our earnings per share in U.S. dollars. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

Very limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in order to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge its exposure at all. In addition, foreign currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currencies.

Inflation

Inflationary factors, such as increases in the cost of raw materials and components and overhead costs, could impair our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue if the selling prices of our products do not increase with these increased costs.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Our Business

We are a liquid crystal display solution branded distributor, designer, and manufacturer in China. We engage in the design, manufacture and distribution of LCD consumer products, including LCD PC monitors, LCD TV and application-specific products, and are focused on providing high quality, branded electronics at affordable prices to the emerging Chinese consumer. Our vision is to offer high quality LCD products under brands that we control such as “SGOCO” and “Edge 10,” at reasonable prices to consumers residing in China’s Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities. We believe that end-users in our target markets are less brand-conscious and more price sensitive than consumers typically found in China’s Tier 1 cities. We currently sell our products via multiple channels including computer stores, distributors and specialty retailers, but are focused on developing a more vertically integrated system, via a strategy referred to as SGOCO Clubs.

We believe that LCD products, in general, are subject to rapid technological obsolescence. This is because new technologies and features are constantly introduced into the marketplace by international brands. However, these new technologies and features are typically marketed first to Tier 1 cities, where brand recognition is the key driver to sales. China classifies its cities based upon population size, income and GDP. While Tier 1 cities include metropolitan cities like Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen, which are currently major points of demand, we believe the market opportunities and sales growth potentials in Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities are significant. In particular, the 3rd and 4th tier cities and their adjoining rural areas, which we believe are largely ignored by the international brands due to the high overhead cost and target opportunities. Our goal is to offer our branded products with similar features at affordable pricing points and establish a dominant market position to selected Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities before competitor brands reach these markets.

Our principal objective is to be a leading developer and distributor of LCD products and to create a network of SGOCO Clubs in Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities and their adjoining rural areas in China to distribute our products. The strategy is to capitalize on our operating strengths, which include:

a product development program;
in-house manufacturing capability;
value priced, feature rich products marketed under brands SGOCO controls;
an attractive marketing plan for SGOCO Club members;
a scalable business model; and
an experienced management team.

With this vision in mind, from 2007 to 2008, we focused on building world-class manufacturing facilities and enhancing design engineering expertise to foster stronger product development and lower production costs for the readily expandable production capacity. We believe our vertically integrated business model enables us to capture advantages from the entire value chain and to manufacture with flexibility and cost efficiency.

We differentiate ourselves by providing branded value products, where “value” equates to higher quality at affordable price points reasonably less than foreign labels, and “brand” equates to products with reputations for consistent and reliable qualities. Therefore, even as competitors introduce new features, we believe we are still poised to build up market share by fulfilling demand of value-preferred customers with consistent high quality.

In 2009, we initiated an effort to convert select specialty retailers and large end-customers into “SGOCO Club” members. We believe our SGOCO Club model will allow us to (a) rapidly build a brand presence in multiple markets; and (b) allow operators of SGOCO Clubs to offer differentiated branded products at reasonable prices where they can enjoy higher gross margins. Through this national chain of independent retail outlets licensed under the name “SGOCO Club,” we are able to reach the end consumer and provide consumer satisfaction. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately 403 retail stores with a network covering the following 13 municipalities and provinces in China: Shaanxi, Heilongjiang, Hunan, Guangxi, Shandong, Beijing, Henan, Hubei, Anhui, Sichuan, Inner Mongolia, Guangdong and Zhejiang, with retailing floor space ranging from 10 square meters to 30 square meters.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While our primary focus is to manufacture in support of our own brands, when manufacturing capacity allows, we will temporarily use spare capacity for OEM customers. For example, in 2007, approximately 50% of our revenue was derived from OEM customers such as Haier, G-tech, Benteq, Cruise, Hyundai MultiCAV and Brimax. In 2008 and 2009, OEM revenue decreased to less than 10% of total revenue because the production focus had switched to our own brands. In 2009, we moved all of the production to the newly built facility in SGOCO Technology Park. Due to this expansion in production capacity, we expect our OEM revenue to increase in 2010.

Our Industry

China’s Economy

Large, Fast Growing Chinese Economy .  China is the world’s most populous country, with a population of 1.3 billion as of the end of 2008 according to the Census Bureau of China. China’s gross domestic product, or GDP, grew from $1.8 trillion in 2003 to $4.3 trillion in 2008, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 19.0%. Despite the recessionary environment in the global economy, the Chinese economy’s pace of expansion reached double-digits (10.7% year-in-year) in the last quarter of 2009.

Demographics Fueling Consumption Growth .  The Chinese central government has a policy of aggressively subsidizing both consumption of domestic manufactured electronics and infrastructure building in smaller cities. The most recent plan is targeting rural area consumers through its rural subsidy scheme, which went into effect nationwide in February 2009. The Chinese government program encourages consumer spending on technology in rural areas by offering a 13% subsidy of the purchase price of designated home appliances (up to a capped price), which subsidy is split 80% / 20% between the central and local government. The PRC Ministry of Finance announced in March 2009 that the 2009 budget from the central government for this subsidy plan was RMB 20 billion, which would help increase household appliance sales by more than RMB 100 billion. According to a rural home appliance consumer survey published by Sunning Appliance, one of the largest home appliance retail stores in China, TV is still the most popular home appliance in rural China with 43.6% of surveyed households intending to make a purchase.

Urbanization Trend .  China has witnessed a growing trend toward urbanization in the past decade. According to the China Statistical Yearbook, the urban population represented approximately 45% of the overall population in China as of December 31, 2008 compared to approximately 20% in the early 1980s. Furthermore, according to an article by Xinhau News Agency, the official press agency of China, the urban population will represent approximately 50% of China’s total population by the end of 2020.

Increasing Consumption .  China has recently overtaken Germany to become the world’s third largest economy behind the U.S. and Japan but is ranked the fifth in terms of consumer spending. Private consumption in China currently accounts for 36% of total GDP, the lowest percentage of any major economy of the world. Consumption is expected to grow over 8% annually over the next 15 years and is expected to become the world’s third-largest consumer market by 2020 according to an estimate by McKinsey Global Institution. According to a January 2010 report released by Credit Suisse, China’s consumer market is expected to rise from US$1.72 trillion in 2009 to US$15.94 trillion in 2020, and the share of global consumption to rise from 5.2% in 2009 to 23.1% in 2020, overtaking the US as the largest consumer market in the world. The Credit Suisse survey also observed a rising interest in LCD televisions.

Global LCD Industry

In 2008, the global LCD industry was negatively impacted by the global economic crisis. In 2009, unit shipments of LCD monitors were up by 3.8%, and global LCD monitor shipments rose to 176.5 million units in 2009, up from 170.1 million in 2008. Global LCD TV shipments reached 146 million units in 2009, and flat panel TV technologies like LCD enjoyed better growth in 2009 on a unit basis than during 2008, rising 37% vs. 34%, respectively. The global TV market is expected to reach 228 million units in 2010, up from the previous forecast of 218 million units, due to the rapid transition to flat panel technologies in emerging markets, the robust level of growth even in mature markets and the positive influence of new technology introductions such as 3D and LED, according to DisplaySearch. According to DisplaySearch, LCD TVs are now projected to exceed 180 million units in 2010, a 24% increase over 2009, such growth to be helped by the introduction of new technologies like 3D, as well as the expansion of newer features like LED backlights

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and internet connectivity. DisplaySearch also noted that price erosion was the major factor contributing to the excellent growth in 2009, with LCD TV average prices falling 24% from 2008, much more than any preceding year.

The global PC market grew 22.4% in the second quarter of 2010, according to IDC. The factors leading to the growth include an aging commercial installed base, a proliferation of low-cost media-centric PCs, and low PC penetration through much of the world, which will remain to be key drivers going forward.

China’s LCD Industry

DisplaySearch forecasts the Europe, the Middle East and Africa region, which is currently the top LCD monitor market, will continue to dominate in the years to come, but by 2011 China is expected to pass the United States as the largest market after the Europe, the Middle East and Africa region and hold over 21% of the market. China’s share in the LCD monitor market is expected to grow from 18.4% in 2008 to 21.1% in 2011 and 22.1% in 2012.

We believe the demand for PCs and LCD monitors is accelerating due to increasing popularity of the Internet. According to China Daily, as of June 2010, the population of China’s Internet users climbed to 420 million, 36 million more than the end of 2009. The penetration rate of Internet users rose to 31.8%, as compared to more than 70% in mature markets. It was 28.9% at the end of 2009.

Government Subsidy for Consumer Electronics in Rural Area

The Chinese central government has a policy of aggressively subsidizing both consumption of domestic manufactured electronics and infrastructure building in Tier 3 cities. The most recent plan is targeting rural area consumers through its rural subsidy scheme, which went into effect nationwide in February 2009. The Chinese government program encourages consumer spending on technology in rural areas by offering a 13% subsidy of the purchase price of designated home appliances (up to a capped price), which subsidy is split 80% / 20% between the central and local government. The PRC Ministry of Finance announced in March 2009 that the 2009 budget from the central government for this subsidy plan was RMB 20 billion, which would help increase household appliance sales by more than RMB 100 billion. According to a rural home appliance consumer survey published by Sunning Appliance, one of the largest home appliance retail stores in China, TV is still the most popular home appliance in rural China with 43.6% of surveyed households intending to make a purchase.

SGOCO Products

We offer a wide range of LCD products with designs and feature sets primarily targeting retail and commercial customers in the China market. Our current product line includes:

LCD monitors with a full range of screen sizes up to 32 inches;
LCD TVs with screen sizes up to 60 inches; and
LCD Monitor-DVD combination products in sizes ranging from mini 9” portable to 32” full-size multi media monitors.

Additionally, we also provide custom manufacturing for application-specific LCD monitors, such as rotating screens (self-adjusting on a horizontal-vertical axis), CCTV monitors for security systems, billboard monitors for advertising and public notice systems and touch screens for non-keyed entries, ideal for retail applications.

We currently sell products from two primary branded product lines: SGOCO, which includes high-quality, feature rich LCD products, and Edge 10, a unique line of products currently aimed at the educational marketplace in the U.K. During the nine months ending September 30, 2010, sales of our product lines represented 65.7% of total sales.

Through our research and development group, our engineers are developing new all-in-one e-reader notebook and mobile internet device product lines and provide LCD systems solutions for industry clients, such as medical centers, educational institutions, government complexes, public emergency response systems, and corporate offices. These are customized hardware and software solutions for turnkey delivery to industry clients.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our products (including custom systems) are subject to statutory warranty obligations. Generally, these requirements obligate us to a one-year repair or replace obligation. Products returned within seven days of the invoice date must be refunded, repaired or replaced at the customer’s option. Products returned after the first week but within the 15-days following the invoice date must be repaired. If the product cannot be repaired after two attempts during the one-year warranty period, the manufacturer must offer the customer a replacement or refund. In addition to statutory warranties, we provide additional contractual warranties for our products.

Properties and Manufacturing Facility

Our principal manufacturing operations and headquarters are located at the recently constructed SGOCO Technology Park, Jinjiang City, Fujian Province, China. SGOCO Technology Park has a total area of over 242,811 square meters (approximately 60 acres), strategically located in Jinjiang’s new city center, 10 km away from the Jinjiang airport. We entered into a SGOCO Technology Park Investment Agreement with the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City on March 31, 2006, as amended on July 7, 2006. Pursuant to this investment agreement, the government was responsible for providing infrastructure, such as water, power, and roads available for construction and development. We committed to investing not less than US$50 million in development of the Technology Park. As of September 30, 2010, we had already invested in excess of $34.7 million in the SGOCO Technology Park. The investment includes $8.6 million of costs to acquire the land and $26.1 million of building infrastructure and equipment, which includes grants received from the PRC municipal government of $6.7 million. There is no compulsory schedule or deadline by which we must complete our investment commitment.

The property consists of three parcels, occupying 204,113 square meters in total. The industrial land use rights of the property were purchased by Guanke, Guancheng, and Guanwei, respectively. Pursuant to PRC laws, the land use rights are renewable upon expiration at a renegotiated reasonable compensation. Guanke, Guanwei, and Guancheng intend to apply before the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City to renew the land use right one year prior to the expiration date. The Municipal Government of Jinjiang City is expected to agree to renew the land use rights unless there are legitimate public interest considerations that weigh against renewal at that time. Unlike the land use rights, Guanke own the facilities constructed on the land and can dispose of them at their sole discretion. If Guanke, Guancheng, and Guanwei decide not to renew their land use rights, or their application is denied by the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City, they are entitled to a claim to the fair monetary value of the facilities from the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City.

Guanke purchased a 50-year land use right of a 65,331 square meter parcel of land for RMB12,631,748 on June 30, 2007. Guanke paid the purchase price for this land use right on July 11, 2008. The Municipal Government of Jinjiang City issued a land use right certificate for this land on October 14, 2008.

Guancheng purchased a 50-year land use right for a 68,002 square meter parcel of land for RMB13,148,187 on June 30, 2007. Guancheng paid the purchase price for this land use right in full on April 20, 2009. The Municipal Government of Jinjiang City issued a Land Use Right Certificate for this land on April 24, 2009.

Guanwei purchased a 50-year land use right for a 70,780 square meter parcel of land for RMB13,685,313 on June 30, 2007. Guanwei paid the purchase price for this land use right in full on February 5, 2009. The Municipal Government of Jinjiang City issued Guanwei’s Land Use Right Certificate on February 6, 2009.

Guanwei purchased a 50-year land use right for a 28,688 square meter parcel of land for RMB5,546,825 on June 30, 2007. Guanwei paid the purchase price for this land use right in full on November 12, 2009. The Municipal Government of Jinjiang City issued Guanwei’s Land Use Right Certificate on November 20, 2009.

The land use rights have been mortgaged to various lenders as security for various loans.

In addition to the above land use rights obtained from the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City, Guanke also reached agreements regarding the development plan and land reservation matters with the government for its future expansion. Guanke entered into an agreement for reserving the land use right of a 210,793.30 square meter parcel of land immediately on the west side of SGOCO Technology Park on May 24, 2006. The terms and conditions of the future purchase of this reserve land are subject to the then-current negotiation between Jinjiang Land Reservation Center and Guanke. The land plan for construction on this

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

parcel of land was approved by the Planning, Construction, and Real Estate Management Bureau of Jinjiang City on May 19, 2006. Guanke is not required to purchase the land use right. If it reaches agreement on price with the JinJiang Land Reservation Center and purchases the right, that right would not be subject to the current agreement granting Mr. Or a purchase option on the land described below.

As of September 30, 2010, we had already invested in excess of $34.7 million in the SGOCO Technology Park. The investment includes $8.6 million of costs to acquire the land and $26.1 million of building infrastructure and equipment, which includes grants received from the PRC municipal government of $6.7 million. We intend to continue to construct, maintain and operate additional facilities to meet our increasing production capacity. In addition, we plan to include developing the parcels with supply chain partners (such as LCD upstream suppliers of glass, backlights, polarizers, and lamps), at our own cost or share such costs with those partners, in order to provide just on time delivery of components to our manufacturing facilities, reducing our inventory and overhead costs. Once suppliers co-locate at SGOCO Technology Park, we expect to achieve synergies with reduced transportation costs and time and additional contract manufacturing capabilities to provide increased economies of scale. In the meantime, as owner of the facility, we may also collect rents for leasing such facilities to our partners.

In May 2009, Guanke moved its existing production lines to the new factory at SGOCO Technology Park. SGOCO Technology Park currently contains one manufacturing building and two dormitories occupying 19,948 square meters of land. The current manufacturing building has four production lines with maximum capacity for eight production lines. The current manufacturing building has two monitor production lines with maximum annual capacity of three million units, two television production lines with maximum annual capacity of two million units, and one SMT production line with maximum annual capacity of 22 million print points. Upon full utilization of the current manufacturing building, we expect to be able to double our current production capacity.

SGOCO Technology Park is subject to an option to Mr. Burnette Or to purchase the land-use rights and the facilities at any time prior to March 18, 2011, subject to entering into a long-term fair market value lease to Guanke for the entire facility. The purchase price for the option will be the sum of all our costs and expenses to acquire the land use rights plus all costs and expenses relating to the building of structures on the land. As of September 30, 2010 the costs to acquire the land were $8.6 million and the total expenses related to buildings and improvements were $16.1 million, which includes a government subsidy of $6.0 million. The terms of such lease will be negotiated at the time, if any, that the option is exercised, which terms will address the party responsible for the continued development of the land and facilities. The option may be extended by one year at the request of Mr. Or. The option does not include the land use right for the 210,793.30 square meter parcel of land immediately on the west side of SGOCO Technology Park that Guanke has an agreement to acquire.

As an incentive to the development of SGOCO Technology Park, the Fujian provincial government built a 110kW transformer substation on site at a cost of US$5 million, which provides power supply for the SGOCO Technology Park.

Research and Development

As a result of our internal product development and in-house manufacturing capabilities, we have developed a focused and compact line of high-quality LCD-based electronic products. We focus our research and development in appearance design, utilities, and major components such as mother boards and high voltage switchboards. In order to have a more cost efficient R&D process, we currently outsource certain non-core R&D projects, such as plate driver and circuit board research, to local R&D design houses. We then purchase those parts developed by outsourced design houses upon qualifying the products to meet our standards. In order to strengthen product development capabilities, we expect to further invest in industrial production lines for LED lighting equipment, digital audio/video recording devices, and advanced digital camcorders.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Manufacturing

The new manufacturing facility at SGOCO Technology Park has been certified to meet ISO 9001-2000 standards. Its environmental management meets ISO 14001-2004 standards. Workflow, parts, inventory and costs are managed through an ERP system. Other than the LCD panels and flat panel glass, the major components, such as electronic boards, main boards, monitor casings, LED backlights on certain LCD products, high voltage switchboards, power cords, and transformers are manufactured and assembled by us.

We procure LCD panels from reputable third party suppliers (independent distributors of LCD panels manufacturer) located in Fujian Province. The contract value ordered by us from our top ten LCD panels supplier ranged from US$133,377 to US$1,165,527 during 2008 and 2009. Historically, the raw material prices for our products have not been volatile. In the past, we have been able to procure sufficient flat panel glass for our LCD related products manufacture at market prices.

Our Printed Circuit Board Assembly factory has a Surface Mounting Technology (“SMT”) production line, which produces main board, display card, key-press board, set-top boxes, as well as cameras, cell phone boards, and other components. The SMT production system is equipped with high-speed SMT production lines, lead-free wave soldering, plug-in, repair welding, assembly lines, and other facilities. The SMT production line has a capacity of 22 million print points per year. We produce plastic and metal frames in our molding factory, where injection, stamping, plastic painting, and printing are processed. To make our products more cost efficient, we purchase some cables (signal cables, power cables, and audio and video cables) from local suppliers.

We believe that our ability to manufacture our own products is a significant competitive advantage for the following reasons:

we have better control over the quality of finished products;
we have better management of the underlying costs associated with manufacturing our products;
we have better control over production schedules to increase the likelihood of maintaining an uninterrupted supply of products for our customers; and
we are able to manufacture most development phase prototypes in-house to expedite product commercialization period.

Marketing and Distribution

While we initially utilized a network of distributors that sold to retailers without our involvement, since 2009, we have been building a model, which we call SGOCO Clubs, as we enter new markets that more directly connects us to the retailers that sell our products. Under the SGOCO Club model, we convert existing small specialty retailers (mom-and-pop stores) into retailers of SGOCO-owned brands. The conversion entails the re-decoration of the retail space or a portion within existing stores based upon our specification. We provide the retail stores a selective line of products (of different screen size and features) under one or multiple brands owned or licensed by us. Through regular interaction with SGOCO Club operators, our management is able to better understand the needs of end-consumers in the market place and is able to respond quicker to market demands. We then endeavor to quickly design and add new features to our future product offerings. The SGOCO Club model is designed to:

take advantage of existing sales networks that specialty retailers already have;
ensure value and competitively priced products to end-consumers in Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities in China; and
obtain end-consumer feedback on product features to ensure that our products meet the needs of this rapidly developing marketplace.

As of September 30, 2010, we had over 400 retail stores covering 13 provinces and municipalities in China. We plan to reach approximately 600 and 1,000 SGOCO Club locations in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO Clubs are currently classified into 3 different types:

Type A stores are exclusive (with respect to our products) flagship stores to promote branding, with larger retail space and location requirement of within the first to second floor of electronic malls.
Type B stores are non-exclusive dealerships for shops within the first to third floor of technology malls with minimum 10 square meter retail space.
Type C stores are non-exclusive dealerships for shops within the first to third floor of technology malls with minimum 5 square meter retail space.

As of September 30, 2010, SGOCO has signed contracts for 403 stores, including 25 Type A stores, 176 Type B stores and 202 Type C stores.

We provide our SGOCO Club members with marketing materials and/or storefront improvements. The minimum term for our agreements with SGOCO Club members is one year. We believe that we will be able to expand quickly with the SGOCO Club model. The SGOCO Club model helps business owners with initial setup costs as we provide the store set-up materials. In the future, we intend to provide incentives based on meeting sales quotas. This ties personal success to that of a national brand portfolio and provides incentives for the business owners to promote our brand in local regions. We provide not only multiple branded product lines, but also sales, marketing and management assistance to help local operators succeed.

SGOCO Club members are encouraged to build and manage their own business to sell products carrying SGOCO brands. We believe a network of SGOCO Club members is an effective way to distribute products especially in Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities because the SGOCO Club members engage in localized person-to-person product education and after sales servicing, which is not readily available through traditional distribution channels. Additionally, we believe that our approach through our SGOCO Club model appeals to a cross-section of potential partners, such as entrepreneurial operators of specialty retailers (mom-and-pop retail stores) who may want a differentiated branded retail presence, or internet café operators who may already use a large number of LCD products in their business, and who may be seeking to supplement their income by selling products. We consider our high-quality products, compact product lines, and higher potential gross margins to be attractive components of our SGOCO Club marketing system.

We believe the SGOCO Club model will help create brand identity and trust relationships that can be leveraged in the future to sell other consumer electronics with the ability to provide better sales and service support in an efficient and timely manner. The SGOCO Club model also provides valuable and timely intelligence on shifting consumer tastes and demands and allows us to have a faster response to the market. We believe our retail presence will also become a marketing vehicle to increase awareness of our brand in China’s emerging consumer market.

Competition

The LCD industry has evolved through rapid innovation and evolved over the last decade to enable the commercialization of LCD products. Because of increasingly affordable prices, we believe the industry is at an inflection point at which the growth of consumer applications can take-off exponentially, especially in the emerging China market.

We compete in this increasingly dynamic and demanding market along with international players and numerous Chinese LCD products companies. Among those companies, many of them are panel makers, equipment vendors, application developers, and product distributors. Companies who directly compete with us should be system integrators that have their own distribution channel and focus on providing quality branded products. Most Chinese companies such as the largest LCD display manufacturer, TPV technology, are more focused on producing high volume OEM products, which have lower margin, higher fixed cost and are more vulnerable to fluctuations in key material cost changes.

Our current major competitors include:

KTC Computer Tech is a LCD monitor and LCD TV manufacturer. It is primarily a contract manufacturer for OEMs. It is starting to sell products in the domestic China market.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HKC Electronics manufactures PC components and accessories for low-end OEMs serving emerging markets worldwide.
Huipu Science manufactures plasma display panels primarily under contract to Samsung for international markets.

Recently, large LCD panel makers from Japan and South Korea have announced plans to build manufacturing plants in China. Sharp Corporation announced a preliminary agreement with China Electronics Nanjing for an eighth generation fabrication plant, and LG Display signed a preliminary agreement with the Guangzhou government to build an LCD manufacturing plant. Samsung Electronics Co, the largest LCD maker by revenue has indicated an interest in building a manufacturing plant in China. Although previously prohibited by Taiwanese government regulation from technology investments in China, Taiwanese companies have recently reported possible easing of restrictions on bans on setting up manufacturing plants in China. AU Optronics Corporation, the world’s third-largest flat panel maker by revenue after Samsung and LG Display Co, announced that it would apply to set up a flat panel plant in China to be nearer to its assembly plants in China’s Suzhou, Xiamen, Shanghai and Sichuan Provinces as soon as the Taiwan government allowed such investments.

Intellectual Property

We do not own any patents. Mr. Or Wenpu (no relation to Burnette or Tin Man Or), SGOCO’s vice president of business affairs, has five appearance design patent applications and four utilities patent applications before the State Intellectual Property Office. To date, all of the foregoing applications are pending. Or Wenpu has orally committed to transfer such patents to SGOCO once the applications are approved.

We own the trademarks “SGOCO” and “Guanke.” In a Letter of Authorization dated February 1, 2008, BORO authorized Guanke to print the following trademarks on its products from February 1, 2008, to January 31, 2017: (1) “edge10”; (2) a mark comprised of two Chinese characters which together mean “warrior”; and (3) a mark comprised of three Chinese characters which together are pronounced “si ke te.” In a Letter of Authorization dated May 1, 2008, Mosview authorized Guanke to print the following trademarks on its products from January 1, 2008, to December 31, 2017: (1) “SGOCO” (this mark was later transferred to Guanke on June 8, 2009); (2) a figurative mark which is a circle with a number “10” in the middle; and (3) “OPTIC10.” We do not pay any royalties to the owners of these marks. These trade mark licenses are in the process of being filed with the Trade Mark Office of State Administration of Industry and Commerce.

There are no legal disputes currently pending or threatened against us for any claimed intellectual property infringement.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Brand Usage Agreement

In June 2010, we entered into a three-year brand usage agreement with TCL Business System Technology (Huizhou) Co. Ltd., a Chinese television manufacturer and distributor, pursuant to which we will manufacture TCL branded LCD monitors from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2013. There are no minimum purchase requirements in the agreement, and, as such, the future impact of the agreement is unknown.

Employees

We have approximately 500 employees as of September 30, 2010.

Regulatory

Chinese government subsidies

Guanke has been granted subsidies by the Municipal Government of Jinjiang City due to its operation in the high and new technology business sector. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, we received grants of approximately $748,500 (RMB 5,000,000) and $3,574,000 (RMB 23,000,000), respectively, from the PRC municipal government. The grants were based on a research and development agreement between the Science & Technology Bureau of Jinjiang City and Guanke. Pursuant to the agreement, Guanke must use the grant to research and develop certain technologies applicable to LCD products. To date, the governmental agency has reviewed and accepted those technologies, and confirmed Guanke’s due performance of the agreement and proper use of the grant. The work-out technologies will be deemed as state-owned assets; however, Guanke has the right to use and operate them.

Fujian Province, in which Guanke is located, has been supportive of LCD related industries by granting public financial grants to companies, universities, and academies. From 1991 to 2008, the Fujian provincial government approved twelve such grants to the LCD monitor related industry, and eight of those grants have gone to companies.

Environmental

Guanke obtained approval from Jinjiang Environmental Protection Bureau on the environmental impact evaluations for its current facilities in SGOCO Technology Park on September 25, 2009. The approvals concluded that (1) Guanke’s project is in accordance with the national industrial policies; and (2) by proper operation, management, and supervision, the construction and normal operation of the project will not incur material negative impact on environment.

Guancheng and Guanwei engaged Xiamen New Green Environment Development Co., Ltd. to conduct construction project environmental impact evaluations on May 3, 2007, and May 5, 2007, respectively. The evaluation reports were approved by Jinjiang Environment Protection Bureau on June 20, 2007. The approval concluded that the construction and operations in SGOCO Technology Park were acceptable from an environmental protection perspective.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORPORATE HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION

Corporate History

Honesty Group, a limited liability company registered in Hong Kong, was incorporated on September 13, 2005. Honesty Group owns 100% of the equity interests of three subsidiaries: Guanke, Guanwei, and Guancheng. Guanke, Guanwei, and Guancheng are limited liability companies established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the PRC. All three companies qualify as wholly foreign-owned enterprises under PRC law and have business operating licenses. Jinjiang Guanke is a limited liability company established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the PRC and has a business operating license, and is a subsidiary of Guanke. Guanke was formed on January 16, 2006, with a registered capital of $11,880,000. Guanwei and Guancheng were formed on June 22, 2007, with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000, respectively, of which $3,130,000 and $4,969,970, respectively, had been invested by Honesty Group as of September 30, 2010. According to an agreement reached with the SAIC, the remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 must be fulfilled by end of 2010. The SAIC provided Honesty Group with additional time to make the registered capital payments because Honesty Group is in the process of investing in infrastructure in the region. If Honesty Group is unable to make the registered capital payments during 2010, it believes it will be able to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer its obligation to pay the remaining registered capital, provided that the SAIC believes Honesty Group is progressing with the timetable for making its infrastructure investments. If it fails to reach such an agreement for deferral, Honesty Group would have an obligation to fund these two subsidiaries or to apply for a reduction in the remaining registered capital, which may not be granted. If Honesty Group fails to contribute their registered capital, they may be penalized with fines of 5-15% over the amount of unpaid capital, and, in certain cases, the subsidiaries business licenses may be revoked, which may result in the inability of the subsidiaries to conduct business in China. If Honesty Group is required to fund the remaining registered capital in full, SGOCO or Honesty Group will need to raise external financing, for which they have no commitments. Guancheng began operations from June 2010. Guanwei has no operations as of September 30, 2010. These subsidiaries do, however, hold certain land use rights for SGOCO Technology Park in Fujian Province, China. Jinjiang Guanke has no operations.

The Acquisition Transaction

On March 11, 2010, our shareholders approved the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Honesty Group. Pursuant to the terms of our charter documents, public shareholders who voted against the transaction were entitled to elect to have their shares redeemed at $7.98 per share. Following the Acquisition, holders of 1,232,139 shares elected to have their shares redeemed for $7.98 per share.

In addition, on March 11, 2010, holders of our outstanding warrants to purchase ordinary shares approved an amendment to the warrant agreement under which the warrants were issued to: (a) increase the exercise price per share of the warrants from $5.00 to $8.00, (b) extend the exercise period by one year to March 7, 2014, and (c) provide for the redemption of the publicly-held warrants, at the option of the holder, for $0.50 per warrant upon the closing of the Acquisition. Following the acquisition, holders of 2,673,273 of the 4,239,300 publicly held warrants elected to have their warrants redeemed at $0.50 each. Holders of the remaining 1,566,027 publicly held warrants elected to retain their warrants, as amended, with the new exercise price of $8.00 per share and March 7, 2014 expiration date.

The Acquisition resulted in the issuance of: (a) 8,500,000 ordinary shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group, and (b) 5,800,000 ordinary shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group to be held in escrow and released if the following milestones are met by the combined company:

in the event “Income from Existing Operations” for the year ended December 31, 2010 is in excess of $15,000,000 (the “First Earn-Out Milestone”), the escrow agent will release 5,000,000 shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group;
in the event “Income from Existing Operations” for the year ended December 31, 2011 is in excess of $20,000,000 (the “Second Earn-Out Milestone”), the escrow agent will release the remaining 800,000 shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group; and

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the event the First Earn-Out Milestone is not met, but the Second Earn-Out Milestone is met, the escrow agent will release the full 5,800,000 shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group.

In connection with the transactions, we entered into agreements to purchase 2,147,493 ordinary shares from the holders of such shares in a series of transactions for an aggregate price of approximately $17.3 million. In addition, the original shareholders of the company who acquired ordinary shares prior to our initial public offering, we and the Honesty Shareholders entered into a Sponsor Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2010, which was amended by Amendment No. 1 to Sponsor Agreement, dated March 11, 2010, pursuant to which the original shareholders of the company agreed to forfeit 124,738 of their ordinary shares and 1,300,000 of their warrants to acquire ordinary shares. The remaining 250,000 warrants acquired by the original shareholders of the company were transferred without consideration to Pope Investments II, LLC. Concurrently, we and Mr. Burnette Or, personally, granted Pope Investments a put option, guaranteed by Messrs. Robert Eu (former Chairman of the Board of Hambrecht Asia and a current director) and John Wang (former Chief Executive Officer of Hambrecht Asia) to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares at $8.00 per share exercisable for a three month period commencing February 15, 2011. In connection with the foregoing, Pope Investments agreed to purchase 250,000 shares, and on March 9-10, 2010, Pope Investments purchased 250,000 shares at an aggregate purchase price of $1,996,590. There is no relationship between Pope Investments and SGOCO or its affiliates, other than as described above.

In addition, 766,823 shares held by the original shareholders of the company were placed in escrow pending satisfaction of certain conditions. Those conditions include our reaching the earn-out certain milestones discussed above, as well as: (i) Messrs. Robert Eu and John Wang providing 30 hours per month in services to us in connection with investor relations, listing on the Nasdaq Global Stock Market or Nasdaq Global Select Stock Market, introducing investors and advisors; (ii) listing of our shares on such stock markets if we act in good faith to obtain such a listing once the listing criteria are met; and (iii) providing the opportunity for us to raise an additional $15 million in equity subject to meeting certain prescribed pricing criteria.

In connection with the issuance of the 5,800,000 escrowed shares and the 766,823 escrowed shares, we, the original shareholders of the company, and the Honesty Shareholders entered into an escrow agreement with Grand Pacific Investment Limited as escrow agent, pursuant to which the escrow agent agreed to hold the foregoing shares pending satisfaction of certain conditions within the applicable time periods. If the conditions are not met, some or all of the foregoing shares, will be delivered to us and canceled and returned to the status of authorized and unissued ordinary shares.

As a condition to the completion of the transactions, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 12, 2010, with the Honesty Shareholders pursuant to which we agreed to register for resale on request shares issued to the Honesty Shareholders.

The Trust Account established at the time of our IPO was released to us upon consummation of the acquisition of Honesty Group. Although the share exchange agreement required that at least $6.5 million remain in the Trust Account at the closing of the business combination, the Honesty Group shareholders waived this condition, and approximately $5.4 million from the Trust Account remained with SGOCO after shareholders and public warrantholders redeemed their securities.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Structure

The following diagram sets forth our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(1) The officers of Honesty Group are Tin Man Or and Burnette Or. The director of Honesty Group is Sun Zone Investments Limited.
(2) Guanke is SGOCO’s operational subsidiary in the PRC and holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. The officers are Burnette Or, Robert Lu, and Zhongsheng Lv. The directors of Guanke are Tin Man Or, Burnette Or, and Shangguan Weiwei.
(3) Guancheng holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. Guancheng began operations in the second fiscal quarter of 2010. The officer of Guangcheng is Burnette Or. The directors of Guancheng are Burnette Or, Tin Man Or, and Guoxiong Ding.
(4) Guanwei holds certain land use rights for the SGOCO Technology Park. Guanwei has no operations. The officer of Guanwei is Burnette Or. The directors of Guanwei are Burnette Or, Tin Man Or, and Guoxiong Ding.
(5) Jinjiang Guanke has no operations. The officer and director of Jinjiang Guanke is Mr. Wen Pu Or.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our directors and executive officers are set forth in the table below followed by a brief biography.

   
Name   Age   Position
Burnette Or   44   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Zhongsheng Lv   48   Treasurer
Xiaoling Xu   29   Corporate Secretary
Robert Lu   47   Chief Executive Officer of Guanke
William Krolicki   42   Vice President of Finance
Tin Man Or   68   Director
Weiwei Shangguan   37   Director
Frank Wu   39   Director
Robert Eu   48   Director
John Chen   38   Director
James C. Hu   37   Director

Burnette Or, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director .  Mr. Or is a seasoned IT entrepreneur with experience in sales, marketing, business development and investment and finance in China and the U.S. Mr. Or started his career in the manufacturing division of Hewlett Packard where he worked from 1989 to 1997. From 1997 to 2005, Mr. Or served as Chief Representative of the China region for Chuntex Electronics Co. (Taiwan), maker of “CTX” brand of LCD monitors and was instrumental in establishing CTX as a top market participant in China. He holds bachelor’s and master’s of science degrees in electrical engineering from Oregon State University in the United States. Mr. Burnette Or is the son of Tin Man Or.

Zhongsheng Lv, Treasurer of SGOCO .  Mr. Lv has acted as Treasurer for Guanke since September 2008. He is experienced in auditing and financial management. Mr. Lv served as Financial Director for Quanzhou ZhengYi Sports Utilities Co., Ltd. from 2006 to 2008 and for Quanzhou TongHai Auto Dealing & Services Co., Ltd. from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Lv was the financial manager at Quanzhou WanGuo Auto Dealing & Services Co., Ltd. and Quazhou FengZeHuiHao Plastic Products Co., Ltd. Mr. Lv started his career as financial manager and deputy director of Quanzhou Honglong Fire Resistant Materials Factory. Mr. Lv holds a degree from the Vocational School of China Railway Corporation in financial management.

Xiaoling Xu, corporate secretary of SGOCO .  Ms. Xu joined SGOCO in April 2010. Ms. Xu is a senior auditor with audit experience under US GAAP. She served as an auditor in Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. Beijing Branch from 2005 – 2009. She started her career as an auditor in Pan-China CPA Ltd. firm and worked there from 2004 to 2005. Ms. Xu obtained her bachelor of financial management from Renmin University of China in 2004.

Robert Lu, Chief Executive Officer of Guanke .  Mr. Lu, has been the Chief Executive Officer of Guanke since October 19, 2009. Mr. Lu has over 20 years experience in the display industry in China and North America. Prior to joining SGOCO in 2009, Mr. Lu served as vice general manager at TPV Technology Group China operations, responsible for AOC products sales, marketing, and OEM business development. Before 2004, Mr. Lu held various management positions at TPV Technology Group North America operations in executive staff, product development, customer service, field marketing, OEM, e-commerce business development and corporate marketing. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Lu worked as the special assistant of VP at TPV China manufacturing facility in charge of product development and quality assurance. Mr. Lu earned a bachelor’s degree in Space Physics from National Wuhan University and a masters’ degree in Electrical Engineering from the City University of New York in the United States.

William Krolicki, Vice President of Finance of SGOCO .  Mr. Krolicki joined SGOCO in August 2010. From 2002 until August 2010 Mr. Krolicki worked as an independent consultant advising companies on investments in China. The scope of his work included mergers and acquisitions and foreign direct investment in China. Mr. Krolicki holds an MBA from the Wharton Business School and is CFA candidate who has passed both the Level I and Level II certification examinations.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tin Man Or, Director ,  Mr. Or has over 35 years of experience in the manufacturing industry. He was a teacher of Jinjiang Yinling Elementary School from 1963 to 1973. From 1974 to 1980, he served as engineer in a textile company in Hong Kong. After that, he worked as general managers in Hong Kong Dong Sheng Trading Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Di Gao Trading Co., Ltd., and Hong Kong Run Feng Group Co., Ltd. Mr. Or has served as general manager of Honesty Group since 2005. Mr. Tin Man Or owns Sun Zone Investments Limited, which owned 80% of the outstanding stock of Honesty Group prior to the Acquisition. Sun Zone Investments Limited is also the parent company of Mosview Technology Group Ltd., a PRC company that owns BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd., a supplier to Guanke.

Weiwei Shangguan, Director .  Ms. Shangguan worked with China Ping An Insurance Co., Ltd., Yichuang Branch as claim management manager from 1995 to 2000. She worked as deputy general manager with New China Life Insurance Co., Ltd. Wuhan Branch from 2000 to 2002. After leaving the insurance industry, she served as assistant to chairman of the board of Beijing Kangdi Pharmacy Eo., Ltd. for two years and, from 2004 to 2006, as deputy general manager and vice president of ADI Cheng Zhou Technology Co., Ltd., a leading monitor manufacturer. Ms. Shangguang holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Hubei University. Ms. Shangguang joined Honesty Group as director in 2006.

Frank Wu, Director .  Mr. Wu is currently the director of the sales department for Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Co. Prior to his current position, Mr. Wu served as the director of the accounting department for the Beijing Branch of Anbang Insurance Co. from 2005-2007. While with Anbang Insurance Co. Mr. Wu was responsible for managing Anbang’s financial affairs in the Beijing area. Mr. Wu holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in business management from Beifang Technology University.

Robert Eu, Director .  Mr. Eu has been a director since our inception. He was our Secretary and Chief Financial Officer until September 4, 2009. Since 1998, Mr. Eu has served as a Managing Director for W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC (“WR Hambrecht + Co”) a San Francisco-based investment bank. Mr. Eu founded WR Hambrecht + Co’s investment banking practice in Asia in 2003. Prior to WR Hambrecht + Co, Mr. Eu was a Managing Director of H&Q Asia Pacific from 1992 until 1998, an affiliate of Hambrecht & Quist, where he co-founded its Hong Kong office and China investment practice. Mr. Eu has been a director of Eu Yang Sang (Hong Kong) Limited, a manufacturer and retailer of traditional Chinese medicine, since 1997 and became non-executive chairman of the Board on January 1, 2010. Mr. Eu has been a director and the Chairman of AEX Enterprises Limited (“AEX Enterprises”) since 2003. AEX Enterprises’ primary operating subsidiary is Boom Securities (H.K.) Limited (“Boom Securities”). Boom Securities is a licensed broker/dealer regulated by the Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) of Hong Kong and headquartered in Hong Kong. Mr. Eu worked for Citibank from 1987 until 1992 in the Private Banking Group in Hong Kong. Mr. Eu is a graduate of Northwestern University with a B.A. in History.

John Chen, Director .  Mr. Chen has been a director since November 2010. Since May 2004, Mr. Chen has served as the Chief Financial Officer of General Steel Holdings, Inc., a NYSE listed company. From October 1997 until May 2003, Mr. Chen served as a Senior Accountant at Frazer Frost, LLP. Mr. Chen holds a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration and accounting from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona.

James C. Hu, Director .  Mr. Hu has been a director since November 2010. Since 2006, Mr. Hu has served as Head of Credit Analysis at Standard Chartered Bank (China) Ltd. From 2004 until 2006, Mr. Hu served as Senior Finance Manager of Anesiva, Inc. From 1996 until 1999, Mr. Hu served as a Senior Auditor at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. Mr. Hu holds a MBA from the Darden Graduate School of the University of Virginia and a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of California at Berkeley.

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors currently has seven directors. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our Board of Directors may not consist of less than two directors with no maximum number. Our directors will be elected by the holders of our ordinary shares or by the directors. There are no agreements or understandings between any of our executive officers or directors and any other person pursuant to which such executive officer or director was selected to serve as a director or executive officer of our company. Subject to any provision to the contrary in the Articles, a Director may be removed by way of (i) an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

anything in the Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement), or (ii) a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors if such removal is for cause at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement). The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director (1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board; (2)becomes of unsound mind or dies; (3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or (4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors; (5) is prohibited by law from being a Director; or (6) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles. No contract or transaction between the Company and 1 or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Company and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which 1 or more of its Directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such Director’s or officer’s votes are counted for such purpose, if (1) the material facts as to the Director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to the Director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee or the Shareholders. The board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertakings, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or pledged as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

Nasdaq Requirements for Director Independence

Under the Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rules, or the Nasdaq rules, a majority of our directors must meet the definition of “independence” contained in those rules. Our Board has determined that Ms. Shangguan, Mr. Wu, Mr. Chen, and Mr. Hu meet the independence standards contained in the Nasdaq rules. We do not believe that any of these directors have any relationships that would preclude a finding of independence under these rules and, in reaching its determination, our Board determined that any other relationships that these directors have with us do not and would not impair their independence.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

We have established three committees of the Board of Directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee .  Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Chen (Chairperson), Hu and Wu. Our board of directors has determined that all of the audit committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 5605 of Nasdaq rules. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chen and Hu are “audit committee financial experts,” as defined by Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

selecting the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;
reviewing with the independent auditors any accounting, internal accounting control or audit problems or difficulties and management’s response thereto;
meeting with general counsel or out side counsel to discuss legal matters that may have a significant impact on the financial statements;

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;
reviewing major issues as to the adequacy of internal controls; and
meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors.

Compensation Committee .  Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Wu (Chairperson), Hu and Chen. We have determined that all of the compensation committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605 of Nasdaq rules. The purpose of the compensation committee will be, among other things, to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our directors, executive officers and other key employees, including reviewing and evaluating and, if necessary, revising the compensation plans, policies and programs of the company adopted by the management. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

reviewing and approving the total compensation package for our chief executive officer:
reviewing and recommending to the board with respect to the compensation of our directors, principal executives and other key employees; and
reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements.

Nominating Committee .  Our nominating committee consists of Ms. Shangguan (Chairperson), Mr. Wu and Mr. Hu. We have determined that all of the nominating committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605 of Nasdaq rules. The nominating committee will assist our Board in selecting individuals qualified to become members of our Board and in determining the composition of our Board and its committees. The corporate governance and nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things:

identifying and recommending to the board qualified candidates to be nominated for the election or re-election to the board of directors and committees of the board of directors, or for appointment to fill any vacancy;
develop and recommend to the board of directors a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines, and periodically review and reassess the adequacy of such guidelines;
reviewing annually with the board of directors the current composition of the board of directors with regards to characteristics such as independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us, as; and
advising the board of directors periodically with regard to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with these laws and practices, and making recommendations to the board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial actions to be taken, if needed.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote ethical conduct and full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable reports that the company files or submits to the SEC and others. Employees are prohibited from engaging in transactions that pose a conflict of interest with their duties to our company, taking corporate opportunities from our company, as well as other illegal activities, including insider trading and bribery. A copy of the Code of Ethics is included as Exhibit 99.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation

None of Burnette Or or the officers or directors of SGOCO have received compensation from SGOCO, Honesty Group or Guanke for their service before April 1, 2010.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Burnette Or on February 1, 2010, as amended on April 2, 2010, pursuant to which Mr. Or agreed to become the President and Chief Executive Officer of SGOCO with an annual gross salary of $350,000. Mr. Or will be eligible to receive certain performance bonuses (to be determined at year end) and may be entitled to certain stock options (to be determined after a stock option plan is put in place). Mr. Or is an at-will employee of SGOCO and either party may terminate the employment agreement at any time for any reason or no reason. Mr. Or agreed to waive his base salary for the year 2010.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Robert Lu on February 1, 2010, as amended on April 2, 2010, pursuant to which Mr. Lu agreed to become the Chief Executive Officer of Guanke with an annual gross salary of $100,000. Mr. Lu will be eligible to receive performance bonuses up to 10% of his annual salary and may be entitled to certain stock options (to be determined after a stock option plan is put in place). Mr. Lu is an at-will employee of SGOCO and either party may terminate the employment agreement at any time for any reason or no reason.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. William A. Krolicki effective as of July 31, 2010, pursuant to which Mr. Krolicki agreed to become the Vice President of Finance of SGOCO with a base salary of 60,000 RMB per month. Mr. Krolicki will also receive 3,700 restricted stock shares, which shall be granted on and vest on January 1, 2011 and he will also be eligible to participate in SGOCO’s bonus program. The initial term of Mr. Krolicki’s employment is for three years during which time he may only be terminated as set forth in the agreement, and his employment is at-will thereafter. If we terminate Mr. Krolicki during the initial term as a result of death or disability or for cause (as defined in the employment agreement), or at any point after the initial term, he is entitled to his base salary through the date of termination and any benefits legally required to be paid to him. If we terminate Mr. Krolicki during the first year of the initial term without cause, he is entitled to one month of his base salary; if we terminate during the second year, he is entitled to two months salary; and if we terminate during the third year, he is entitled to three months salary.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

On September 27, 2010, our board of directors approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, subject to shareholder approval which occurred on November 17, 2010.

Purpose.   The purpose of the 2010 Plan is to promote our success and to increase shareholder value by providing an additional means through the grant of equity compensation awards to attract, motivate, retain and reward selected employees and other eligible persons of SGOCO.

Shares Subject to 2010 Plan.   Subject to adjustments under certain conditions, the maximum number of shares that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan is equal to 7% of the aggregate number of shares outstanding from time to time.

Administration.   The 2010 Plan shall be administered by, and all equity compensation awards under the 2010 Plan shall be authorized by, the board or one or more committees appointed by the Board (the “Administrator”). Any committee of the board that serves as the Administrator shall be comprised solely of one or more directors or such number of directors as may be required under applicable laws and may delegate some or all of its authority to another committee so constituted. Unless otherwise provided in our Memorandum and Articles of Association or the applicable charter of any Administrator: (a) a majority of the members of the acting Administrator shall constitute a quorum, and (b) the vote of a majority of the members present assuming the presence of a quorum or the unanimous written consent of the members of the Administrator shall constitute action by the acting Administrator.

Eligibility.   The Administrator may grant equity compensation awards under the 2010 Plan only to those persons that the Administrator determines to be either an officer, employee, director of SGOCO or a consultant or advisor of SGOCO (each of the foregoing, an “Eligible Person”); provided, however, that incentive stock options may only be granted to an Eligible Person who is an employee of SGOCO. Notwithstanding the

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

foregoing, a person who is otherwise an Eligible Person may participate in the 2010 Plan only if such participation would not compromise our ability to comply with applicable laws (including securities laws). A participant may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional equity compensation awards if the Administrator shall so determine.

Type and Form of Awards.   The Administrator shall determine the type or types of equity compensation award(s) to be made to each selected Eligible Person. Under the 2010 Plan, the Administrator may grant options to purchase ordinary shares, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, and restricted share units. Such awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem. Awards also may be made in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, as alternatives to, or as the payment form for grants or rights under any other employee or compensation plan of SGOCO.

Performance-Based Awards.   The Administrator may grant equity compensation awards as performance-based shares under the 2010 Plan. Each such equity compensation award will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. The grant, vesting, exercisability or payment of performance-based equity compensation awards may depend on the degree of achievement of one or more performance goals relative to a pre-established targeted level or a level using one or more of the business criteria (on an absolute or relative basis) for SGOCO on a consolidated basis or for one or more of SGOCO’s subsidiaries, segments, divisions or business units, or any combination of the foregoing.

Transfer Restrictions.   Except as specifically provided in the 2010 Plan, (a) all equity compensation awards are non-transferable and shall not be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge; (b) equity compensation awards shall be exercised only by the relevant participant; and (c) amounts payable or shares issuable pursuant to any equity compensation award shall be delivered only to (or for the account of) the relevant participant. The 2010 Plan provides that incentive share options may not be transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator has discretion to permit transfers of other awards where it concludes such transferability is appropriate and desirable.

Amendment and Termination.   The 2010 Plan will continue in effect until the 10th anniversary of its approval by the shareholders, unless earlier terminated by our board. Our board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan as it shall deem advisable, except that no amendment may adversely affect a grantee with respect to awards previously granted unless such amendments are in connection with compliance with applicable laws; provided that the board may not make any amendment in the 2010 Plan that would, if such amendment were not approved by the shareholders, cause the 2010 Plan to fail to comply with any requirement of applicable laws, unless and until shareholder approval is obtained. No award may be granted during any suspension of the 2010 Plan or after termination of the 2010 Plan. No amendment, suspension or termination of the 2010 Plan or change affecting any outstanding equity compensation award shall, without written consent of the relevant participant, affect in any manner materially adverse to the relevant participant any rights or benefits of the relevant participant or obligations of SGOCO under any equity compensation award granted under the 2010 Plan prior to the effective date of such change.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information, as of November 15, 2010, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by:

each director and executive officer; and
each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group and the number of ordinary shares such person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days after November 15, 2010 by the sum of (1) 16,094,756, being the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of November 15, 2010, plus (1) the number of ordinary shares such person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days after November 15, 2010. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights than any other shareholder.

Percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned after this offering further includes ordinary shares to be issued in this offering and assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. The underwriters may choose to exercise the over-allotment options in full, in part or not at all.

       
Name
Directors and Executive Officers
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent
Tin Man Or (1)     11,440,000       71.1 %       11,440,000       65.6 %  
Robert Eu (2)     230,818       1.4 %       230,818       1.3 %  
Burnette Or                        
Zhongsheng Lv                        
Xiaoling Xu                        
Robert Lu                        
William Krolicki                        
Weiwei Shangguan                        
Frank Wu                        
John Chen                        
James C. Hu                        
Principal Shareholders
                                   
Sze Kit Ting     2,860,000       17.7 %       2,860,000       16.4 %  

(1) The shares listed in the table are held by Sun Zone Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands corporation, formed for the purpose of holding stock in Honesty Group by Mr. Tin Man Or, father of Burnette Or. Of the shares listed, 4,640,000 shares owned by Sun Zone are held in escrow pursuant to an escrow agreement entered into in connection with the Acquisition and will only be released to the record owners if certain conditions are met.
(2) Includes 77,937 shares held by AEX Enterprises Limited. Mr. Eu is the Chairman and a director of AEX Enterprises Limited and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AEX Enterprises Limited.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Mr. Tin Man Or owns Sun Zone Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands corporation, that owned 80% of the outstanding stock of Honesty Group prior to the Acquisition. Sun Zone Investments Limited was also the parent company of Mosview Technology Group Ltd., or Mosview, and BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd., or BORO. Sun Zone no longer owns an interest in Mosview or BORO. Honesty Group has conducted business with Mosview and BORO in the ordinary course of business. Mosview is an electronics trading company. We sell products to Mosview and purchases panels from Mosview. BORO is a manufacturing enterprise and a wholesale trader. We sell products to BORO, but do not purchase materials from BORO. As of September 30, 2010, the only advances to related parties outstanding were to Mosview for $27,315. In addition to information disclosed in Note 18 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we had the following related party transactions related to sales and purchases for the years ended December 31:

     
Sales
Name of related parties
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2009
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2008
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2007
BORO   $ 3,806,102     $     $  
Mosview   $ 2,395,599     $ 9,704,467     $ 1,924,836  
Revenues – Related Party   $ 6,201,701     $ 9,704,467     $ 1,924,836  

     
Purchases
Name of related parties
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2009
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2008
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2007
BORO   $     $     $  
Mosview   $ 5,585,445     $ 3,984,623     $ 924,339  

In the past, we and BORO have provided working capital loans to each other. The loans were all interest-free demand loans and were not formalized in written documents. We utilized loans from BORO rather than banking institutions because the approval process was faster and the loans were interest free. We provided BORO with such loans in prior periods as BORO was a significant customer of SGOCO.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, the largest loan amount outstanding from BORO for the benefit of SGOCO was $2.9 million, and the largest loan amount outstanding from SGOCO for the benefit of BORO was $4.8 million. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the largest loan amounts outstanding from BORO for the benefit of SGOCO were $2.3 million, $2.8 million and $38,000, respectively, and the largest loan amounts outstanding from SGOCO for the benefit of BORO were $2.8 million, $733 and $0, respectively. As of the date hereof, no amounts remained outstanding from either party.

Mr. Tin Man Or and Mr. Burnette Or have guaranteed certain indebtedness of Guanke to various banks under lines of credit. In addition, Guanke borrowed $190,411 payable on demand without interest for working capital needs from Mr. Burnette Or as of December 31, 2009, none of which was outstanding at September 30, 2010.

Mr. Wen Pu Or, Guanke’s Vice President of Business Affairs, has granted Guanke an oral license to use certain patent pending technology and agreed to transfer the patents to Guanke without charge after the patent registration is complete.

In January 2010, we entered into promissory note agreements with two of our shareholders, Robert Eu and John Wang. Each loan was for a sum of $50,000, had a maturity date of July 1, 2010, which was extended to September 30, 2010, and bore interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum. The notes were satisfied by September 30, 2010.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

Our authorized capital consists of 50,000,000 ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred shares, $0.001 par value. We had 16,094,756 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010 and November 15, 2010. No preferred shares are issued and outstanding. The following description summarizes the material terms of our capital securities. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement, and to the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law.

Ordinary Shares

As of November 15, 2010, there were 16,094,756 ordinary shares outstanding. Except for such voting rights that may be given to one or more series of preferred shares issued by the board of directors pursuant to the blank check power granted by our articles of association or required by law, holders of ordinary shares will have exclusive voting rights for all matters requiring shareholder action. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by shareholders and also are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefore. Upon a dissolution, our shareholders will be entitled to receive, pro rata, all assets remaining available for distribution after payment of all liabilities and provision for the liquidation of any shares of preferred shares at the time outstanding. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. The payment of dividends, if ever, on the ordinary shares will be subject to the prior payment of dividends on any outstanding preferred shares, of which there are currently none.

Preferred Shares

Our articles of association provide that preferred shares may be issued from time to time. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred shares outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

We have outstanding a total of warrants to purchase 1,816,027 shares, of which 1,566,027 were initially issued in our IPO (excluding warrants underlying the purchase option issued to our underwriters in our IPO discussed below). Each warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one ordinary share at a price of $8.00 per share, and expires at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on March 7, 2014 or earlier upon redemption.

Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants, including the warrants underlying the unit purchase option issued in our IPO if the unit purchase option has been exercised and the warrants are outstanding:

in whole but not in part,
at a price of $0.01 per warrant,
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder, and
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrantholders.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have established these redemption criteria to provide warrantholders with a significant premium to the initial warrant exercise price as well as a sufficient degree of liquidity to cushion the market reaction, if any, to our redemption call. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder shall be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, there can be no assurance that the price of the ordinary shares will exceed the redemption trigger price or the warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

The warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, and the related amendment to the Warrant Agreement for a complete description of the terms and conditions of the warrants.

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or our recapitalization, merger or consolidation. However, the exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. Warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of ordinary shares, including voting rights, until they exercise their warrants and receive ordinary shares. After the issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If a holder exercises warrants and would be entitled to receive a fractional interest of a share, we will round up the number of ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder to the nearest whole number of shares.

Underwriter’s Option to Purchase Units

In connection with our IPO, we issued the representative of our underwriters the option to acquire 280,000 units, each consisting of on ordinary share and one warrant. The ordinary shares and warrants which would be issued upon exercise of the option for the units have the same terms and conditions as the ordinary shares and warrants described above. The option is exercisable at $10.00 per Unit.

Nasdaq Stock Market Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following represents a summary of certain key provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (the “Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association”). The summary does not purport to be a summary of all of the provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association or all relevant provisions of Cayman Islands law governing the management and regulation of Cayman Islands exempted companies.

Register

We are a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007, under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”) with company registration number 191444. We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share. Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Registered Office of the Company is at the offices of Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands, telephone: (345) 949 1040, or at such other place as the directors may from time to time decide.

Objects and Purposes

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association grants us full power and authority to carry out any objectives not prohibited by the Companies Law or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

Directors

No contract or transaction between the Company and 1 or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Company and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which 1 or more of its Directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such Director’s or officer’s votes are counted for such purpose, if (1) the material facts as to the Director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to the Director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee or the Shareholders. Directors also may exercise their powers to borrow money, issue debt securities and to mortgage or charge any of the undertakings or property of SGOCO. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association specify that a director is not required to hold any shares in SGOCO as a qualification to office.

Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to the Company’s Shares

Each ordinary share has the right to an equal share in any dividend as may be declared by the board of directors subject to the Companies Law, the right to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, and the right to an equal share in the distribution of surplus in the event of liquidation. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may issue shares on the terms that they are, or at our option or at the option of the holders are, subject to redemption on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by special resolution. The board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time that includes the place of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alteration of Rights of Shareholders.

Shareholders may change the rights of their class of shares by passing a special resolution at a meeting of the shareholders of that class.

Meetings.

Subject to our regulatory requirements, an annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting shall be called by not less than 10 days’ notice in writing. Notice of every general meeting will be given to all of our shareholders other than those that, under the provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from us, and also to our directors and principal external auditors. Extraordinary general meetings may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or a majority of our board of directors, and may not be called by any other person.

If a meeting is called on less than 14 days’ prior notice, then, subject to applicable regulatory requirements, it will be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed (1) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting by all of our shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting, or (2) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of our shareholders having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the ordinary shares giving that right.

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders holding at least one-third of our outstanding voting shares, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative.

Limitations on the Right to Own Securities.

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities of SGOCO, or limitations on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on SGOCO’s securities, contained in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Cayman Islands Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and by the Companies Law (2010 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in Delaware and their shareholders. A brief discussion of the procedure for mergers and similar arrangements in the Cayman Islands also follows.

There have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the Companies Law in the Cayman Islands, and we cannot predict whether Cayman Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Therefore, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the Companies Law and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 
Cayman Islands   Delaware
Shareholders’ Meeting:   Shareholders’ Meeting:

•  

Held at a time and place as designated in the Articles of Association

 

  •  

Held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

•  

May be held within or without the Cayman Islands

 

  •  

May be held within or without Delaware

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Cayman Islands   Delaware
Notice:   Notice:

•  

Whenever shareholders are required to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting

 

  •  

Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders may be deemed present at the meeting

•  

A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent in the manner(s) designated in the Articles of Association

 

  •  

Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

Shareholders’ Voting Rights:   Shareholders’ Voting Rights:

•  

Any action required to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote if permitted by the Articles of Association

 

  •  

Any action required to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by shareholders having the minimum number of shares required to take such action

•  

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy if permitted by the Articles of Association

 

  •  

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy

•  

Quorum is as designated in the Articles of Association.

 

  •  

For stock corporations, certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum

•  

The Memorandum and Articles of Association may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors

 

  •  

The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

Directors:   Directors:

•  

Board must consist of at least one member

 

  •  

Board must consist of at least one member

•  

Maximum number of directors can be changed by a resolution of members and/or an amendment to the Articles of Association.

 

  •  

Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate.

•  

If the board is authorized to change the number of directors actually appointed, provided that the number still falls within the maximum and the minimum number of directors as set out in the Articles of Association, it can do so provided that it complies with the procedure set out in the Articles of Association.

 

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Cayman Islands   Delaware
Fiduciary duties:   Fiduciary duties:
In summary, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:  

  •  

Directors and officers must act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation as a whole.

•  

Duty to act in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

 

  •  

Directors and officers must refrain from self- dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits.

•  

Duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred;

 

  •  

Decisions made by directors and officers on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”

•  

Duty to exercise powers fairly as between different groups of shareholders;

 

  •  

Decisions made by directors and officers on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”

•  

Duty not to put himself in a position of conflict; and

•  

Duty to exercise independent judgment

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as “a reasonably diligent person having both: the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company, and the general knowledge, skill and experience that that director has”.     
As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of his position. How ever, in some instances a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the Articles of Association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.     

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to the company or its shareholders levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by the Company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Material PRC Income Tax Considerations

Under the new EIT Law and the Implementing Rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered as a resident enterprise and will be subject to a PRC income tax on its global income. According to the Implementing Rules, “de facto management bodies” refer to “establishments that carry out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of an enterprise.” Accordingly, our holding company, SGOCO Technologies Ltd., may be considered a resident enterprise and may therefore be subject to a PRC income tax on our global income. The State Administration of Taxation issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises and not those invested in by individuals or foreign enterprises like SGOCO, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or controlled by or invested in by individuals or foreign enterprises. If we are considered a resident enterprise and earn income other than dividends from our PRC subsidiary, such PRC income tax on our global income could significantly increase our tax burden and materially and adversely affect our cash flow and profitability. Since the EIT Law became effective in 2008, SGOCO has not been treated as a “resident enterprise.”

If the PRC tax authorities determine that SGOCO is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of PRC tax consequences could follow. First, SGOCO may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on SGOCO’s worldwide taxable income, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Second, under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividends paid between “qualified resident enterprises” are exempt from enterprise income tax. As a result, if both SGOCO and Honesty Group are treated as PRC “resident enterprises,” all dividends from the PRC operating subsidiaries to Honesty Group and from Honesty Group to SGOCO would be exempt from PRC tax.

If SGOCO were treated as a PRC “non-resident enterprise” under the EIT Law, then dividends that SGOCO receives from its PRC operating subsidiaries (assuming such dividends were considered sourced within the PRC) (1) may be subject to a 5% PRC withholding tax, if the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “PRC — Hong Kong Tax Treaty”) were applicable, or (2) if such treaty does not apply (i.e., because the PRC tax authorities may deem Honesty Group to be a conduit not entitled to treaty benefits), may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax. Any such taxes on dividends could materially reduce the amount of dividends, if any, SGOCO could pay to its shareholders.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Finally, the new “resident enterprise” classification could result in a situation in which a 10% PRC tax is imposed on dividends SGOCO pays to its non-PRC shareholders that are not PRC tax “resident enterprises” and gains derived by them from transferring SGOCO’s ordinary shares or warrants, if such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC authorities. In such event, SGOCO may be required to withhold the 10% PRC tax on any dividends paid to its non-PRC resident shareholders. SGOCO’s non-PRC resident shareholders also may be responsible for paying PRC tax at a rate of 10% on any gain realized from the sale or transfer of ordinary shares or warrants in certain circumstances. SGOCO would not, however, have an obligation to withhold PRC tax with respect to such gain. If any such PRC taxes apply, a non-PRC resident shareholder may be entitled to a reduced rate of PRC taxes under an applicable income tax treaty and/or a foreign tax credit against such shareholder’s domestic income tax liability (subject to applicable conditions and limitations). Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of any such taxes, the effects of any applicable income tax treaties, and any available foreign tax credits.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation

Circular 230 Notice

THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND IT CANNOT BE USED BY ANY TAXPAYER, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON THE TAXPAYER. THE DESCRIPTION HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO SUPPORT THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE ORDINARY SHARES. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

General

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares. The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a beneficial owner of our shares is not described as a U.S. Holder and is not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such owner will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable specifically to Non-U.S. Holders is described below under the heading “Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares.”

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to us or to any particular holder of our shares based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that own our shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion also does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions or financial services entities;

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

broker-dealers;
taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting;
tax-exempt entities;
governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
insurance companies;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
persons that actually or constructively own 5% or more of our voting shares;
persons that acquired our shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options, in connection with employee stock incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;
persons that hold our shares as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. Additionally, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion also assumes that any distribution made (or deemed made) in respect of our shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in connection with the sale or other disposition of such shares will be in U.S. dollars.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with one or more aspects of the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SGOCO OR TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER OF OUR SECURITIES MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, EACH HOLDER OF OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as ordinary income the amount of any cash dividend paid on our ordinary shares. A cash distribution on such shares will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Such dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Any distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends may be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “— Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares” below) provided that (1) our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or, in the event we are deemed to be a Chinese “resident enterprise” under the EIT Law, we are eligible for the benefits of the Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People’s Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, or the “U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty,” (2) we are not a PFIC, as discussed below, for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under published IRS authority, shares are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States only if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the Nasdaq Stock Market but do not include the OTC Bulletin Board. Although we intend to file an application for listing on the Nasdaq Stock Market, prior to any such listing, or if we are unable to obtain such a listing, it is anticipated that our ordinary shares will be quoted and traded only on the OTC Bulletin Board, in which case any dividends paid on our ordinary shares would not qualify for the lower rate unless we are deemed to be a Chinese “resident enterprise” under the EIT Law and are eligible for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty. Unless the special provisions described above, dealing with the taxation of qualified dividend income at the lower long-term capital gains rate, are extended, this favorable treatment will not apply to dividends in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares.

If PRC taxes apply to dividends paid to a U.S. Holder on our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder may be entitled to a reduced rate of PRC tax under the U.S-PRC Tax Treaty. In addition, such PRC taxes may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (subject to certain limitations). U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the creditability of any such PRC tax and their eligibility for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares, and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder should recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares.

Capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same rate as ordinary income, except that long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 (and 20% thereafter). Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

If PRC taxes would otherwise apply to any gain from the disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder may be entitled to a reduction in or elimination of such taxes under the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty. Any PRC taxes that are paid by a U.S. Holder with respect to such gain may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (subject to certain limitations which could reduce or eliminate the available tax credit). U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the creditability of any such PRC tax and their eligibility for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Based on the composition of our assets during 2008 and 2009 (which largely consisted of cash and other investment assets), as well as the composition of our income in such periods (which largely consisted of interest), it is likely that we qualified as a PFIC with respect to our 2008 and 2009 taxable years. Based on our current composition and assets, we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC under the tax laws as enacted and construed at the present time. Our actual PFIC status for our 2010 taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC and a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund, or QEF, election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) ordinary shares, or a mark-to-market election, as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to:

any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares; and
any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares).

Under these rules,

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;
the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;
the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay current dividends or make other distributions sufficient for a U.S. Holder who makes a QEF election to satisfy the tax liability attributable to income inclusions under the QEF rules, and the U.S. Holder may have to pay the resulting tax from its other assets. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive certain information from us. Upon request from a U.S. Holder, we will endeavor to provide to the U.S. Holder

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

no later than 90 days after the request such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares), any gain recognized on the appreciation of our ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, U.S. Holders of a QEF are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to those U.S. Holders who made a QEF election. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held ordinary shares while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of ours that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. Although we intend to file an application for listing on the Nasdaq Stock Market, prior to any such listing, or if we are unable to obtain such a listing, it is anticipated that our ordinary shares will continue to be quoted and traded only on the OTC Bulletin Board. If our ordinary shares were to be quoted and traded only on the OTC Bulletin Board, such shares may not currently qualify as marketable stock for purposes of the election. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC. Upon request, we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder no later than 90 days after the request the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC or will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder owns (or is deemed to own) shares during any year in a PFIC, such holder may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF election or mark-to-market election is made).

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to its ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares, unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to tax in the same manner as for a U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our ordinary shares by a non-corporate U.S. Holder to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances. In addition, backup withholding of United States federal income tax, currently at a rate of 28%, generally will apply to dividends paid on our ordinary shares to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of shares by a non-corporate U.S. Holder, in each case who (a) fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number; (b) is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or (c) in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Unless current individual income tax rates are extended, the backup withholding rate will increase to 31% for payments made on or after January 1, 2011. A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

For taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, individual U.S. Holders may be required to report ownership of our ordinary shares and certain related information on their individual federal income tax returns in certain circumstances. Generally, this reporting requirement will apply if (1) the ordinary shares are held in an account of the individual U.S. Holder maintained with a “foreign financial institution” or (2) the ordinary shares are not held in an account maintained with a “financial institution,” as such terms are defined in the Code. The reporting obligation will not apply to an individual, however, unless the total aggregate value of the individual’s foreign financial assets exceeds $50,000 during a taxable year. For avoidance of doubt, this reporting requirement should not apply to ordinary shares held in an account with a U.S. brokerage firm. Failure to comply with this reporting requirement, if it applies, will result in substantial penalties. In certain circumstances, additional tax and other reporting requirements may apply, and U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares are advised to consult with their own tax advisors concerning all such reporting requirements.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with I-Bankers Securities, Inc., who is acting as the representative of the underwriters. The address of I-Bankers Securities, Inc. is 505 Park Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10022.

The underwriting agreement provides for the purchase of a specific number of ordinary shares by each of the underwriters. The underwriters’ obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specified number of ordinary shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase ordinary shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below:

 
Underwriter   Number of
Ordinary Shares
I-Bankers Securities, Inc.      
Hudson Securities, Inc.      
Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC      
Aegis Capital Corp.      
Total         

The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased. Some of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in its commitment to purchase ordinary shares, the commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances.

The ordinary shares should be ready for delivery on or about     against payment in immediately available funds. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to various conditions and may reject all or part of any order. The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the ordinary shares directly to the public at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, the representatives may offer some of the ordinary shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $     per ordinary shares. The underwriters may also allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $     per ordinary shares to other dealers. After the ordinary shares hares are released for sale to the public, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms at various times. The underwriting discounts and commissions are 7% of the public offering price.

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of 200,000 additional ordinary shares from us to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase ordinary shares covered by the option at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount, but not the non-accountable expense allowance. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to public will be $     and the total proceeds to us will be $    . The underwriters have severally agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment option is exercised, they will each purchase a number of additional ordinary shares proportionate to the underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the foregoing table.

The following table provides information regarding the amount of the discount and allowance to be paid to the underwriters by us:

     
  Per Share   Total without
Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option
  Total with Full
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option
Underwriting discounts and commissions   $          $          $       
Non-accountable expense allowance (1)   $          $          $       

(1) The non-accountable expense allowance of 2% of the gross proceeds of this offering is payable to underwriters with respect to the ordinary shares sold on a firm commitment basis.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The underwriter estimates that the maximum expense allowance to be paid by us for the underwriter’s road show and legal expenses will be $160,000.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have agreed to issue to I-Bankers Securities, Inc., as the representative of the underwriters, for $100, warrants to purchase an aggregate number of our ordinary shares equal to 5% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering at an exercise price of 120% of the offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. Such warrants are exercisable commencing ____ days after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering, and will expire five (5) years from the effective date of the registration statement.

Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the engagement letter between I-Bankers Securities, Inc. and us, in consideration of the services to be provided as an underwriter in this offering, during the period of twelve months from the successful completion of this offering, I-Bankers Securities, Inc. will have a right of first refusal to act as co-managing underwriters, or co-placement agents or co-managers or co-arrangers, as the case may be, on any offering of an equity, equity-linked or debt security for us, in each case, only in those circumstances where we desire to engage an investment bank to perform such role in connection with the offering.

We, our officers and directors and certain shareholders have agreed to a 180 day “lock up” with respect to the ordinary shares and other of our securities that they beneficially own, including securities that are convertible into our ordinary shares and securities that are exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we and such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of I-Bankers Securities, Inc.

If (i) during the last 17 days of the 180 day lock up period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event occurs or (ii) before the expiration of the 180 day lock up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day lock up period, the lock up restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The representative has informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales by the underwriters to exceed five percent of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus.

Our shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “SGTLF”. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SGOC”. On November 15, 2010, the last report market price of our shares was $8.00 per share. The public offering price of the shares has been determined by agreement between us and the underwriter. Although quotations are an important factor in determining the public offering price, these quotations cannot be the sole factor in determining the public offering price because the trading market for the shares has been generally inactive and illiquid. Among the other factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions and our market price, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We cannot be sure that the public offering price will correspond to the price at which our ordinary shares will trade in the public market following this offering or that an active trading market for our shares will develop and continue after this offering.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase ordinary shares before the distribution of the ordinary shares is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

Stabilizing transactions — The representatives may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the ordinary shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Over-allotments and syndicate covering transactions — The underwriters may sell more ordinary shares in connection with this offering than the number of ordinary shares than they have committed to purchase. This over-allotment creates a short position for the underwriters. This short sales position may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional ordinary shares hares in this offering described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option or by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. To determine how they will close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market, as compared to the price at which they may purchase ordinary shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are short sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that, in the open market after pricing, there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares that could adversely affect investors who purchase ordinary shares in this offering.
Penalty bids — If the representatives purchase ordinary shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those ordinary shares as part of this offering.
Passive market making — Market makers in the ordinary shares who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may make bids for or purchases of ordinary shares, subject to limitations, until the time, if ever, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales or to stabilize the market price of our ordinary shares may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the ordinary shares if it discourages resales of the ordinary shares.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ordinary shares. These transactions may occur on NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Electronic Delivery of Preliminary Prospectus :  A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the underwriter participating in the offering. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such preliminary prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), and effective as of the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no Securities has been offered to the public in that Relevant Member State and brought to the attention of the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offer of Securities may be made effective as of the relevant Implementation Date to the public in that

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Relevant Member State at any time (i) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; (ii) to any legal entity which has two or more of (a) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (b) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (c) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or (iii) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression an “offer of Securities to the public” in relation to any Securities in any relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member States.

United Kingdom

This document does not constitute a prospectus for the purpose of the prospectus rules issued by the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) pursuant to section 84 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (“FSMA”) and has not been approved by or filed with the FSA. The Securities may not be offered or sold to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the FSMA, except to legal entities which have been authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus within the meaning of the prospectus rules of the FSA. In addition, no person may communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Offer Shares except in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to the Company. This prospectus is directed only at (i) persons outside the United Kingdom; or (ii) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) order 2005 (as amended) (“FPO”); or (iii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in article 49 of the FPO or persons who fall within another exemption to the FPO.

Switzerland

The Securities may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in or from Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Securities constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange Ltd., and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Singapore

This Prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (“SFA”).

Accordingly, this Prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly nor may the Shares, within a period of six months from the date of acquisition, be subsequently resold, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provisions of the SFA.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Where the Shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)), the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor), whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

(i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
(ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or
(iii) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Italy

The offering of the Shares has not been registered pursuant to Italian securities legislation and accordingly, no Shares may be offered, sold or delivered, nor may copies of the Programme Memorandum, any Series Memorandum or any other document relating to the Shares be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except:

(a) to qualified investors ( investitori qualificati ) (“Qualified Investors”), as defined under Article 34- ter , paragraph 1, letter b) of Regulation No. 11971 issued by CONSOB (the Italian Securities Exchange Commission) on 14 May 1999, as amended (the “Regulation 11971/1999”); or
(b) in circumstances which are exempted from the rules on offers of securities to be made to the public pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as amended (the “Financial Services Act”) and Article 34- ter , first paragraph, of Regulation 11971/1999.

Any offer, sale or delivery of the Shares or distribution of copies of the Programme Memorandum, any Series Memorandum or any other document relating to the Notes or Alternative Investments in the Republic of Italy under (a) or (b) above must be:

(i) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 27 October 2007 and Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993, as amended; and
(ii) in compliance with any other applicable laws and regulations.

Please note that, in accordance with Article 100- bis of the Financial Services Act, where no exemption under (b) above applies, the subsequent distribution of the Shares on the secondary market in Italy must be made in compliance with the rules on offers of securities to be made to the public provided under the Financial Services Act and the Regulation 11971/1999. Failure to comply with such rules may result, inter alia , in the sale of such Shares being declared null and void and in the liability of the intermediary transferring the Shares for any damages suffered by the investors.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financiers . The Shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Shares has been or will be:

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or
used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the Shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, articles L.411-2, D.411-1 and D.411-2 of the French Code monétaire et financier;
to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or
in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-I-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Reglement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer (offre au public).

The Shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-2 and L.412-1, and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Germany

This offering has been made as private offer in Germany. As this prospectus does not comply with the requirements of the Prospectus Directive, the implementation ordinances or national measures implementing it, these securities may not be offered publicly within the European Economic Area, if no according prospectus has been prepared and approved by the supervision authority, except if (section 3 para 2 Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) “STA”):

the offer is made to qualified investors only (within the meaning of section 2 no 6 STA);
the offer is made to less than 100 investors in total in each state of the European Economic Area;
the minimum amount for an investment is EUR 50,000 per investor or the securities have a minimum nominal amount of EUR 50,000; or
the total offer price for all securities offered is less than EUR 100,000.

Hong Kong

The offer shares being offered in the public offering will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) and the rules made thereunder or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the offer shares will be issued which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong; and any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the offer shares will be issued only to persons outside Hong Kong or “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and the rules made thereunder.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of our ordinary shares being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Stock Market listing fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 
SEC registration fee
        
FINRA filing fee   $ 1,710  
Nasdaq Stock Market listing fee   $ 125,000  
Printing expenses
        
Legal fees and expenses
        
Accounting fees and expenses
        
Transfer agent fees
        
Other fees and expenses
        
Total
        

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Cozen O’Connor with respect to legal matters of United States federal securities. Cozen O’Connor has from time to time represented I-Bankers Securities, Inc. and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by DLA Piper Italy. The validity of the ordinary shares offered in this offering and legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman.

EXPERTS

Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C. audited Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.’s financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007. Frazer Frost LLP audited Honesty Group’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Rothstein Kass and Frazier Frost are independent registered public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firms as experts in accounting and auditing in given said report.

Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C.’s address is 4 Becker Farm Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07302. Frazer Frost LLP’s address is 135 South State College Blvd. Suite 300, Brea, California 92821.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file reports and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You may read and copy reports and other information filed by us with the SEC at its public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also obtain copies of the materials described above at prescribed rates by writing to the SEC, Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. We file our reports and other information electronically with the SEC. You may access information on us at the SEC web site containing reports and other information at http://www.sec.gov .

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus describes the material elements of relevant contracts, exhibits and other information attached as annexes or exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Information and statements contained in this prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other document included as an annex or exhibit to the registration statement.

We file annual reports on Form 20-F, furnish information on Form 6-K relating to material events and will provide other information with the SEC as required for a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Formally Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

 
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)
        
Consolidated Balance Sheets     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Income and Other Comprehensive Income     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-5  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-6  
HAMBRECHT ASIA ACQUISITION CORP.
        
Condensed Financial Statements for the Six Months December 31, 2009 (unaudited)
        
Condensed Balance Sheets     F-27  
Condensed Statements of Operations     F-28  
Condensed Statements of Shareholders’ Equity     F-29  
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows     F-30  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements     F-31  
Audited Financial Statements for the transition period ended and to June 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-41  
Balance Sheets     F-42  
Statements of Operations     F-43  
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity     F-44  
Statements of Cash Flows     F-45  
Notes to the Financial Statements     F-46  
SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
        
Audited Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-55  
Consolidated Balance Sheets     F-56  
Consolidated Statements of Income and Other Comprehensive Income     F-57  
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity     F-58  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-59  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-60  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31
2009
     (Unaudited)     
ASSETS
                 
CURRENT ASSETS
                 
Cash   $ 11,827,788     $ 5,808,013  
Restricted cash     6,325,444       5,596,699  
Accounts receivable, trade     48,717,301       18,641,548  
Accounts receivable – related parties     251,299       224,407  
Other receivables     216,041       121,226  
Other receivables – related parties     656,154        
Inventories     25,375,216       4,011,505  
Advances to suppliers     17,246,462       11,950,074  
Advances to suppliers – related parties     27,315       8,954,051  
Other current assets     374,080       20,746  
Total current assets     111,017,100       55,328,269  
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET     17,228,019       15,729,350  
OTHER ASSETS
                 
Intangible assets, net     8,553,629       8,412,366  
Other non-current assets           2,693  
Total other assets     8,553,629       8,415,059  
Total assets   $ 136,798,748     $ 79,472,678  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                 
Accounts payable, trade   $ 36,074,666     $ 3,490,937  
Accrued liabilities     126,106       74,147  
Bank overdraft     1,476,136       717,562  
Notes payable     21,703,423       18,709,038  
Short-term loan     22,177,905       19,230,756  
Other payables     1,024,567       382,978  
Other payables – related parties           198,875  
Customer deposits     2,054,556       457,761  
Customer deposits – related parties           335,056  
Taxes payable     1,598,324       3,872,916  
Total current liabilities     86,235,683       47,470,026  
OTHER LIABILITIES
                 
Warrant derivative liability     1,908,698        
Put option derivative liability     2,000,000        
Total other liabilities     3,908,698        
Total liabilities     90,144,381       47,470,026  
COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009            
Ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 16,094,756 and 14,300,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009     16,095       14,300  
Additional paid-in-capital     19,037,683       17,263,916  
Statutory reserves     2,726,310       1,286,942  
Retained earnings     21,870,055       11,394,086  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     3,004,224       2,043,408  
Total shareholders’ equity     46,654,367       32,002,652  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 136,798,748     $ 79,472,678  

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(UNAUDITED)

       
  Three months ended
September 30
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2010   2009   2010   2009
REVENUES:
                                   
Revenues   $ 55,901,224     $ 12,922,389     $ 97,032,397     $ 25,974,808  
Revenues – related parties           2,540,575       12,549,795       4,080,501  
Other operating income     15,845,849       2,700,762       24,505,507       3,073,125  
Total revenues     71,747,073       18,163,726       134,087,699       33,128,434  
COST OF GOODS SOLD:
                                   
Cost of goods sold     47,671,144       9,842,811       82,316,858       22,951,362  
Cost of goods sold – related parties           2,061,702       10,230,151       3,003,741  
Other operating expenses     14,306,692       1,821,043       22,228,435       2,143,474  
Total cost of goods sold     61,977,836       13,725,556       114,775,444       28,098,577  
GROSS PROFIT     9,769,237       4,438,170       19,312,255       5,029,857  
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                                   
Selling expenses     182,922       38,810       366,347       76,677  
General and administrative expenses     679,907       246,739       3,034,763       515,049  
Total operating expenses     862,829       285,549       3,401,110       591,726  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     8,906,408       4,152,621       15,911,145       4,438,131  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
                                   
Interest income     20,422       2,022       63,184       3,618  
Interest expense     (267,799 )       (218,490 )       (660,319 )       (576,378 )  
Other income (expense), net     (274,813 )       109,585       (563,901 )       6,037  
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability     211,080             (813,748 )        
Total other income (expenses), net     (311,110 )       (106,883 )       (1,974,784 )       (566,723 )  
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     8,595,298       4,045,738       13,936,361       3,871,408  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     1,064,181       512,501       2,021,024       493,170  
NET INCOME     7,531,117       3,533,237       11,915,337       3,378,238  
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
                                   
Foreign currency translation adjustment     793,940       248,776       960,816       (22,765 )  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   $ 8,325,057     $ 3,782,013     $ 12,876,153     $ 3,355,473  
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
                                   
Basic   $ 0.79     $ 0.42     $ 1.29     $ 0.40  
Diluted   $ 0.79     $ 0.42     $ 1.28     $ 0.40  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES:
                                   
Basic     9,527,932       8,500,000       9,260,594       8,500,000  
Diluted     9,527,932       8,500,000       9,278,054       8,500,000  

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             
             
 
  
Ordinary Shares
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained Earnings   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Total
     Shares   Par
Value
  Statutory
Reserves
  Unrestricted
BALANCE, December 31, 2008     14,300,000     $ 14,300     $ 14,183,916     $ 571,035     $ 4,950,920     $ 2,060,272     $ 21,780,443  
Shareholder contribution                       2,090,000                                  2,090,000  
Net income                                         3,378,238                3,378,238  
Adjustment for statutory reserve                                345,219       (345,219 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                  (22,765 )       (22,765 )  
BALANCE, September 30, 2009 (Unaudited)     14,300,000       14,300       16,273,916       916,254       7,983,939       2,037,507       27,225,916  
Shareholder contribution                       990,000                                  990,000  
Net income                                         3,780,835                3,780,835  
Adjustment for statutory reserve                                370,688       (370,688 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                  5,901       5,901  
BALANCE, December 31, 2009     14,300,000       14,300       17,263,916       1,286,942       11,394,086       2,043,408       32,002,652  
Shares issued for recapitalization     1,027,933       1,028       4,501,937                               4,502,965  
Shares placed in escrow     766,823       767                                           767  
Payments of financing costs                                                            
Shareholder contribution                       366,780                                  366,780  
Reclassification of warrants to derivative liabilities                       (1,094,950 )                                  (1,094,950 )  
Reclassification of put options to derivative liabilities                       (2,000,000 )                                  (2,000,000 )  
Net income                                         11,915,337                11,915,337  
Adjustment for statutory reserve                                1,439,368       (1,439,368 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                  960,816       960,816  
BALANCE, September 30, 2010 (Unaudited)     16,094,756     $ 16,095     $ 19,037,683     $ 2,726,310     $ 21,870,055     $ 3,004,224     $ 46,654,367  

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2010   2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                 
Net income   $ 11,915,337     $ 3,378,238  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                 
Depreciation and amortization     721,805       448,129  
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability     813,748        
Change in fair value of put option            
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Accounts receivable, trade     (29,182,600 )       (21,833,913 )  
Accounts receivable – related parties     (21,915 )       2,145,577  
Other receivables     (105,946 )       (975,496 )  
Inventories     (20,912,054 )       (1,196,871 )  
Advances to suppliers     (4,964,267 )       (4,862,812 )  
Advances to suppliers – related parties     8,951,625       (39,341 )  
Other current assets     (262,349 )       34,300  
Change in operating liabilities
                 
Accounts payable, trade     31,947,666       425,168  
Accrued liabilities     (84,554 )       16,343  
Notes payables     2,566,425       5,124,510  
Other payables     622,750       (3,596,085 )  
Other payables – related parties     (900,754 )       10,990,431  
Customer deposits     1,559,863       1,142,742  
Customer deposits – related parties     (335,970 )       (29,680 )  
Taxes payable     (2,312,911 )       964,889  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     15,899       (7,863,871 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                 
Payments on equipments and construction-in-progress     (2,577,280 )       (3,032,202 )  
Purchase of intangible assets     (6,384 )       (4,897,543 )  
Cash received from legal acquirer     5,913        
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,577,751 )       (7,929,745 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                 
Increase in restricted cash     (603,623 )       (2,270,419 )  
Bank overdraft     730,979       1,268,282  
Proceeds from government     735,500       2,492,030  
Proceeds from short-term loan     23,376,595       12,313,560  
Repayments on short-term loan     (20,867,069 )        
Shareholder contribution     366,780       2,090,000  
Proceeds from recapitalization     5,388,083        
Repayments on shareholder promissory notes     (100,000 )        
Payments of financing costs     (666,468 )        
Net cash provided by financing activities     8,360,777       15,893,453  
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH     220,850       (23,742 )  
INCREASE IN CASH     6,019,775       76,095  
CASH, beginning of period     5,808,013       352,568  
CASH, end of period   $ 11,827,788     $ 428,663  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                 
Interest expenses paid (net of amount capitalized)   $ 660,319     $ 576,378  
Income taxes paid   $ 1,183,405     $  
Non-cash investing activities
                 
Construction-in-progress transferred to property plant and equipment   $ 2,697,347     $  

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 1 — Organization and description of business

SGOCO Technology Ltd., formerly known as Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (the “Company” or “we”, “our” or “us”) was incorporated under the law of the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007. The Company was formed as a blank check company for the purpose of acquiring one or more operating businesses in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) through a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition or similar business combination or control through contractual arrangements.

The Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of units consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one ordinary share in March 12, 2008. On March 12, 2010, the Company completed a share exchange transaction with Honesty Group Holdings Limited (“Honesty Group”) and its shareholders, and Honesty Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On the closing date, the Company issued 14,300,000 of its ordinary shares to Honesty Group in exchange for 100% of the capital stock of Honesty Group. Prior to the share exchange transaction, the Company had 5,299,126 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. After the share exchange transaction, the Company had 16,094,756 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

The share exchange transaction was accounted for as reorganization and recapitalization of Honesty Group. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Company (the legal acquirer) is, in substance, those of Honesty Group (the accounting acquirer), with the assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses, of the Company being included effective from the date of the share exchange transaction. There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction. The historical financial statements for periods prior to March 12, 2010 are those of Honesty Group except that the equity section and earnings per share have been retroactively restated to reflect the reorganization and recapitalization. Refer to Note 3 and Note 11 for additional information of the share exchange transaction.

Honesty Group is a limited liability company registered in Hong Kong on September 13, 2005. It directly owns 100% of Guanke Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd., (“Guanke”), Guanwei Electron Technological Co., Ltd., (“Guanwei”), and Guancheng Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd., (“Guancheng”). The Company designs, manufactures and distributes LCD consumer products including LCD PC monitors, LCD TV, LED back-light modules and application-specific LCD systems. Products are sold primarily in China and also in international markets.

Guanke, Guanwei and Guancheng are limited liability companies established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the PRC. Guanke was formed on January 16, 2006 with a registered capital of $11,880,000, which has been fully contributed. Currently, Guanke is the Company’s main operating entity, and Guancheng started operations from June 2010. Guanwei and Guancheng were formed on June 22, 2007 with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000, respectively, of which $3,130,000 and $4,969,970, respectively, had been contributed as of September 30, 2010. The remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 has to be fulfilled by the end of 2010. Guanwei is under the development stage and have no operations as of September 30, 2010.

Current Development

Jinjiang Guanke Electron Co. Ltd. (“Jinjiang Guanke”) was formed on May 4, 2010 with a registered capital of $293,400 (RMB 2 million) and is owned 100% by Guanke. The Company increased its registered capital by $2,218,500 (RMB 15 million) on August 6, 2010 to $2,511,900 (RMB 17 million). As of September 30, 2010, all registered capital of Jinjiang Guanke had been fulfilled. Jinjiang Guanke is under the development state and currently has no operations.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies

Basis of presentation and principle of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Sates (“US GAAP”), and include the consolidated financial statements of the Company and all its majority-owned subsidiaries that require consolidation. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

While management has included all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary to give a fair presentation of the operating results for the periods, interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F and in this prospectus.

   
Following are the entities which were consolidated:   Place incorporated   Ownership
percentage
SGOCO   Cayman Island   Parent company
Honesty   Hong Kong   100.00%
Guanke   Jinjiang, China   100.00%
Guanwei   Jinjiang, China   100.00%
Guancheng   Jinjiang, China   100.00%
Jinjiang Guanke   Jinjiang, China   100.00%

The Company has reclassified certain prior year amounts between cash and restricted cash, other current assets and other non-current assets to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates and assumptions relate to the collectability of its receivables, and the fair value and accounting treatment of certain financial instruments. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Accordingly, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates. In addition, different assumptions or conditions could reasonably be expected to yield different results.

Concentration of risks

The Company’s operations are carried out in China and its operations in the China are subject to specific considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environments and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

Financial instruments, which subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist of cash. The Company maintains balances at financial institutions located in Hong Kong and China. The Company maintains balances at financial institutions which, from time to time, may exceed Hong Kong Deposit Protection Board insured limits for the banks located in Hong Kong. Balances at financial institutions or state owned banks within the PRC are not insured. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had deposits, including restricted cash balances, in excess of federally insured limits totaling

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

approximately $17,634,000 and $11,332,000, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risks on its cash in bank accounts.

Sales revenue from three major customers was approximately 46% of the Company’s total sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. These three customers represented 66% of account receivable as of September 30, 2010.

Sales revenue from two major customers was approximately 71% of the Company’s total sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. These two customers represented 76% of account receivable as of September 30, 2009.

One major vendor provided approximately 15% of raw materials purchased by the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This major vendor represented 49% of account payable as of September 30, 2010.

Four major vendors provided approximately 64% of raw materials purchased by the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, of which, one vendor was a related party and attributed to 12% of total purchase. None of the major vendors represented over 5% of accounts payable as of September 30, 2009.

Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of the cash flow statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash includes cash on hand and demand deposits in accounts maintained with financial institutions or state owned banks within the PRC and Hong Kong.

Restricted cash

The Company has notes payable outstanding and line of credit arrangements with various banks and is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions.

Restricted cash represents amounts set aside by the Company in accordance with the Company’s debt agreements with certain financial institutions. These cash amounts are designated for the purpose of paying down the principal amounts owed to the financial institutions, and these amounts are held at the same financial institutions with which the Company has debt agreements in the PRC. Due to the short term nature of the Company’s debt obligations to these banks, the corresponding restricted cash balances have been classified as current in the consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts receivable and other receivables

Receivables include trade accounts due from customers and other receivables from cash advances to employees, related parties or third parties. Management reviews the composition of accounts receivable and analyzes historical bad debts, customer concentration, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns to determine if the allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate. An estimate for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Delinquent account balances are written-off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable, known bad debts are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Inventories

Inventory is composed of raw materials, mainly parts for assembly of LCD products, and finished goods. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value using the weighted average method. Management reviews inventories for obsolescence and compares the cost of inventory with the market value at least annually. An allowance is made for writing down the inventory to its market value, if lower than cost.

Plant and equipment

Equipment is stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred. Major additions are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is included in operations. Depreciation of plant and equipment is provided using the straight-line method for substantially all assets with estimated lives as follows:

 
  Estimated
Useful Life
Buildings and improvements   20 years
Machinery and equipment   10 years
Vehicles and office equipment   5 years

Construction in progress represents the costs incurred in connection with the construction of buildings or new additions to the Company’s plant facilities. No depreciation is provided for construction in progress until such time as the assets are completed and placed into service.

Government grants

The Company is entitled to receive grants from the PRC municipal government due to its operation in the high and new technology business sector. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company received grants of approximately $748,500 (RMB 5 million) and $3,374,000 (RMB 23 million), respectively, from the PRC municipal government. Grants received from the PRC municipal government can be used for enterprise development and technology innovation purposes. The government grants received during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of cost of the assets acquired and buildings constructed.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets mainly include land use rights. All land in the PRC is government owned. However, the government grants “land use rights”. The Company acquired land use rights in 2007 and has the right to use the land for 50 years. The rights held by Guanke and Guancheng began amortizing in the 4th quarter of 2009 and in the third quarter of 2010 as the land had been placed into service. The right held by Guanwei remains unamortized as it is under the development stage and has no operations as of September 30, 2010.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates long lived assets, including equipment and intangible assets, for impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows. Recoverability of intangible assets, other long-lived assets, and goodwill is measured by comparing their net book value to the related projected undiscounted cash flows from these assets, considering a number of factors including past operating results, budgets, economic projections, market trends and product development cycles. If the net book value of the asset exceeds the related undiscounted cash flows, the asset is considered impaired, and a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation and amortization to

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives. As of September 30, 2010, management believes no triggering events occurred that would cause impairment of long-lived assets.

Derivative liability

Derivative liabilities, which include public and private warrants and a put option, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a liability at their fair value. The Company accounts for derivative liabilities in accordance to an accounting standard regarding “Instruments that are Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock”. This accounting standard specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to the Company’s own stock and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. It provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer’s own stock and thus able to qualify for the scope exception within the standards.

Prior to the Acquisition, warrants issued were treated as equity. As a result of the Acquisition, the derivative treatment exemption were no longer afforded equity treatment because the strike price of the warrants is denominated in US dollars, a currency other than the Company’s functional currency RMB. Therefore, warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock, and such, all future changes in the fair value of these warrants will be recognized currently in earnings until such time as the warrants are exercised or expire. The Company reclassified the fair value of these warrants, which have the dual-indexed feature, from equity to liability.

The Company accounts for the put option agreement in accordance with the accounting standards regarding certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The put option agreement obligates the Company to purchase such shares. As the result, the Company treated the put option as a liability.

Fair value of financial instruments

The accounting standards regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires fair value disclosures of those financial instruments. The fair value measurement accounting standard defines fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for current assets and current liabilities qualifying as financial instruments are a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rate of interest. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.
Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis:

       
  Carrying Value at
September 30,
2010
  Fair Value Measurement at September 30, 2010
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Warrant derivative liability   $ 1,908,698     $ 1,271,219     $ 637,479     $  
Put option liability     2,000,000       2,000,000                 
Total   $ 3,908,698     $ 3,271,219     $ 637,479     $  

A discussion of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value for the liabilities listed above and activity for these liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, is provided in Note 11.

As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company did not identify any other assets and liabilities that are required to be presented on the balance sheet at fair value in accordance with the accounting standard.

In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company is required to record assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as a result of impairment charges. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, there were no impairment charges.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue recognition policies are in accordance with the accounting standards. Sales revenue is recognized at the date of shipment to customers when a formal arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, the delivery is completed, no other significant obligations of the Company exist and collectability is reasonably assured. For products that are required to be examined by customers, sales revenue is recognized after the customer examination is passed. Payments received before all of the relevant criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as customer deposits. The Company offer limited extended warranty and service contracts to customers. Most of these services are provided by the distributors. Management did not estimate future warranty liabilities as historical warranty expenses were minimal.

The Company accounts for reimbursement to SGOCO Club members following the guidance of ASC 605-50-45. Reimbursement provided is treated either as a reduction of revenue or as cost of goods sold when reimbursement is a separate transaction from the purchase of the Company’s products and where the fair value of the reimbursement can be reasonably estimated.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the accounting standard for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method as required by this accounting standard, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The charge for taxation is based on the results for the reporting period as adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of, a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Under the accounting standard regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

“more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the year incurred. No significant penalties or interest relating to income taxes have been incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. GAAP also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition.

Advertising costs

The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred in selling, general and administrative costs. Advertising cost was not significant for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

Shipping and handling

Shipping and handling for raw materials purchased are included in cost of goods sold. Shipping and handling cost incurred to ship finished products to customers are included in selling expenses. Shipping and handling expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $167,537 and $39,744, respectively.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The costs of material and equipment that are acquired or constructed for research and development activities and have alternative future uses are classified as plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

Earnings per share

The Company reports earnings per share in accordance with the provisions of FASB’s related accounting standard. This standard requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share in conjunction with the disclosure of the methodology used in computing such earnings per share. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to shareholders by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised and converted into ordinary shares. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock method. Under this method, option and warrants were assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase ordinary shares at the average market price during the period.

As described in Note 3, on March 12, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company issued 5,800,000 shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group, to be held in escrow and released if certain income milestones are met for 2010 and 2011. In addition, 766,823 Sponsor Shares were placed in escrow and will be released contingent on financial advisory and certain other services to be provided by the Sponsors. In accordance with the accounting standards, outstanding ordinary shares that are contingently returnable are treated in the same manner as contingently issuable.

Foreign currency translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the US dollar. The functional currency of PRC subsidiaries is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). Results of operations and cash flow are translated at average exchange rates during the period, and assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate as quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the end of the period. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transaction occurred. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Translation gain (loss) resulting from this process amounted to $960,816 and $(22,765) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity were translated 6.68 and 6.82 RMB to $1.00 at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rates. The average translation rates applied to the income and cash flow statement amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 were 6.80 RMB and 6.82 RMB to $1.00, respectively.

Cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheet.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In June 2009, FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) amending the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. This ASU requires entities to provide more information regarding sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the entity has continuing exposure to the risks related to transfer financial assets. In addition, it eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity,” changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires additional disclosures. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of these FASB Staff Positions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, FASB issued an ASU amending the accounting and disclosure requirements for the consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”). This ASU modifies how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. It clarifies that the determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. An ongoing reassessment is required of whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. Further, it also requires additional disclosures about a company’s involvement in variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of these FASB Staff Positions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, FASB issued an ASU regarding accounting for own-share lending arrangements in contemplation of convertible debt issuance or other financing. This ASU requires that at the date of issuance of the shares in a share-lending arrangement entered into in contemplation of a convertible debt offering or other financing, the shares issued shall be measured at fair value and be recognized as an issuance cost, with an offset to additional paid-in capital. Further, loaned shares are excluded from basic and diluted earnings per share unless default of the share-lending arrangement occurs, at which time the loaned shares would be included in the basic and diluted earnings-per-share calculation. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2009, and interim periods within those fiscal years for arrangements outstanding as of the beginning of those fiscal years. The adoption of these FASB Staff Positions did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

In January 2010, FASB issued ASU No. 2010-02 regarding accounting and reporting for decreases in ownership of a subsidiary. Under this guidance, an entity is required to deconsolidate a subsidiary when the entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary. Upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary, an entity recognizes a gain or loss on the transaction and measures any retained investment in the subsidiary at fair value. In contrast, an entity is required to account for a decrease in its ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a change of control of the subsidiary as an equity transaction. This ASU clarifies the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions, and expands the disclosures about the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or de-recognition of a group of assets. This ASU is effective beginning in the first interim or annual reporting period ending on or after December 31, 2009. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06 — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This update provides amendments to Subtopic 820-10 that requires new disclosure to include transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Further, this update clarifies existing disclosures on level of disaggregation and disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques. A reporting entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. Those disclosures are required for fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, “Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements”. ASU 2010-09 primarily rescinds the requirement that, for listed companies, financial statements clearly disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. Subsequent events must still be evaluated through the date of financial statement issuance; however, the disclosure requirement has been removed to avoid conflicts with other SEC guidelines. ASU 2010-09 was effective immediately upon issuance and was adopted in February 2010.

In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-13, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades,” or ASU 2010-13. ASU 2010-13 provides amendments to Topic 718 to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in currency of a market in which a substantial porting of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2010-13 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-20 which amends “Receivables” (Topic 310). ASU 2010-20 is intended to provide additional information to assist financial statement users in assessing an entity’s risk exposures and evaluating the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The amendments in

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

ASU 2010-20 encourage, but do not require, comparative disclosures for earlier reporting periods that ended before initial adoption. However, an entity should provide comparative disclosures for those reporting periods ending after initial adoption. While ASU 2010-20 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, we expect that it will expand our disclosures related to notes receivables.

Note 3 — Business acquisition

On February 12, 2010, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with Honesty Group Holdings Limited (“Honesty Group”) and its shareholders. On March 12, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition (“Acquisition”) of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Honesty Group. The Acquisition resulted in the shareholders of Honesty Group obtaining a majority of the voting interest in the Company. Generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) require that Honesty Group, whose shareholders retain the majority voting interest in the combined business, be treated as the acquirer for accounting purposes. After the Share Exchange, the Company had 16,094,756 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, and Honesty Group’s shareholders owned approximately 88.9% of the issued and outstanding shares. Although Honesty Group was deemed to be the acquiring company for accounting and financial reporting purposes, the legal status of the Company as the surviving corporation did not change. Since the Company did not have any assets with operating substance except cash and short-term investments prior to the transaction, the Acquisition was accounted for as reorganization and recapitalization of Honesty Group. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Company (the legal acquirer) is, in substance, those of Honesty Group (the accounting acquirer), with the assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses, of the Company being included effective from the date of the share exchange transaction.

The Acquisition transaction utilized the capital structure of the Company. The assets and liabilities of Honesty Group were recorded at historical cost. The outstanding stock of the Company prior to the share exchange transaction was accounted at its net book value with no goodwill or other intangible being recognized as the result of the acquisition. There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction. The historical financial statements for periods prior to March 12, 2010 are those of Honesty Group except that the equity section and earnings per share have been retroactively restated to reflect the reorganization and recapitalization.

Following the closing of the share exchange transaction, the gross amount of $5.4 million in the trust fund, established by the Company in connection with its initial public offering, was distributed to Honesty Group. Acquisition-related costs incurred to affect the recapitalization were approximately $1.7 million, of which $1,047,854 was accounted for as expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

At the closing, the Company issued 14.3 million ordinary shares to Honesty Group’s shareholders in exchange for 100% of the capital stock of Honesty Group. Of the 14,300,000 ordinary shares, 5.8 million shares were placed in escrow subject to the Company’s future performance and would be release as follows:

5.0 million shares if Income from Existing Operations from the Company’s existing operation for the fiscal year of 2010 exceeds $15 million excluding the cost incurred in connection with the Acquisition;
0.8 million shares if Income from Existing Operations from the Company’s existing operation for the fiscal year of 2011 exceeds $20 million excluding the cost incurred in connection with the Acquisition;
5.8 million shares if the Company fails to meet the target for the fiscal year of 2010 but meets the target for the fiscal year of 2011; and

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 3 — Business acquisition  – (continued)

If neither target is met, the 5.8 million shares will be delivered to the Company for cancellation and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

Income from Existing Operations means the income from operations for Guanke derived from the financial information used to prepare the financial statements for the Company, provided, however, costs incurred by the Company in connection with the Acquisition or the formation, capitalization or recapitalization of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. should not be treated an expense for any period in determining whether the target has been met.

Prior to the Share Exchange, the Sponsors had 1,059,826 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, of which 124,738 shares were forfeited and 766,823 shares were placed in the escrow and will be released contingent on financial advisory and certain other services to be provided by the Sponsors.

Prior to the Share Exchange, public shareholders had 4,239,300 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, of which 2,147,493 shares were repurchased and retired for an aggregate price of $17,285,811 and 1,232,139 shares were redeemed for an aggregate price of $9,838,351. After the closing, public shareholders had 859,668 shares outstanding.

Real estate option agreement

As a condition to the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company entered into a real estate option agreement with Mr. Burnette Or pursuant to which Mr. Or, or an entity led by him, has the option, for a period of two years following the closing of the Acquisition, to purchase the land use rights at cost. Mr. Or has agreed that if the option is exercised, he will enter into a long-term fair market value lease with Guanke for the manufacturing facility and dormitories at the current location.

Note 4 — Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Accounts receivable   $ 48,717,301     $ 18,641,548  
Accounts receivables – related parties     251,299       224,407  
Allowance for bad debts            
Trade accounts receivable, net   $ 48,968,600     $ 18,865,955  

Note 5 — Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Raw material   $ 19,493,458     $ 2,999,847  
Finished goods     5,881,758       1,011,658  
Total inventories   $ 25,375,216     $ 4,011,505  

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 6 — Advances to suppliers

The Company makes advances to certain vendors for inventory purchases and construction projects. The advances on inventory purchases were $17,246,462 and $11,950,074, as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. See Note 18 for disclosure related to advances to related parties.

Note 7 — Plant and equipment, net

Plant and equipment consists of the following:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Buildings and improvements   $ 5,920,237     $ 5,336,213  
Machinery and equipment     8,048,490       5,307,691  
Vehicles and office equipment     318,178       265,116  
Construction in progress     5,059,084       6,212,647  
Total     19,345,989       17,121,667  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (2,117,970 )       (1,392,317 )  
Plant and equipment, net   $ 17,228,019     $ 15,729,350  

Construction in progress represents labor costs, materials, capitalized interest incurred in connection with the construction of the new plant facility and the construction and installation of manufacturing equipment in the manufacturing plant.

The construction projects the Company is in the progress of completing are:

       
Project description   September 30,
2010
  Commencement
date
  Expected
completion
date
  Estimated
additional
cost
Facilities   $ 4,308,530       October 15, 2007       December 31, 2010     $ 29,940  
Equipment     750,554       March 29, 2009       June 30, 2011       309,879  
     $ 5,059,084                 $ 339,819  

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $685,186 and $447,579, respectively.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, $246,515 and $153,444 of interest expense was capitalized into construction-in-progress.

Note 8 — Intangible assets, net

Net intangible assets consist of the following:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Land use rights   $ 8,601,633     $ 8,422,888  
Software     3,743       3,668  
Total     8,605,376       8,426,556  
Less: accumulated amortization     (51,747 )       (14,190 )  
Intangible assets, net   $ 8,553,629     $ 8,412,366  

Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $36,619 and $550, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five fiscal years will be approximately $98,000 assuming Guanwei remain under the development stage.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 9 — Debt

The Company has four credit facilities pursuant to which the Company issued a portion of the notes payable and short-term loans below. The Company has a) a facility with the Bank of Communications in the amount of $16.2 million (RMB 108.3 million) with the expiration date on August 6, 2011, b) a facility with the Agricultural Bank of China in the amount of $10.2 million (RMB 68 million) with the expiration date on September 1, 2011, c) a facility with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China in the amount of $15.0 million (RMB 100 million) with the expiration date on December 31, 2011, and d) a facility with Industrial Bank Co. LTD. in the amount of $5.1 million (RMB 34 million). Each facility has a pledge agreement and is personally guaranteed by a board member and/or the Company’s CEO.

Notes payable

Notes payable are lines of credit extended by the banks. When purchasing raw materials, the Company often issues a short term note payable to the vendor funded with draws on the lines of credit. This short term note payable is guaranteed by the bank for its complete face value through a letter of credit and usually matures within three to six months of issuance. The banks either charge interest or require the Company to deposit a certain amount of cash at the bank as a guarantee deposit which is classified on the balance sheet as restricted cash. In addition, the banks charge processing fees based on the face value of the note.

As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $6,325,444 and $5,596,699 of restricted cash was collateral for the $21,703,423 and $18,709,038 notes payable, which was approximately 29% and 30%, respectively, of the notes payable the Company issued. Notes payable are secured by a pledge of the Company’s operating equipment.

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Letters of credit from Agricultural Bank of China with interest rates ranging from 0.29% to 0.59%   $ 4,262,222     $ 1,451,232  
Letters of credit from Bank of Communications with an interest rate of 4.5%     2,473,666       4,339,457  
Letters of credit from Industrial and Commercial Bank of China with an interest rates ranging 1.72% to 1.95%     4,255,423       4,871,642  
Notes payable from Bank of Communications, non-interest bearing     10,712,112       8,046,707  
Total   $ 21,703,423     $ 18,709,038  

Bank overdraft

In connection with the notes payable, the Company entered into an overdraft line of credit agreement with the Bank of Communications in August 2010. Upon entering the credit facility with the Bank of Communication, the overdraft line of credit is consolidated into the credit facility. The maximum overdraft limit is approximately $1.5 million (RMB 10 million) and will expire on August 6, 2011. Each bank overdraft has a term of 90 days at an interest rate of 5.3%. The Bank overdraft line is under the facility with the Bank of Communications in the amount of $16.2 million (RMB 108.3 million) with the expiration date on August 6, 2011 which was secured by the Company’s land use rights and guaranteed by the board of member as a whole. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, bank overdrafts amounted to $1,476,136 and $717,562, respectively.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 9 — Debt  – (continued)

Short term loans

Short term loans represent amounts due to various banks and other companies and are normally due within one year. The loan principal is due at maturity. The loans can be renewed with the banks. The Company has the following short term loans from banks at:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Four loans with Industrial Bank Co., LTD, due November 2010 with an interest rate of 5.31%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right   $ 5,089,800     $ 4,987,800  
Two loans with Agricultural Bank of China, due January 2011 with an interest rate of 5.58%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right     5,988,000       5,868,000  
Bank of Communications, due August 2011 with an interest rate of 5.84%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right     5,239,500       5,134,500  
Five loans with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, due from November 2010 to January 2011 with an interest rate of 4.86%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by one accounts receivable balance*     5,733,510       1,467,000  
Total – bank loans   $ 22,050,810     $ 17,457,300  

* Cash collected is designated for the purpose of paying down the principal amounts owed to the financial institutions.

The Company had one loan from an unrelated company at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The balances amounted to $127,095 and $1,773,456 as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The loans bear no-interest, are unsecured and are due on demand.

Total interest incurred amounted to $906,834 and $729,822 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 10 — Employee pension

Regulations in the PRC require the Company to contribute to a defined contribution retirement plan for all permanent employees. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired employees. The Company is required to make monthly contributions to the state retirement plan at 20% of the base requirement for all permanent employees. Different geographic locations have different base requirements. Total pension expense incurred by the Company was immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company has been advised that under PRC law, Guanke should have paid social insurance premiums for its employees covering endowment insurance, unemployment insurance, and medical insurance with respect to its employees. Guanke may be required to pay the administrative authority of labor and social security the unpaid premiums plus a surcharge of 2% of the overdue premiums. There may also be a fine levied against the employee of Guanke who was responsible for the filings. SGOCO plans to make necessary payments and does not consider the liability material.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 11 — Warrant derivative liability

Public warrants

In March 2008, the Company, then a special purpose acquisition corporation (“SPAC”), completed its initial public offering (“IPO”), in which it sold 4,239,300 units (consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant) at $8.00 per unit. Those warrants (“Public warrants”) issued in the IPO are publicly traded. Of the 4,239,300 Public Warrants outstanding prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, holders of 2,673,273 Public Warrant holders elected to redeem the warrants for cash of $0.50 per warrant. As a result, 1,566,027 Public Warrants were outstanding at March 12, 2010 and September 30, 2010. Those warrants are excisable at $8.00 per share with an expiration date of March 7, 2014. In the event that the last sale price of an ordinary share exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period, the Company has the option to redeem Public Warrants at a price of $0.01 per warrant.

Sponsors warrants

In March 2008, the Company was also engaged in a private offering of 1,550,000 warrants of the Company to the original shareholders of the SPAC (“Sponsors”). Prior to consummation of the Share Exchange, those Sponsors agreed to forfeit 1,300,000 of their Sponsor Warrants to purchase ordinary shares. The remaining Sponsor Warrants to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares were transferred without consideration to an unaffiliated investment company, Pope Investment II, LLC. These warrants are not publicly traded and are excisable at $8.00 per share with an expiration date of March 7, 2014. The warrants were outstanding at March 12, 2010 and September 30, 2010. In the event that the last sale price of an ordinary share exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period, the Company has the option to redeem the warrants at a price of $0.01 per warrant.

Unit options

In connection with the IPO in March 2008, the Company issued an option (“Unit Option”) on a total of 280,000 units (each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one ordinary share warrant (“Representative Warrants”)) to the underwriters, Broadband Capital Management LLC. The Unit Option permits the acquisition of 280,000 Units at $10 per unit. Those Representative Warrants are excisable at $8.00 per share with an expiration date of March 7, 2014, and were valued at $0.50 and $0.70 per share at March 12, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively, using the observable market price of the Public Warrants.

The Company utilized the American Binominal Option Valuation Model to estimate the value of the Unit Option at March 12, 2010, with the exercise price of $9.50, market price of $7.00, the expected term of four years, the expected volatility of 11.84%, the risk free rate of 1.97%, and resulted in $46,937 or $0.17 per Unit Option. As a result, the total value of Unit Option at March 12, 2010 was estimated at $186,937. On September 30, 2010, the total value of the Unit Option was estimated at $637,026, with the warrant price of $0.70, the exercise price of $9.30, market price of $7.00, the expected term of 3.44 years, the expected volatility of 43%, and the risk free rate of 0.47%.

The Company adopted the provisions of an accounting standard regarding instrument that are Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock. This accounting standard specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to the Company’s own stock and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. It provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer’s own stock and thus able to qualify for the scope exception within the standards.

As a result, the Public Warrants, Sponsor Warrants, and Unit Options previously treated as equity pursuant to the derivative treatment exemption are no longer afforded equity treatment because the strike price of the warrants is denominated in US dollar, a currency other than the Company’s functional currency RMB.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 11 — Warrant derivative liability  – (continued)

Therefore the warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock, and as such, all future changes in the fair value of these warrants will be recognized currently in earnings until such time as the warrants are exercised or expire. The Company reclassified the fair value of the Public Warrants of $783,013, Sponsor Warrants of $125,000, Unit Option of $186,937, an aggregate of $1,094,950 from equity to liabilities as if these warrants and Unit Options were treated as a derivative liability at March 12, 2010.

As of September 30, 2010 and March 12, 2010, the fair value of the warrants and Unit Option was $1,908,698 and $1,094,950, respectively. The difference of $813,748 was charged to “Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability” in the consolidated statement of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

A summary of changes in warrant activity is presented as follows, the average remaining life of the following outstanding warrants was 3.44 years as of September 30, 2010 with average exercise price of $8.00 per share.

       
  Public
Warrants
  Sponsors
Warrants
  Representative
Warrants
  Total
Outstanding, December 31, 2009                           
Granted     1,566,027       250,000       280,000       2,096,027  
Forfeited                        
Exercised                        
Outstanding, September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     1,566,027       250,000       280,000       2,096,027  

Note 12 — Put option liability

In related to the Sponsor Warrants issued disclosed in Note 11, the Company executed a put option agreement (“Put Agreement”) with the same company, Pope Investments II LLC (“Pope”). Pursuant to the Put Agreement, the Company granted to Pope a put option to sell 250,000 shares of the Company at a price of $8.00 per share. The Put Agreement was effective upon completion of Pope’s purchase of 250,000 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares. The agreement is exercisable for a three-month period from February 15, 2011 until May 15, 2011. In the alternative, Mr. Burnette Or, chief executive officer, may purchase any shares put to the Company, or if neither of the Company nor Mr. Or make the purchase, two of the founders of the Company have agreed to make the purchase. Since the Put Option is out of the Company’s control, it was recorded as liability as of March 12, 2010. The value of Put Option was $2,000,000 at September 30, 2010.

Note 13 — Income taxes

The Company is a tax-exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Honesty Group did not have any assessable profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, and accordingly no provision for Hong Kong Profits Tax was made in the periods.

The Company conducts all its operating business through its three subsidiaries in China. The Company’s subsidiaries are governed by the Income Tax Law of the PRC concerning foreign invested enterprises and foreign enterprises and various local income tax laws (the Income Tax Laws). Beginning January 1, 2008, the new Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) law has replaced the previous laws for Domestic Enterprises (“DEs”) and Foreign Invested Enterprises (“FIEs”). The new standard EIT rate of 25% has replaced the 33% rate previously applicable to both DEs and FIEs. Companies established before March 16, 2007 will continue to enjoy tax holiday treatment approved by local government for a grace period of the next 5 years or until the tax holiday term is completed, whichever is sooner.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 13 — Income taxes  – (continued)

Guanke was established before March 16, 2007 and therefore is qualified to continue enjoying the reduced tax rate as described above. Guanke was granted income tax exemption for two years commencing from January 1, 2007, and is subject to 50% of the 25% EIT tax rate, or 12.5%, from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011.

Guancheng was established after March 16, 2007 and is subject to 25% EIT tax rate on the taxable income. Guancheng started operations in June 2010 and had net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Accordingly, no provision was made in the periods. Guanwei is under development stage and had no taxable income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

The following table reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate:

   
  For the nine months ended
September 30
     2010   2009
China income taxes     25.0 %       25.0 %  
Tax exemption     (12.5 )       (12.5 )  
Other (a)     2.0       0.2  
Effective income taxes     14.5 %       12.7 %  

(a) There was no material other items affecting the effective income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. The 2.0% and 0.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 included expenses incurred by SCOGO and Honesty Group of approximately $2.2 million and $29,520 million, which were not deductible on the consolidated level. The other item was also affected by losses incurred by Guanwei and Guancheng that were not subjected to PRC income taxes.

The estimated tax savings for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to approximately $ 2,083,000 and $493,000, respectively. The net effect on earnings per share had the income tax been applied would decrease basic and diluted earnings per share from $1.28 to $1.06 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and from $ 0.40 to $0.34 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Value added tax

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of a value-added tax (“VAT”). All of the Company’s products that are sold in the PRC are subject to a Chinese value-added tax at a rate of 17% of the gross sales price. This VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing its finished products. The Company recorded VAT payable and VAT receivable net of payments in the financial statements. The VAT tax return is filed offsetting the payables against the receivables.

VAT on sales and VAT on purchases amounted to approximately $17,885,000 and $19,939,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and $5,566,000 and $4,242,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. The Company received export sales refunds of $290,000 and $215,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. Sales and purchases are recorded net of VAT collected and paid as the Company acts as an agent for the government. VAT taxes are not impacted by the income tax holiday.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 13 — Income taxes  – (continued)

Taxes payable consisted of the following:

   
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
VAT tax payable   $ (296,632 )     $ 2,938,864  
Corporation income tax payable     1,799,201       927,804  
Others misc. tax payable     95,755       6,248  
Total   $ 1,598,324     $ 3,872,916  

Note 14 — Capital transactions

Preferred stock

On January 29, 2008, the Company amended its articles of association and authorized 1,000,000 preferred shares. No preferred shares were issued or registered in the IPO. There were no preferred shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010.

Issuance of capital stock

On the completion date of the Share Exchange, the Company issued 14,300,000 ordinary shares to the shareholders of the Honesty Group, of which 5,800,000 shares were placed in escrow subject to the Company’s future two years’ performance. The Company issued 1,794,756 ordinary shares to the Company’s shareholders before the completion of Share Exchange, of which 766,823 was placed in escrow. Refer to Note 3 for additional information on issuance of ordinary shares.

Warrants and put options

Refer to Notes 11 and 12 for information on warrants and put options.

Note 15 — Statutory reserves

Statutory reserves

The laws and regulations of the PRC require that before an enterprise distributes profits to its partners, it must first satisfy all tax liabilities, provide for losses in previous years, and make allocations in proportions determined at the discretion of the board of directors, after the statutory reserves.

Surplus reserve fund

As stipulated by the Company Law of the PRC as applicable to Chinese companies with foreign ownership, net income after taxation can only be distributed as dividends after appropriation has been made for the following:

i. Making up cumulative prior years’ losses, if any;
ii. Allocations to the “Statutory surplus reserve” of at least 10% of income after tax, as determined under PRC accounting rules and regulations, until the fund amounts to 50% of the Company’s registered capital;
iii. Allocations to the discretionary surplus reserve, if approved in the shareholders’ general meeting.

The Company is required to transfer 10% of its net income to the statutory surplus reserve fund until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the Company’s registered capital. The Company has total registered capital of $34,072,000.The surplus reserve fund is non-distributable other than during liquidation and can be used to fund previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into share

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 15 — Statutory reserves  – (continued)

capital by issuing new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholding or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

For the nine months September 30, 2010 and 2009, Guanke has appropriated $1,439,368 and $345,219, respectively, as allocations to the statutory surplus reserve. The other subsidiaries were still in the development stage or did not have any earnings; therefore, had not allocated any contribution. As of September 30, 2010, Guanke, Guanwei, Guancheng, and Jinjiang Guanke are required to contribute an additional $3,213,690, $5,940,000, $3,900,000 and $1,255,950 from future earnings to fulfill the 50% of registered capital requirement.

Note 16 — Earnings per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computation:

   
  Nine months ended September 30,
     2010   2009
     (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Net income for earnings per share   $ 11,915,337     $ 3,378,238  
Weighted average shares used in basic computation     9,260,594       8,500,000  
Diluted effect of warrants and put options     17,460        
Weighted average shares used in diluted computation     9,278,054       8,500,000  
Earnings per share – Basic   $ 1.29     $ 0.40  
Earnings per share – Diluted   $ 1.28     $ 0.40  

In accordance with the accounting standards, outstanding ordinary shares that are contingently returnable are treated in the same manner as contingently issuable. Basic and diluted earnings per share computation excludes the 5,800,000 shares in escrow on condition of certain performance target for 2010 and 2011 and 766,823 ordinary shares in escrow which will be released contingent on financial advisory and certain other services to be provided by the Sponsors.

As of September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding: (a) warrants to purchase 1,816,027 ordinary shares; (b) a purchase option to the underwriter in its IPO to purchase 280,000 ordinary shares and warrants to purchase an additional 280,000 ordinary shares; and (c) a put option for the repurchase of 250,000 ordinary shares. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, 250,000 Put Options were included in the diluted earnings per share calculation. The Company had no warrants and Unit Options outstanding at September 30, 2009, and therefore no diluted effect on the earnings per share calculation for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 17 — Enterprise-wide geographic reporting

The Company manufactures and sells LCD products. The production process, selling practice and distribution process are the same for all products. Based on qualitative and quantitative criteria established by the FASB accounting standard regarding disclosures about segments of an enterprise and related information, the Company considers itself to be operating within one reportable segment.

The Company does not have long-lived assets located in foreign countries other than PRC. Geographic area data is based on product shipment destination. In accordance with the enterprise-wide disclosure requirements of the accounting standard, the Company’s net revenue is as follows:

   
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
     (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
China   $ 104,675,749       31,549,757  
International     29,411,950       1,578,677  
Total   $ 134,087,699       33,128,434  

For nine months ended September 30, 2010, 40.8% and 25.9% of international sales were concentrated to Hong Kong and Korea, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, 86.4% and 12.4% of total international sales were to England and Hong Kong, respectively.

Note 18 — Related party transactions

The Company’s majority shareholder, Sun Zone Investments Limited (“Sun Zone”) also owned Mosview Technology Group Ltd. (“Mosview”) and BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd. (“BORO”). The Company has conducted business with the related parties, Mosview and BORO, in the ordinary course of business. Mosview is an electronics trading company. The Company sold products to Mosview and purchased panels from Mosview. BORO is a manufacturing enterprise and a wholesale trader. The Company sold products to BORO, but did not purchase materials from BORO. Sun Zone has since sold off its ownership of Mosview and BORO. They remain as related parties for the accounting purpose during the quarter ended September 30, 2010. The Company borrowed money from the Company’s CEO and those borrowings are short term in nature and non-interest bearing. All transactions with related parties are short term in nature. Settlements for the balances are usually in cash. The Company had the following significant related party transactions as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively:

Accounts receivables — related parties

   
Name of related parties   September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
BORO   $ 228,996     $ 224,407  
Mosview     22,303        
Total   $ 251,299     $ 224,407  

Advances to suppliers — related parties

   
Name of related parties   September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Mosview   $ 27,315     $ 8,954,051  
Total   $ 27,315     $ 8,954,051  

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO GROUP, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(UNAUDITED)

Note 18 — Related party transactions  – (continued)

Other receivables — related parties

   
Name of related parties   September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
BORO   $ 656,154     $  
Total   $ 656,154     $  

Other payables — related parties

   
Name of related parties   September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
BORO   $     $ 8,463  
Officer           190,412  
Total   $     $ 198,875  

Customer deposits — related parties

   
Name of related parties   September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     
Mosview   $     $ 335,056  
Total   $     $ 335,056  

Note 19 — Commitments and contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Management currently is not aware of any legal matters or pending litigation, which would have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Guanwei and Guancheng were formed on June 22, 2007, with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000. Under PRC law, the registered capital of a company is regarded as corporate property, and it is the shareholder’s obligation to fulfill its subscribed capital contribution according to the provisions of PRC law and the PRC company’s charter documents. As of September 30, 2010, $3,130,000 and $4,969,970 had been invested by Honesty Group in the above subsidiaries. According to an agreement reached with the local government agency, the Jinjiang Bureau of China’s State Administration of Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”), the remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $2,830,030 must be contributed by the end of 2010. The SAIC provided Honesty Group with additional time to make the registered capital payments because Honesty Group is in the process of investing in infrastructure in the region. If Honesty Group is unable to make the registered capital payments during 2010, it believes it will be able to reach agreement with the SAIC to further defer the obligation of the shareholders of the subsidiaries to pay the remaining registered capital, provided that the SAIC believes Honesty Group is progressing with the timetable for making its infrastructure investments.

As of September 30, 2010, the Company had contractual capital commitments of approximately $0.3 million for purchases of manufacturing facilities and construction project.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Condensed Balance Sheets (unaudited)

   
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
ASSETS
                 
Current assets
                 
Cash   $ 17,568     $ 30,271  
Other accounts receivable     1,983  
Prepaid expenses     58,326       95,686  
Total current assets     77,877       125,957  
Other asset
                 
Investments held in the trust account     33,848,881       33,838,155  
Total assets   $ 33,926,758     $ 33,964,112  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities
                 
Accrued expenses   $ 228,629     $ 76,275  
Total current liabilities     228,629       76,275  
Long-term liabilities
                 
Deferred underwriting fees, net of $356,101 subject to forfeiture in the event of possible redemption     830,903       830,903  
Total Long-term Liabilities     830,903       830,903  
Ordinary shares, subject to possible redemption, (1,271,788 shares at redemption value of $7.92 per share)     10,072,561       10,072,561  
Shareholders’ equity
                 
Ordinary shares, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,299,125 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, respectively (which includes 1,271,788 shares, respectively, subject to possible redemption)     5,299       5,299  
Additional paid-in capital     22,851,981       22,851,981  
Earnings (deficit) accumulated during the development stage     (62,615 )       127,093  
Total shareholders’ equity     22,794,665       22,984,373  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 33,926,758     $ 33,964,112  

 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed interim financial statements.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Condensed Statements of Operations (unaudited)

         
  For the
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2009
  For the
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  For the
Three Months
Ended
December 31,
2009
  For the
Three Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  For the
period From
July 18,
2007
(inception) to
December 31,
2009
Revenues   $     $     $     $     $  
Formation and administrative costs     220,620       110,704       116,802       19,351       694,612  
Loss from operations     (220,620 )       (110,704 )       (116,802 )       (19,351 )       (694,612 )  
Interest income, net     30,913       335,759       8,490       157,298       631,997  
Net income (loss)     (189,707 )       225,055       (108,312 )       137,947       (62,615 )  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, basic and diluted     1,271,788       1,271,788       1,271,788       1,271,788       939,884  
Income (loss) per ordinary share subject to possible redemption, basic and diluted   $ (0.15 )     $ 0.18     $ (0.08 )     $ 0.11     $ (0.07 )  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (not subject to possible redemption), basic     4,027,337       4,027,337       4,027,337       4,027,337       3,278,700  
Income (loss) per ordinary share not subject to possible redemption, basic   $ (0.05 )     $ 0.06     $ (0.02 )     $ 0.03     $ (0.02 )  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (not subject to possible redemption), diluted     4,027,337       5,791,382       4,027,337       5,678,369       3,278,700  
Income (loss) per ordinary share not subject to possible redemption, diluted   $ (0.05 )     $ 0.04     $ (0.02 )     $ 0.02     $ (0.02 )  

 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed interim financial statements.

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Condensed Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the Period July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2009

         
  Ordinary Shares   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Earnings
(Deficit)
Accumulated
During the
Development Stage
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
     Shares   Amount
Balances at July 18, 2007         $     $     $     $  
Sale of shares issued to founders on July 18, 2007 at approximately $0.02 per share     1,150,000       1,150       23,850                25,000  
Net loss                                (21,736 )       (21,736 )  
Balances at December 31, 2007   $ 1,150,000     $ 1,150     $ 23,850     $ (21,736 )     $ 3,264  
Proceeds from sale of warrants in a private placement to initial shareholders                       1,550,000                1,550,000  
Sale of 4,000,000 units at $8.00 per share in the public offering, net of underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (1,199,999 shares subject to possible redemption)     4,000,000       4,000       29,550,348                29,554,348  
Sale of 239,300 units at $8.00 per share in the public offering from partial exercise of underwriters’ overallotment option, net of underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (71,789 shares subject to possible redemption)     239,300       239       1,800,344                1,800,583  
Forfeiture of founders shares from partial exercise of underwriters’ overallotment option     (90,175 )       (90 )                         (90 )  
Proceeds subject to possible redemption of 1,271,788 shares at a redemption value of $7.92 per share                       (10,072,561 )                (10,072,561 )  
Net income                                236,505       236,505  
Balances at December 31, 2008   $ 5,299,125     $ 5,299     $ 22,851,981     $ 214,769     $ 23,072,049  
Net loss                              $ (87,677 )     $ (87,677 )  
Balances at June 30, 2009     5,299,125     $ 5,299     $ 22,851,981       127,092       22,984,372  
Net loss (unaudited)                                (189,707 )       (189,707 )  
Balances at December 31, 2009 (unaudited)   $ 5,299,125     $ 5,299     $ 22,851,981     $ (62,615 )     $ 22,794,665  

 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed interim financial statements.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

     
  For the
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2009
  For the
Six Months

Ended
December 31,
2008
  For the
period From
July 18,
2007
(inception) to
December 31,
2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Net income (loss)   $ (189,707 )     $ 225,055     $ (62,615 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                          
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
                          
Accrued expenses     152,355       (62,282 )       228,630  
Prepaid expenses and other current asset     35,376       25,002       (60,309 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (1,976 )       187,775       105,706  
Cash used in investing activities:
                          
Changes in cash equivalents held in Trust Account     (10,727 )       (163,858 )       (33,848,882 )  
Cash flows from financing activities:
                          
Proceeds from sale of ordinary shares to founders                 25,000  
Proceeds from shareholder’s note payable                 281,661  
Proceeds from warrants purchased in private placement                 1,550,000  
Proceeds from initial public offering                 32,000,000  
Proceeds from exercise of underwriters overallotment option                 1,914,400  
Repayment of shareholder’s note payable                 (281,661 )  
Payment of offering costs of initial public offering                 (1,728,656 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities                 33,760,744  
Net increase (decrease) in cash     (12,703 )       23,917       17,568  
Cash at beginning of the period     30,271       76,395        
Cash at end of the period   $ 17,568     $ 100,312     $ 17,568  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
                          
Deferred underwriting fees, net   $     $     $ 830,903  
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption   $     $     $ 10,072,561  

 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed interim financial statements.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial statements and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain financial information and footnote disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) have been made that are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company for all periods presented.

The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for a full fiscal year. These condensed interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009 as reported on the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. The accompanying condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2009 was derived from the Company’s audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (a corporation in the development stage) (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007 with an authorized share capital of 50,000,000 ordinary shares (par value $0.001 per share). The Company’s founders contributed $25,000 to the formation of the Company and were issued 1,150,000 ordinary shares. The Company was formed to acquire, through a stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination, one or more operating businesses having its primary operations located in the People’s Republic of China (“Business Combination”). The Company is considered to be in the development stage as defined in “Accounting and Reporting By Development Stage Enterprises”, and is subject to the risks associated with activities of development stage companies. The Company’s operations, if a Business Combination is consummated outside the United States, will be subject to local government regulations and to the uncertainties of the economic and political conditions of those areas. The Company selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

On December 9, 2009 the Board of Directors of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) authorized a change in the Company’s fiscal year end to June 30 from December 31. The Company reports its financial results for the six month transition period of December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2009 on a Transition Report on Form 10-K. After filing the Transition Report, the Company’s next fiscal year end will be June 30, 2010.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had not commenced any operations or generated any revenues. All activity from the period July 18, 2007 (date of inception) through December 31, 2009 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (as described below) and search for a target business to acquire. The Company will not generate any operating revenue until after the completion of the Business combination, at the earliest. The Company currently generates non-operating income from interest income earned on the investments held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), from the proceeds derived from the public offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Offering”) described in Note 3 was declared effective on March 7, 2008. The Company consummated the Offering on March 12, 2008 and immediately prior to such Offering, sold an aggregate of 1,550,000 warrants at $1.00 per warrant to certain officers and affiliates of the Company in a private placement (the “Private Placement”) described in Note 4. On March 31, 2008, the underwriters of the Offering exercised their over-allotment option for a total of an additional 239,300 units. The net proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a business combination with one or more operating businesses having their primary operations in the People’s Republic of China (“Business Combination”). Net proceeds of $33,527,396 from the Offering, including the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and the

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS  – (continued)

Private Placement were placed in a Trust Account and will only be released to the Company upon the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a business combination; or (ii) the Company’s liquidation, except to satisfy stockholder conversion rights. The Trust Account includes the deferred underwriting discount from the Offering of up to $1,187,004 which will be paid to the underwriters upon consummation of a business combination, as described in Note 6. Additionally, up to an aggregate of $700,000, plus up to an additional $350,000 during the Extended Period (as described below) if approved by shareholders, of interest earned on the Trust Account balance (net of any taxes paid or payable) may be released to the Company to fund operating activities. Through December 31, 2009, approximately $317,000 of interest earned on the trust account balance has been released to the Company.

On September 4, 2009, the Company issued a press release announcing that it has entered into a letter of intent with a company for a business combination. The target is a company with its principal business operations in the People’s Republic of China. The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for the acquisition of a target business, is required to submit such transaction for shareholder approval. In the event that shareholders owning 30% or more of the shares sold in the Offering vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights described below, the business combination will not be consummated. All of the Company’s shareholders prior to the Offering, have agreed to vote their pre-initial public offering ordinary shares in accordance with the vote of the majority of the shares voted by all shareholders of the Company who purchased their shares in the Offering or the aftermarket (“Public Shareholders”) with respect to any business combination. After consummation of a business combination, these voting safeguards will no longer be applicable.

In the event that the Company does not complete a business combination by March 12, 2010, or March 12, 2011 if an extension is approved by the shareholders, the Company will be dissolved and the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus certain interest, less certain costs, will be distributed to the Company’s public shareholders. If the Company receives Public Shareholder approval for the Extended Period and holders of 30% or more of the shares held by Public Shareholders do not vote against the Extended Period and elect to convert their ordinary shares in connection with the vote for the Extended Period, the Company will then have an additional 12 months in which to complete the initial business combination. If the Extended Period is approved, the Company will still be required to seek Public Shareholder approval before completing a business combination. In the event there is no business combination within the 24-month deadline (assuming the Extended Period is not approved) described above, the Company will dissolve and distribute to its Public Shareholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, the amount held in the Trust Account, and any remaining net assets, after the distribution of the Trust Account. The Company’s corporate existence will automatically cease at the end of the 36-month period if the Company has not received shareholder approval for an initial business combination. In the event of liquidation, the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) may be less than the initial public offering price per share in the Offering.

With respect to a business combination which is approved and consummated or a vote on the Extended Period which is approved, any Public Shareholders who voted against the business combination or Extended Period may contemporaneously with or prior to such vote exercise their conversion right and their ordinary shares would be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares. The per share conversion price will equal the amount in the Trust Account (including interest therein), calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination or vote on Extended Period, divided by the number of common shares sold in the Offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment option.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS  – (continued)

A Public Shareholder’s election to convert ordinary shares in connection with the vote on the Extended Period will only be honored if the Extended Period is approved. Public Shareholders who vote their shares against the Extended Period and exercise their conversion rights, will not be able to vote these shares with respect to the initial business combination. All other Public Shareholders will be able to vote on the initial business combination.

These condensed interim financial statements were approved by management and were issued on February 11, 2010. Subsequent events have been evaluated through this date.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash equivalents held in the Trust Account:

The amounts held in the Trust Account as of December 31, 2009, represent substantially all of the proceeds of the private placement, the Offering and exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and are classified as restricted assets since such amounts can only be used by the Company in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination. The funds held in the Trust Account are invested in a money market fund that invests in U.S. government debt securities.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The carrying amounts of financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities as disclosed in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income taxes:

Under current Cayman Islands laws, the Company is not subject to income taxes or capital gains, and there is no Cayman Islands withholding tax imposed upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. In the future, the Company’s tax rate will be impacted by acquisitions of non-Cayman subsidiaries governed by the respective local income tax laws. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made in the accompanying condensed statement of operations.

The Company complies with the provisions of “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009. The Provision prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2009. Management is currently unaware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption:

As discussed in Note 1, the Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if: (1) it is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the Company’s public shareholders; and (2) public shareholders holding less than 30% (1,271,788) of the ordinary shares sold in the Offering and exercise of the over-allotment option choose to exercise their redemption rights thereby receiving a pro rata portion of the

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

amount held in the Trust Account. In accordance with “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities”, the Company has classified 1,271,788 shares of its ordinary shares outside of permanent equity as “Ordinary shares subject to redemption,” at an initial redemption price of $7.92. The Company will recognize changes in the conversion value as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the ordinary shares subject to conversion to be equal to its conversion value at the end of each reporting period.

Income (loss) per ordinary share:

Basic income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted income per ordinary share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if warrants were to be exercised or converted or otherwise resulted in the issuance of ordinary shares that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2009, and for the period from July 18, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2009, the Company had potentially dilutive securities in the form of 6,069,300 warrants, including 4,239,300 warrants issued as part of the Units (as defined below) in the Offering. Due to 2009 net losses, these potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the calculation of loss per ordinary share for the foregoing periods since their exercises would be anti-dilutive for such periods. Hence, diluted loss per ordinary share does not differ from basic loss per ordinary share for these periods.

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2008, the Company had potentially dilutive securities in the form of 6,069,300 warrants, including 4,239,300 warrants issued as part of the Units (as defined below) in the Offering. Of the total warrants outstanding for the periods then ended, 1,764,045 and 1,651,032, respectively, represent incremental shares of ordinary share, based on their assumed redemption, to be included in the weighted average number of shares of ordinary share outstanding (not subject to possible redemption) for the calculation of diluted income per ordinary share.

The Company’s condensed statements of operations include a presentation of income per ordinary share subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Basic and diluted income amount for the maximum number of shares subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividing the net interest attributable to common shares subject to redemption by the weighted average number of shares subject to possible redemption. Basic and diluted net income per share amount for the shares outstanding not subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividing the net income exclusive of the net interest income attributable to ordinary share subject to redemption by the weighted average number of shares not subject to possible redemption.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:

In December 2007, the FASB issued “Business Combinations”, which requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors, and other users, all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. “Business Combinations” will be effective for acquisitions with a date on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s interim financial statements and related footnotes

In December 2007, the FASB issued “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”, which requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity; the inclusion of the amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in consolidated income on the face of the income statement; and a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. This guidance will be

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

effective for the fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s interim financial statements and related footnotes.

In March 2008, the FASB issued “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, which is intended to improve financial standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption encouraged. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position; however, it could impact future transactions entered into by the Company.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance of “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The guidance also amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion-Interim Financial Reporting, to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. The guidance shall be effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may early adopt this if certain requirements are met. This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, this guidance requires comparative disclosures only for periods ending after initial adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements or related footnotes.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance of “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”, to affirms that the objective of fair value when the market for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction; clarifies and includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for that asset is not active; eliminates the proposed presumption that all transactions are distressed (not orderly) unless proven otherwise. The guidance instead requires an entity to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the weight of the evidence. In addition, this guidance requires an entity to disclose a change in valuation technique (and the related inputs) resulting from the application of it and to quantify its effects, if practicable. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009 if certain requirements are met. It must be applied prospectively and retrospective application is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements or related footnotes.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments”, which is intended to bring consistency to the timing of impairment recognition, and provide improved disclosures about the credit and noncredit components of impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold. The measure of impairment in comprehensive income remains fair value. The guidance also requires increased and more timely disclosures regarding expected cash flows, credit losses, and an aging of securities with unrealized losses. This guidance shall be effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009, is not permitted. If an entity elects to adopt early either “ Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” , or “ Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” , the entity also is required to adopt early this guidance. Additionally, if an entity elects to adopt early, it is required to adopt “ Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”. This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, this guidance requires comparative disclosures only for periods ending after initial adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statement or footnotes.

On May 28, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance regarding subsequent events, which we adopted on a prospective basis beginning April 1, 2009. The guidance is intended to establish general standards of accounting and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for selecting that date. The application of the pronouncement did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued the statement of “Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles This statement confirmed that the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) will become the single official source of authoritative U.S. GAAP (other than guidance issued by the SEC), superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related literature. After that date, only one level of authoritative U.S. GAAP will exist. All other literature will be considered non-authoritative. The Codification does not change U.S. GAAP; instead, it introduces a new structure that is organized in an easily accessible, user-friendly online research system. The Codification, which changes the referencing of financial standards, becomes effective for interim and annual periods ending on or after September 15, 2009. The Company has adopted this standard and did not have any substantive impact on our financial statements or related footnotes.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but no yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3 — PUBLIC OFFERING

On March 7, 2008, the Company sold 4,000,000 units, in the Offering at a price of $8.00 per unit. On March 31, 2008, the Company consummated the closing of an additional 239,300 units which were subject to the over-allotment option. Each unit consists of one of the Company’s ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, and one warrant. Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase from the Company one of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $5.00 per share commencing on the later of: (i) The consummation of the business combination, or (ii) March 7, 2009. The warrants will be exercisable only if the Company continues to provide for an effective registration statement covering the ordinary shares issueable upon exercise of the warrants. In no event will the holder of a warrant be entitled to receive a net cash settlement or other consideration in lieu of physical settlement in shares of the Company’s ordinary shares.

The warrants expire on March 7, 2013, unless earlier redeemed. The warrants included in the units sold in the Offering are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ notice after the warrants become exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the ordinary shares exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

The purchased warrants are recognized in additional paid-in-capital within shareholders’ equity since, under the terms of the warrants, the Company cannot be required to settle or redeem them for cash.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has agreed to pay Hambrecht-Eu Capital, a company owned and managed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, $7,500 per month for office space and general and administrative services including secretarial support commencing on November 15, 2007 and continuing (i) until the consummation by the Company of a business combination (as described in Note 1), (ii) 18 months from commencement of the Offering if the Company does not effect a Business Combination, (iii) 24 months from the consummation of the Offering if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement, has been executed within 18 months of commencement of the Offering and the Company has not effected a business combination, or (iv) 36 months from the consummation of the Offering if an extension has been approved by the Company’s shareholders under certain circumstances.

AEX Enterprises Limited, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC and the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, companies controlled by Elizabeth R. Hambrecht, wife of Robert Eu, one of the Company’s founders and the Company’s Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary and William R. Hambrecht, Robert Eu’s father-in-law, Shea Ventures LLC, a company controlled by Edmund H. Shea Jr. and Marbella Capital Partners Ltd., a company controlled by John Wang, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased an aggregate of 1,550,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($1,550,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement immediately prior to the initial public offering (“private placement warrants”). Elizabeth R. Hambrecht owns approximately 25% and William R. Hambrecht controls (through a trust of which he is trustee) approximately 38% of the voting shares of AEX Enterprises Limited. William Hambrecht is a controlling person of W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC and is the trustee of the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust. The proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the proceeds from this Offering to be held in the Trust Account pending the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination that meets the criteria described in the Offering, then the $1,550,000 purchase price of the private placement warrants will become part of any liquidating distribution to the Company’s public shareholders following the Company’s liquidation and dissolution and the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the original holders of the warrants, the pre-initial public offering shareholder and director or their permitted transferees. In addition, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the holders of the private placement warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be entitled to certain registration rights immediately after the consummation of the initial business combination and the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis if held by the original holder, the pre-initial public offering shareholder and director or their permitted transferees. With those exceptions, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are otherwise identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this Offering.

The sale of private placement warrants did not result in the recognition of stock-based compensation expense because the private placement warrants were sold at or above fair market value.

AEX Enterprises Limited, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, Shea Ventures LLC and Marbella Capital Partners Ltd. have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its private placement warrants until after the Company consummates a Business Combination. However, prior to the consummation of a business combination, the original holders of the warrants will be permitted to transfer their private placement warrants in certain limited circumstances, such as to the Company’s officers and directors, and other persons or entities associated with such persons, but the transferees receiving such private placement warrants will be subject to the same sale restrictions imposed on such entity.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

Robert Eu, one of the Company’s founders, had provided to the Company advances totaling approximately $282,000 to pay a portion of the expenses of the Offering for the SEC registration fee, FINRA registration fee, and accounting and legal fees and expenses. The note was payable on demand with interest at 4% per annum. The note, plus interest of approximately $5,000, was repaid out of the proceeds of the Offering on March 12, 2008.

NOTE 5 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company complies with the guidance of fair value measurements, for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability:

Fair Value of Financial Assets as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

       
Description   December 31,
2009
  Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
                                   
Cash equivalents   $ 17,568     $ 17,568     $     —     $     —  
Cash equivalents held in Trust Account     33,848,881       33,848,881           —           —  
Total   $ 33,866,449     $ 33,866,449     $     —     $     —  

Fair Value of Financial Assets as of June 30, 2009

       
Description   June 30,
2009
  Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
                                   
Cash equivalents   $ 30,271     $ 30,271     $     —     $     —  
Cash equivalents held in Trust Account     33,838,155       33,838,155           —           —  
Total   $ 33,868,426     $ 33,868,426     $     —     $     —  

The fair values of the Company’s cash equivalents and cash and cash equivalents held in the Trust Account are determined through market, observable and corroborated sources.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND UNDERWRITERS’ COMPENSATION

The Company consummated its Offering on March 12, 2008 and paid to the underwriters a $1,120,000 underwriting fee, representing 3.5% of the gross proceeds, and is committed to pay up to an additional $1,120,000, currently held in the Trust Account, representing an additional deferred underwriting fee of 3.5%, payable upon the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

On March 31, 2008, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option and purchased from the Company an additional 239,300 units. The Company paid to the underwriters a $67,004 underwriting discount, representing 3.5% of the over-allotment gross proceeds, and is committed to pay up to an additional $67,004, currently held in the Trust Account, representing an additional deferred underwriting discount of 3.5%, payable upon the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

The Company also issued and sold to the underwriters, as additional compensation, on the closing date an option, to purchase up to an aggregate of 280,000 units for an aggregate purchase price of $100. The Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or six months from March 7, 2008 and expiring on March 7, 2013 at an initial exercise price of $10.00 per Unit.

The Company has determined based upon a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, that the estimated fair value of the option on the date of sale would be approximately $3.36 per unit or an aggregate of approximately $941,000, assuming an expected term of five years, volatility of 51.51% and a risk-free interest rate of 3.38%. Given the parameters used in the computation of the value of the option change over time, the actual fair value of the option on the date of sale is expected to be different from the estimated fair value computed above.

The volatility calculation of 51.51% is based on the five year average (prior to the Offering), volatility of 62 companies drawn from the Shanghai Stock Exchange Composite Index that had market capitalizations between $70 million and $150 million. Because the Company did not have a trading history, the Company estimated the potential volatility of its ordinary share price, which will depend on a number of factors which could not be ascertained at the time. The Company used the annualized volatility of the historical volatilities for a period of time equal in length to the term of the option because the Company believes that the volatility of these companies is a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility for the Company’s ordinary share post-Business Combination. Although an expected life of five years was taken into account for purposes of assigning value to this option, if the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within the prescribed time period and liquidates, this option would become worthless.

Pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of FINRA Conduct Rule, the option to purchase 280,000 units is deemed to be underwriting compensation and therefore upon exercise, the underlying shares and warrants are subject to a 180-day lock-up. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of the Proposed Offering.

NOTE 7 — GOING CONCERN

On September 4, 2009, the Company issued a press release announcing that it entered into a letter of intent with a company for a business combination. The target is a company with its principal business operations in the People’s Republic of China. Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the execution of the letter of intent affords the Company a six-month extension for completion of a business combination, until March 12, 2010.

The consummation of the business combination is subject to, among other things, execution of a definitive agreement and required stockholder approval. There can be no assurance that a business combination will be consummated. However, if we anticipate that we will not be able to consummate a business combination by March 12, 2010, we may seek shareholder approval to extend the period of time to

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Condensed Interim Financial Statements

NOTE 7 — GOING CONCERN  – (continued)

consummate a business combination until March 12, 2011. If we are unable to complete the business combination by March 12, 2010, or March 12, 2011 if the extension period is approved, our purposes and powers will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up. Also contained in our articles of association is the requirement that our board of directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law, consider a resolution to dissolve our company at that time. Consistent with such obligations, our board of directors will seek shareholder approval for any such plan of distribution, and our pre-initial public offering shareholders and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such dissolution and liquidation. This provision will be amended only in connection with, and upon consummation of, its initial business combination by such date. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company it unable to continue as a going concern

NOTE 8 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 2010 the Company entered into promissory note agreements with two of its shareholders. Each loan was for a sum of $50,000, has a maturity date of July 1, 2010 and bears interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum.

Upon consummation of the acquisition of Honesty Group, the balance of approximately $5.4 million in the trust fund, after payment of various fees and expenses, the redemption prices of shares and warrants and the forward purchase contracts, was released to Honesty Group. Following the consummation of the acquisition, the amounts in the trust fund were distributed as follows:

 
Funds in trust account prior to the acquisition   $ 33,848,881  
Funds used to re-purchase 2,147,493 ordinary shares     17,285,811  
Funds used to redeem 1,232,139 ordinary shares     9,838,351  
Funds used to redeem 2,673,273 shares of warrants     1,336,637  
Funds released to Honesty Group   $ 5,388,082  

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation (a corporation in the development stage) (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2008, the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2007 and the periods from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009, and shareholders’ equity for the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2008, the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2007 and the periods from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009, and shareholders’ equity for the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 7 to the financial statements, Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation will face a mandatory liquidation if a business combination is not consummated by March 12, 2010, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Roseland, New Jersey
January 22, 2010

/s/ Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Balance Sheets

     
  June 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
ASSETS
                          
Current assets
                          
Cash   $ 30,271     $ 100,312     $ 101,671  
Prepaid expenses     95,686       108,330       183,254  
Total current assets     125,957       208,642       284,925  
Other asset                        
Investments held in the trust account     33,838,155       33,798,651           
Total assets   $ 33,964,112     $ 34,007,293     $ 284,925  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                          
Current liabilities
                          
Accrued expenses   $ 76,275     $ 31,780     $  
Note payable, shareholder                       281,661  
                          
Total current liabilities     76,275       31,780       281,661  
Long-term liabilities
                          
Deferred underwriting fees, net of $356,101 subject to forfeiture in the event of possible redemption     830,903       830,903        
Ordinary shares, subject to possible redemption, (1,271,788 shares at redemption value of $7.92 per share)     10,072,561       10,072,561        
Shareholders’ equity
                          
Ordinary shares, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,299,125, 5,299,125 and 1,150,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (which includes 1,271,788, 1,271,788 shares and 0 shares respectively subject to possible redemption)     5,299       5,299       1,150  
Additional paid-in capital     22,851,981       22,851,981       23,850  
Earnings (deficit) accumulated during the development stage     127,093       214,769       (21,736 )  
Total shareholders’ equity     22,984,373       23,072,049       3,264  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 33,964,112     $ 34,007,293     $ 284,925  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Statements of Operations

         
  For the
Period Ended
June 30,
2009
(six months)
  For the
Period Ended
June 30,
2008
(six months)
  Period from
July 18,
2007
(inception) to
June 30,
2009
  For the
Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Period from
July 18,
2007 to
December 31,
2007
          (unaudited)               
Revenues   $     $     $     $     $  
Formation and administrative costs     184,870       156,683       473,993       267,387       21,736  
Loss from operations     (184,870 )       (156,683 )       (473,993 )       (267,387 )       (21,736 )  
Interest income, net     97,193       168,133       601,085       503,892        
Net income (loss)     (87,677 )       11,449       127,093       236,505       (21,736 )  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, basic and diluted     1,271,788       808,223       793,378       1,037,742        
Income (loss) per ordinary share subject to possible redemption, basic and diluted   $ (0.07 )     $ 0.01     $ 0.16     $     $  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (not subject to possible redemption), basic     4,027,337       3,789,581       3,085,775       3,503,402       1,150,000  
Income (loss) per ordinary share not subject to possible redemption, basic   $ (0.02 )     $ 0.00     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ (0.02 )  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (not subject to possible redemption), diluted     4,027,337       5,164,193       4,267,656       5,213,337       1,150,000  
Income (loss) per ordinary share not subject to possible redemption, diluted   $ (0.02 )     $ 0.00     $ 0.03     $ 0.05     $ (0.02 )  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the Period July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009

         
 
  
  
Ordinary Shares
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Earnings
(Deficit)
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
     Shares   Amount
Balances at July 18, 2007         $     $     $     $  
Sale of units issued to founders on July 18, 2007 at approximately $0.02 per share     1,150,000       1,150       23,850                25,000  
Net loss                                (21,736 )       (21,736 )  
Balances at December 31, 2007     1,150,000     $ 1,150     $ 23,850     $ (21,736 )     $ 3,264  
Proceeds from sale of warrants in a private placement to initial shareholders                       1,550,000                1,550,000  
Sale of 4,000,000 units at $8.00 per unit in the public offering, net of underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (1,199,999 shares subject to possible redemption)     4,000,000       4,000       29,550,348                29,554,348  
Sale of 239,300 units at $8.00 per unit in the public offering from partial exercise of underwriters’ overallotment option, net of underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (71,789 shares subject to possible redemption)     239,300       239       1,800,344                1,800,583  
Forfeiture of founders shares from partial exercise of underwriters’ overallotment option     (90,175 )       (90 )                         (90 )  
Proceeds subject to possible redemption of 1,271,788 shares at a redemption value of $7.92 per share                       (10,072,561 )                (10,072,561 )  
Net income                                236,505       236,505  
Balances at December 31, 2008     5,299,125     $ 5,299     $ 22,851,981     $ 214,769     $ 23,072,049  
Net loss                                (87,677 )       (87,677 )  
Balances at June 30, 2009     5,299,125     $ 5,299     $ 22,851,981     $ 127,093     $ 22,984,373  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)

Statements of Cash Flows

         
  For the
Period Ended
June 30,
2009
(six months)
  For the
Period Ended
June 30,
2008
(six months)
  Period from
July 18,
2007
(inception) to
June 30,
2009
  For the
Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Period from
July 18,
2007 to
December 31,
2007
          (unaudited)               
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income (loss)   $ (87,677 )     $ 11,449     $ 127,093     $ 236,505     $ (21,736 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                            
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
                                            
Accrued expenses     44,494       94,063       76,275       31,780           
Prepaid expenses and other current asset     12,644       49,922       (95,686 )       (108,330 )           
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (30,538 )       155,434       107,682       159,955       (21,736 )  
Cash used in investing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from the public offering deposited in trust account           (33,527,400 )       (33,527,400 )       (33,527,400 )        
Interest income re-invested in trust account     (85,836 )       (173,102 )       (510,361 )       (510,361 )        
Redemption from the trust account     46,332       65,709       285,442       239,110        
Net cash used in investing activities     (39,504 )       (33,634,793 )       (33,838,155 )       (33,798,651 )        
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from sale of ordinary shares to founders                 25,000             25,000  
Proceeds from shareholder’s note payable   $     $     $ 281,661     $     $ 281,661  
Proceeds from warrants purchased in private placement           1,550,000       1,550,000       1,550,000        
Proceeds from initial public offering   $     $ 32,000,000     $ 32,000,000     $ 32,000,000     $  
Proceeds from exercise of underwriters overallotment option           1,914,400       1,914,400       1,914,400        
Repayment of shareholder’s note payable                 (281,661 )       (281,661 )        
Payment of underwriters’ fee and offering cost of initial public offering           (1,728,656 )       (1,728,656 )       (1,545,402 )       (183,254 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities           33,454,083       33,760,744       33,637,337       123,407  
Net increase (decrease) in cash     (70,042 )       (25,276 )       30,271       (1,359 )       101,671  
Cash at beginning of the period     100,312       101,671             101,671        
Cash at end of the period   $ 30,271     $ 76,395     $ 30,271     $ 100,312     $ 101,671  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
                                            
Deferred underwriting fees, net   $     $ 830,903     $ 830,903     $ 830,903     $  
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption   $     $ 10,072,561     $ 10,072,561     $ 10,072,561     $  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (a corporation in the development stage) (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007 with an authorized share capital of 50,000,000 ordinary shares (par value $0.001 per share). The Company’s founders contributed $25,000 to the formation of the Company and were issued 1,150,000 ordinary shares. The Company was formed to acquire, through a stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination, one or more operating businesses having its primary operations located in the People’s Republic of China (“Business Combination”). The Company is considered to be in the development stage as defined in “Accounting and Reporting By Development Stage Enterprises”, and is subject to the risks associated with activities of development stage companies. The Company’s operations, if a Business Combination is consummated outside the United States, will be subject to local government regulations and to the uncertainties of the economic and political conditions of those areas.

On December 9, 2009 the Board of Directors of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) authorized a change in the Company’s fiscal year end to June 30 from December 31. The Company reports its financial results for the six month transition period of December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2009 on a Transition Report on Form 10-K. After filing the Transition Report, the Company’s next fiscal year end will be June 30, 2010.

As of June 30, 2009, the Company had not commenced any operations or generated any revenues. All activity from the period July 18, 2007 (date of inception) through March 31, 2008 relates to the Company’s formation and its initial public offering as described below. Subsequent to that date to the present the Company has sought a target business to acquire. The Company will not generate any operating revenue until after the completion of the Business combination, at the earliest. The Company currently generates non-operating income from interest income earned on the investments held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), from the proceeds derived from the public offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Offering”) described in Note 3 was declared effective on March 7, 2008. The Company consummated the Offering on March 12, 2008 and immediately prior to such Offering, sold an aggregate of 1,550,000 warrants at $1.00 per warrant to certain officers and affiliates of the Company in a private placement (the “Private Placement”) described in Note 4. On March 31 2008, the underwriters of the Offering exercised their over-allotment option for a total of an additional 239,300 units. The net proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a business combination with one or more operating businesses having their primary operations in the People’s Republic of China (“Business Combination”). Net proceeds of $33,537,396 from the Offering, including the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and the Private Placement are held in a Trust Account and will only be released to the Company upon the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a business combination; or (ii) the Company’s liquidation, except to satisfy shareholder conversion rights. The Trust Account includes the deferred underwriting discount from the Offering of up to $1,187,004 which will be paid to the underwriters upon consummation of a business combination, as described in Note 6. Additionally, up to an aggregate of $700,000, plus up to an additional $350,000 during the Extended Period (as described below) if approved by shareholders, of interest earned on the Trust Account balance (net of any taxes paid or payable) may be released to the Company to fund operating activities. Through June 30, 2009, approximately $286,000 of interest earned on the Trust Account balance has been released to the Company.

On September 4, 2009, the Company issued a press release announcing that it has entered into a letter of intent with a company for a business combination. The target is a company with its principal business operations in the People’s Republic of China. The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for the acquisition of a target business, is required to submit such transaction for shareholder approval. In the event that shareholders owning 30% or more of the shares sold in the Offering vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights described below, the business combination will not be consummated. All of the Company’s shareholders prior to the Offering, have agreed to vote their pre-initial

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS  – (continued)

public offering ordinary shares in accordance with the vote of the majority of the shares voted by all shareholders of the Company who purchased their shares in the Offering or the aftermarket (“Public Shareholders”) with respect to any business combination. After consummation of a business combination, these voting safeguards will no longer be applicable.

In the event that the Company does not complete a business combination by March 12, 2010, or March 12, 2011 if extension is approved by the shareholders, the Company will be dissolved and the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus certain interest, less certain costs, will be distributed to the Company’s public shareholders. If the Company receives Public Shareholder approval for the Extended Period and holders of 30% or more of the shares held by Public Shareholders do not vote against the Extended Period and elect to convert their ordinary shares in connection with the vote for the Extended Period, the Company will then have an additional 12 months in which to complete the initial business combination. If the Extended Period is approved, the Company will still be required to seek Public Shareholder approval before completing a business combination. In the event there is no business combination within the 24-month deadline (assuming the Extended Period is not approved) described above, the Company will dissolve and distribute to its Public Shareholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, the amount held in the Trust Account, and any remaining net assets, after the distribution of the Trust Account. The Company’s corporate existence will automatically cease at the end of the 36-month period if the Company has not received shareholder approval for an initial business combination. In the event of liquidation, the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) may be less than the initial public offering price per share in the Offering.

With respect to a business combination which is approved and consummated or a vote on the Extended Period which is approved, any Public Shareholders who voted against the business combination or Extended Period may contemporaneously with or prior to such vote exercise their conversion right and their ordinary shares would be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares. The per share conversion price will equal the amount in the Trust Account (including interest therein), calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination or vote on Extended Period, divided by the number of common shares sold in the Offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment option.

A Public Shareholder’s election to convert ordinary shares in connection with the vote on the Extended Period will only be honored if the Extended Period is approved. Public Shareholders who vote their shares against the Extended Period and exercise their conversion rights, will not be able to vote these shares with respect to the initial business combination. All other Public Shareholders will be able to vote on the initial business combination.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements.

Investments held in the Trust Account:

The amounts held in the Trust Account as of June 30, 2009 represent substantially all of the proceeds of the Offering plus partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the private placement and interest earned on the trust to date, and are classified as restricted assets since such amounts can only be used by the

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Company in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination. The funds held in the Trust Account are invested in a money market fund that invests in US and state government and government agency debt securities.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The carrying amounts of financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities as disclosed in the accompanying balance sheets, approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income taxes:

Under current Cayman Islands laws, the Company is not subject to income taxes or capital gains, and there is no Cayman Islands withholding tax imposed upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. In the future, the Company’s tax rate will be impacted by acquisitions of non-Cayman subsidiaries governed by the respective local income tax laws. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made in the accompanying statements of operations.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2009. The provision prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at June 30, 2009. Management is currently unaware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption:

As discussed in Note 1, the Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if: (1) it is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the Company’s public shareholders; and (2) public shareholders holding less than 30% (1,271,788) of the ordinary shares sold in the Offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment option, choose to exercise their redemption rights thereby receiving their per share interest in the Trust Account. In accordance with FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Topic No. D-98, “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities”, the Company has classified 1,271,788 shares of its ordinary shares outside of permanent equity as “Ordinary shares subject to redemption,” at a redemption price of $7.92 per share as of June 30, 2009. The Company will recognize changes in the conversion value as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the ordinary shares subject to conversion to be equal to its conversion value at the end of each reporting period.

Income (loss) per ordinary share:

Basic income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted income per common share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if warrants were to be exercised or converted or otherwise resulted in the issuance of ordinary shares that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

For the period ended (six months) June 30, 2009, and for the period from July 18, 2007 (inception) to June 30, 2009, the Company had potentially dilutive securities in the form of 7,129,125 warrants, and 5,299,125 warrants issued as part of the Units (as defined below) in the Offering. Of the total warrants outstanding for the periods then ended, approximately 2,328,422 and 1,181,881, respectively, represent incremental shares of ordinary share, based on their assumed redemption, to be included in the weighted average number of shares of ordinary share outstanding (not subject to possible redemption) for the calculation of diluted income per ordinary share. The Company uses the “treasury stock method” to calculate potential dilutive shares, as if they were redeemed for ordinary share at the beginning of the period.

The Company’s statements of operations includes a presentation of income per ordinary share subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Basic and diluted income amount for the maximum number of shares subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividing the net interest attributable to common shares subject to redemption by the weighted average number of shares subject to possible redemption. Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amount for the shares outstanding not subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) exclusive of the net interest income attributable to ordinary share subject to redemption by the weighted average number of shares not subject to possible redemption.

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:

In December 2007, the FASB issued “Business Combinations”, which requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors, and other users, all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. “Business Combinations” will be effective for acquisitions with a date on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We will apply “Business Combinations” for any of our applicable acquisitions beginning January 1, 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB issued “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”, which requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity; the inclusion of the amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in consolidated income on the face of the income statement; and a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. This guidance will be effective for the fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We will apply to any applicable transactions beginning January 1, 2009.

In March 2008, the FASB issued “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, which is intended to improve financial standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption encouraged. The adoption of this statement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position; however, it could impact future transactions entered into by the Company.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance of “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The guidance also amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion-Interim Financial Reporting, to require those disclosures in summarized financial

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

information at interim reporting periods. The guidance shall be effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may early adopt this if certain requirements are met. This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, this guidance requires comparative disclosures only for periods ending after initial adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements or related footnotes.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance of “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”, to affirms that the objective of fair value when the market for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction; clarifies and includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for that asset is not active; eliminates the proposed presumption that all transactions are distressed (not orderly) unless proven otherwise. The guidance instead requires an entity to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the weight of the evidence. In addition, this guidance requires an entity to disclose a change in valuation technique (and the related inputs) resulting from the application of it and to quantify its effects, if practicable. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009 if certain requirements are met. It must be applied prospectively and retrospective application is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements or related footnotes.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments”, to be intended to bring consistency to the timing of impairment recognition, and provide improved disclosures about the credit and noncredit components of impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold. The measure of impairment in comprehensive income remains fair value. The guidance also requires increased and more timely disclosures regarding expected cash flows, credit losses, and an aging of securities with unrealized losses. This guidance shall be effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009, is not permitted. If an entity elects to adopt early either “ Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” , or “ Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” , the entity also is required to adopt early this guidance. Additionally, if an entity elects to adopt early, it is required to adopt “ Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” . This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. In periods after initial adoption, this guidance requires comparative disclosures only for periods ending after initial adoption. The adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statement or footnotes.

On May 28, 2009, the FASB issued the guidance regarding subsequent events, which we adopted on a prospective basis beginning April 1, 2009. The guidance is intended to establish general standards of accounting and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for selecting that date. The application of the pronouncement did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. These financial statements were approved by management and were issued on January 22, 2010. Subsequent events have been evaluated through this date.

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued the statement of “Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles .” This statement confirmed that the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) will become the single official source of authoritative U.S. GAAP (other than guidance issued by the SEC), superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related literature. After that date, only one level of authoritative U.S. GAAP will exist. All other literature will be considered non-authoritative. The Codification does not change U.S. GAAP; instead, it introduces a new structure that is organized in an easily accessible, user-friendly online research system. The Codification, which changes the referencing of financial standards, becomes effective for interim and annual periods ending on or after September 15, 2009. The Company has adopted this standard and did not have any substantive impact on our financial statements or related footnotes.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but no yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

NOTE 3 — PUBLIC OFFERING

On March 7, 2008, the Company sold 4,000,000 units in the Offering at a price of $8.00 per unit. On March 31, 2008, the Company consummated the closing of an additional 239,300 units which were subject to the over-allotment option. Each unit consists of one share of the Company’s ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, and one warrant. Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase from the Company one of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $5.00 per share commencing on the later of: (i) The consummation of the Business Combination, or (ii) March 7, 2009. The warrants will be exercisable only if the Company continues to provide for an effective registration statement covering the ordinary shares issueable upon exercise of the warrants. In no event will the holder of a warrant be entitled to receive a net cash settlement or other consideration in lieu of physical settlement in shares of the Company’s ordinary shares.

The warrants expire on March 7, 2013, unless earlier redeemed. The warrants included in the units sold in the Offering are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ notice after the warrants become exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the ordinary shares exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period.

The purchased warrants are recognized in additional paid-in-capital within shareholders’ equity since, under the terms of the warrants, the Company cannot be required to settle or redeem them for cash.

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has agreed to pay Hambrecht-Eu Capital, a company owned and managed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, $7,500 per month for office space and general and administrative services including secretarial support commencing on November 15, 2007 and continuing (i) until the consummation by the Company of a business combination (as described in Note 1), (ii) 18 months from commencement of the Offering if the Company does not effect a Business Combination, (iii) 24 months from the consummation of the Offering if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement, has been executed within 18 months of commencement of the Offering and the Company has not effected a business combination, or (iv) 36 months from the consummation of the Offering if an extension has been approved by the Company’s shareholders under certain circumstances.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

AEX Enterprises Limited, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC and the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, companies controlled by Elizabeth B. Hambrecht, wife of Robert Eu, one of the Company’s founders and the Company’s Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary and William R. Hambrecht, Robert Eu’s father-in-law, Shea Ventures LLC, a company controlled by Edmund H. Shea Jr. and Marbella Capital Partners Ltd., a company controlled by John Wang, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased an aggregate of 1,550,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($1,550,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement immediately prior to the initial public offering (“private placement warrants”). Elizabeth B. Hambrecht owns approximately 25% and William R. Hambrecht controls (through a trust of which he is trustee) approximately 38% of the voting shares of AEX Enterprises Limited. William Hambrecht is a controlling person of W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC and is the trustee of the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust. The proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the proceeds from the Offering and are held in the Trust Account pending the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination that meets the criteria described in the Offering, then the $1,550,000 purchase price of the private placement warrants will become part of any liquidating distribution to the Company’s public shareholders following the Company’s liquidation and dissolution and the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the original holders of the warrants, the pre-initial public offering shareholders and directors or their permitted transferees. In addition, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the holders of the private placement warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be entitled to certain registration rights immediately after the consummation of the initial business combination and the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis if held by the original holder, the pre-initial public offering shareholder and director or their permitted transferees. With those exceptions, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are otherwise identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the units in the Offering.

The sale of private placement warrants did not result in the recognition of stock-based compensation expense because the private placement warrants were sold at or above fair market value.

AEX Enterprises Limited, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, Shea Ventures LLC and Marbella Capital Partners Ltd. have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its private placement warrants until after the Company consummates a Business Combination. However, prior to the consummation of a business combination, the original holders of the warrants will be permitted to transfer their private placement warrants in certain limited circumstances, such as to the Company’s officers and directors, and other persons or entities associated with such persons, but the transferees receiving such private placement warrants will be subject to the same sale restrictions imposed on such entity.

Robert Eu, one of the Company’s founders, had provided to the Company advances totaling approximately $282,000 to pay a portion of the expenses of the Offering for the SEC registration fee, FINRA registration fee, and accounting and legal fees and expenses. The note was payable on demand with interest at 4% per annum. The note, plus interest of approximately $5,000, was repaid out of the proceeds of the Offering on March 12, 2008.

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 5 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company complies with Fair Value Measurements , for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability:

Fair Value of Financial Assets as of June 30, 2009

       
Description   June 30,
2009
  Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
                                   
Cash equivalents   $ 30,271     $ 30,271     $     —     $     —  
Cash equivalents held in Trust Account     33,838,155       33,838,155           —           —  
Total   $ 33,868,426     $ 33,868,426     $     —     $     —  

Fair Value of Financial Assets as of December 31, 2008

       
Description   December 31,
2008
  Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
                                   
Cash equivalents   $ 100,312     $ 100,312     $     —     $     —  
Cash equivalents held in Trust Account     33,798,651       33,798,651           —           —  
Total   $ 33,898,963     $ 33,898,963     $     —     $     —  

The fair values of the Company’s cash equivalents and cash and cash equivalents held on the Trust Account are determined through market, observable and corroborated sources.

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND UNDERWRITERS’ COMPENSATION

The Company consummated the Offering on March 12, 2008 and paid to the underwriters a $1,120,000 underwriting fee, representing 3.5% of the gross proceeds, and is committed to pay up to an additional $1,120,000, currently held in the Trust Account, representing an additional deferred underwriting fee of 3.5%, payable upon the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

On March 31, 2008, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option and purchased from the Company an additional 239,300 units. The Company paid to the underwriters a $67,004 underwriting discount, representing 3.5% of the over-allotment gross proceeds, and is committed to pay up to an additional $67,004, currently held in the Trust Account, representing an additional deferred underwriting discount of 3.5%, payable upon the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
(a corporation in the development stage)
  
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND UNDERWRITERS’ COMPENSATION  – (continued)

The Company also issued and sold to the underwriters on the closing date an option, as an additional compensation to purchase up to an aggregate of 280,000 units for an aggregate purchase price of $100. The Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or six months from March 7, 2008 and expiring on March 7, 2013 at an initial exercise price of $10.00 per Unit.

The Company has determined based upon a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, that the estimated fair value of the option on the date of sale would be approximately $3.36 per unit or an aggregate of approximately $941,000, assuming an expected term of five years, estimated volatility of 51.51% and a risk-free interest rate of 3.38%. Given the parameters used in the computation of the value of the option change over time, the actual fair value of the option on the date of sale is expected to be different from the estimated fair value computed above.

The volatility calculation of 51.51% is based on the latest five year average prior to the Offering, volatility of 62 companies drawn from the Shanghai Stock Exchange Composite Index that had market capitalizations between $70 million and $150 million. Because the Company does not have a trading history, the Company estimated the potential volatility of its ordinary share price, which will depend on a number of factors which cannot be ascertained at this time. The Company used the annualized volatility of the historical volatilities for a period of time equal in length to the term of the option because the Company believes that the volatility of these companies is a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility for the Company’s ordinary share post-Business Combination. Although an expected life of five years was taken into account for purposes of assigning value to this option, if the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within the prescribed time period and liquidates, this option would become worthless.

Pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of FINRA Conduct Rule, the option to purchase 280,000 units is deemed to be underwriting compensation and therefore upon exercise, the underlying ordinary shares and warrants are subject to a 180-day lock-up. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of the Offering.

NOTE 7 — GOING CONCERN

On September 4, 2009, the Company has issued a press release announcing that it has entered into a letter of intent with a company for a business combination. The target is a company with its principal business operations in the People’s Republic of China. Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the execution of the letter of intent affords the Company a six-month extension for completion of a business combination, until March 12, 2010.

The consummation of the business combination is subject to, among other things, execution of a definitive agreement and required stockholder approval. There can be no assurance that a business combination will be consummated. However, if we anticipate that we will not be able to consummate a business combination by March 12, 2010, we may seek shareholder approval to extend the period of time to consummate a business combination until March 12, 2011. If we are unable to complete the business combination by March 12, 2010, or March 12, 2011 if extension period approved, our purposes and powers will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up. Also contained in our articles of association is the requirement that our board of directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law, consider a resolution to dissolve our company at that time. Consistent with such obligations, our board of directors will seek shareholder approval for any such plan of distribution, and our pre-initial public offering shareholders and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such dissolution and liquidation. This provision will be amended only in connection with, and upon consummation of, its initial business combination by such date. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern and is required to liquidate.

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SGOCO Technology Ltd. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SGOCO Technology Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three years period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Frazer Frost, LLP

Brea, California
February 12, 2010

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31,

     
  2009   2008   2007
ASSETS
                          
CURRENT ASSETS
                          
Cash   $ 4,420,629     $ 352,569     $ 45,045  
Restricted cash     6,984,083       178,029       116,855  
Accounts receivables, trade     18,641,548       3,864,498       433,256  
Accounts receivables – related parties     224,407       3,789,374       365,409  
Other receivables     121,226       128,197       92,926  
Other receivables – related parties                 6,253,947  
Inventories     4,011,505       8,241,885       3,540,959  
Advances to suppliers     11,950,074       4,357,239       178,798  
Advances to suppliers – related parties     8,954,051       10,809,141       117,040  
Other current assets     23,439       143,380       112,304  
Total current assets     55,330,962       31,864,312       11,256,539  
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET     15,729,350       6,147,537       4,795,202  
OTHER ASSETS
                          
Intangible assets, net     8,412,366       2,449,320       48,692  
Total other assets     8,412,366       2,449,320       48,692  
Total assets   $ 79,472,678     $ 40,461,169     $ 16,100,433  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                          
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                          
Notes payables   $ 18,709,038     $ 5,004,655     $ 909,176  
Bank overdraft     717,562              
Short term loan     19,230,756       3,667,500        
Accounts payables, trade     3,490,937       2,082,724       1,508,360  
Accrued liabilities     74,147       47,892       30,432  
Other payables     382,978       345,069       142,803  
Other payables – related parties     198,875       7,499,902       38,388  
Customer deposits     457,761              
Customer deposits – related parties     335,056       29,702        
Taxes payable     3,872,916       3,282       1,046  
Total current liabilities     47,470,026       18,680,726       2,630,205  
COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES
                          
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                          
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007                  
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 14,300,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007     14,300       14,300       14,300  
Paid-in capital     17,263,916       14,183,916       12,383,946  
Statutory reserves     1,286,942       571,035       48,590  
Retained earnings     11,394,086       4,950,920       248,920  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,043,408       2,060,272       774,472  
Total shareholders’ equity     32,002,652       21,780,443       13,470,228  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 79,472,678     $ 40,461,169     $ 16,100,433  

 
 
See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

     
  2009   2008   2007
REVENUES
                          
Revenues   $ 52,087,313     $ 30,656,801     $ 8,434,314  
Revenues – Related Party     6,201,701       9,704,467       1,924,836  
Other operating income     9,585,290       3,429,574       123,847  
TOTAL REVENUES     67,874,304       43,790,842       10,482,997  
COST OF GOODS SOLD
                          
Costs of goods sold     44,625,385       27,796,056       7,655,578  
Cost of goods sold – Related Party     4,757,517       6,426,462       1,711,766  
Other operating expenses     8,381,433       3,486,510       140,634  
TOTAL COST OF GOODS SOLD     57,764,335       37,709,028       9,507,978  
GROSS PROFIT     10,109,969       6,081,814       975,019  
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                          
Selling expenses     116,918       211,198       34,230  
General and administrative expenses     889,481       562,265       326,274  
Total operating expenses     1,006,399       773,463       360,504  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     9,103,570       5,308,351       614,515  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
                          
Interest income     7,221       4,640       2,658  
Interest expense     (841,613 )       (70,108 )       (62,367 )  
Other income     74,030       26,403       1,771  
Other expenses     (149,923 )       (44,841 )       (70,682 )  
Total other income (expenses), net     (910,285 )       (83,906 )       (128,620 )  
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     8,193,285       5,224,445       485,895  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     1,034,212              
NET INCOME     7,159,073       5,224,445       485,895  
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
                          
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (16,864 )       1,285,800       641,620  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   $ 7,142,209     $ 6,510,245     $ 1,127,515  
EARNINGS PER SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED
                          
Weighted average number of shares     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000  
Earnings per share   $ 0.84     $ 0.61     $ 0.06  

 
 
See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             
             
  Common stock   Paid-in capital   Retained Earnings   Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
  Totals
     Shares   Par Value   Statutory
reserves
  Unrestricted
BALANCE, December 31, 2006     14,300,000     $ 14,300     $ 6,028,860     $     $ (188,385 )     $ 132,852     $ 5,987,627  
Shareholders’ contribution                       6,355,086                                  6,355,086  
Net income (loss)                                         485,895                485,895  
Adjustment of statutory reserve                                48,590       (48,590 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustments                                                  641,620       641,620  
BALANCE, December 31, 2007     14,300,000     $ 14,300     $ 12,383,946     $ 48,590     $ 248,920     $ 774,472     $ 13,470,228  
Shareholders’ contribution                       1,799,970                                  1,799,970  
Net income (loss)                                         5,224,445                5,224,445  
Adjustment of statutory reserve                                522,445       (522,445 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustments                                                  1,285,800       1,285,800  
BALANCE, December 31, 2008     14,300,000     $ 14,300     $ 14,183,916     $ 571,035     $ 4,950,920     $ 2,060,272     $ 21,780,443  
Shareholders’ contribution                       3,080,000                                  3,080,000  
Net income (loss)                                         7,159,073                7,159,073  
Adjustment of statutory reserve                                715,907       (715,907 )                 
Foreign currency translation adjustments                                                  (16,864 )       (16,864 )  
BALANCE, December 31, 2009     14,300,000     $ 14,300     $ 17,263,916     $ 1,286,942     $ 11,394,086     $ 2,043,408     $ 32,002,652  

 
 
See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

     
  2009   2008   2007
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                          
Net income   $ 7,159,073     $ 5,224,445     $ 485,895  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                          
Depreciation and amortization     618,237       507,358       201,722  
Change in operating assets and liabilities
                          
Accounts receivables, trade     (14,767,985 )       (3,341,788 )       319,397  
Accounts receivables – related parties     3,562,779       (3,339,306 )       (350,937 )  
Subsidy receivable                 33,049  
Other receivables     6,967       (28,264 )       1,622,464  
Other receivables – related parties           5,565,913       (6,006,253 )  
Inventories     4,227,785       (4,375,579 )       (853,874 )  
Advances to suppliers     (7,588,177 )       (4,093,507 )       (171,716 )  
Advances to suppliers – related party     1,853,952       (10,498,192 )       (112,405 )  
Other current assets     29,895       (17,365 )       (32,025 )  
Change in operating liabilities
                          
Notes payables     13,695,975       3,961,734       873,167  
Accounts payables, trade     1,407,351       460,595       516,156  
Other payables     37,885       (56,130 )       (6,862 )  
Other payables – related parties     (7,299,039 )       9,109,628       36,868  
Accrued liabilities     26,239       15,063       906  
Customer deposits     457,480              
Customer deposits – related parties     305,167       29,186        
Taxes payable     3,957,232       (3,319 )       178,159  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     7,690,816       (879,528 )       (3,266,289 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                          
Purchase of equipment     (5,551,830 )       (154,590 )       (3,416,626 )  
Payment to construction-in-progress     (8,001,657 )       (3,080,821 )        
Purchase of intangible assets     (5,972,103 )       (2,356,269 )       (44,131 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (19,525,590 )       (5,591,680 )       (3,460,757 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                          
Increase in restricted cash     (6,801,878 )       (52,071 )       (112,227 )  
Bank overdraft     717,122              
Proceeds from government     3,372,030       1,974,855        
Proceeds from short-term loan     50,174,196       22,138,064       4,074,474  
Payments on short-term loan     (34,620,488 )       (18,534,314 )       (4,553,094 )  
Shareholder contribution     3,080,000       1,799,970       6,355,086  
Net cash provided by financing activities     15,920,982       7,326,504       5,764,239  
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH     (18,148 )       (547,772 )       32,761  
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH     4,068,060       307,524       (930,046 )  
CASH, beginning of year     352,569       45,045       975,091  
CASH, end of year   $ 4,420,629     $ 352,569     $ 45,045  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                          
Interest expenses paid (net of amount capitalized)   $ 841,613     $ 70,108     $ 62,367  
Income taxes paid   $ 106,977     $     $  

 
 
See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 1 — Organization and description of business

SGOCO Technology Ltd., formerly known as Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. (the “Company” or “we”, “our” or “us”) is incorporated under the law of the Cayman Islands on July 18, 2007. The Company was formed as a blank check company for the purpose of acquiring one or more operating businesses in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) through a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition or similar business combination or control through contractual arrangements.

The Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of units consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one ordinary share in March 12, 2008. On March 12, 2010, the Company completed a share exchange transaction with Honesty Group Holdings Limited (“Honesty Group”) and its shareholders, and Honesty Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On the closing date, the Company issued 14,300,000 of its ordinary shares of common stocks to Honesty Group in exchange for 100% of the capital stock of Honesty Group.

The share exchange transaction was accounted for as reorganization and recapitalization of Honesty Group. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Company (the legal acquirer) is, in substance, those of Honesty Group (the accounting acquirer), with the assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses, of the Company being included effective from the date of the share exchange transaction. There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction. The historical financial statements for periods prior to March 12, 2010 are those of Honesty Group except that the equity section and earnings per share have been retroactively restated to reflect the reorganization and recapitalization.

Honesty Group is a limited liability company registered in Hong Kong on September 13, 2005. It directly owns 100% of Guanke Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd., (“Guanke”), Guanwei Electron Technological Co., Ltd., (“Guanwei”), and Guancheng Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd., (“Guancheng”). The Company designs, manufactures, and distributes liquid crystal display or “LCD” related products and technologies including televisions, monitors, panels, and application-specific products. Products are sold primarily in China and also in international markets, primarily in Europe.

Guanke, Guanwei and Guancheng are limited liability companies established in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province under the corporate laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”). Guanke was formed on January 16, 2006 with a registered capital of $11,880,000. Currently, Guanke is the Company’s main operating entity. Guanwei and Guancheng were formed on June 22, 2007 with registered capital of $11,880,000 and $7,800,000, respectively, of which $3,130,000 and $2,259,970, respectively, had been invested by Honesty as of December 31, 2009. The remaining registered capital of $8,750,000 and $5,540,000 has to be fulfilled by the end of 2010. Guanwei and Guancheng are under the development stage and have no operations as of December 31, 2009.

Note 2 — Accounting policies

Principle of consolidation and basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), and include the financial statements of the Company and all its majority-owned subsidiaries that require consolidation. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the consolidation. Following are the entities which were consolidated:

   
  Place
incorporated
  Ownership
percentage
Honesty     Hong Kong       Parent Company  
Guanke     Jinjiang, China       100.00%  
Guanwei     Jinjiang, China       100.00%  
Guancheng     Jinjiang, China       100.00%  

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates.

Concentration of risks

The Company maintains balances at financial institutions which, from time to time, may exceed Hong Kong Deposit Protection Board insured limits for the banks located in Hong Kong. Balances at financial institutions or state owned banks within the PRC are not insured. As of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company had deposits, including restricted cash balances, in excess of federally insured limits totaling $11,331,560, $420,107, and $122,255, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risks on its cash in bank accounts.

Sales revenue from four major customers was approximately 73% of the Company’s total sales for the year ended December 31, 2009, with each customer individually accounting for 27%, 21%, 16%, and 10% of revenue, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable from these customers was approximately $14 million as of December 31, 2009.

Sales revenue from four major customers was approximately 69% of the Company’s total sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, with each customer individually accounting for 27%, 17%, 13%, and 11% of revenue, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable from these customers was approximately $3.4 million as of December 31, 2008.

Sales revenue from two major customers was approximately 46% of the Company’s total sales for the year ended December 31, 2007, with each customer individually accounting for 28% and 18% of revenue, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable from these customers was approximately $688,000 as of December 31, 2007.

One major vendor provided approximately 21% of raw materials purchased by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the Company had no accounts payable due to those vendors as of December 31, 2008.

One major vendor provided approximately 11% of raw materials purchased by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2008, and the Company had no accounts payable due to this vendor as of December 31, 2008.

Three major vendors provided approximately 31% of raw materials purchased by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2007, with each vendor individually accounting for 17% and 14%, respectively. The Company’s accounts payable to these vendors was approximately $625,000 as of December 31, 2007.

The Company’s operations are carried out in the PRC and its operations in the PRC are subject to specific considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environments and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the cash flow statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash includes cash on hand and demand deposits in accounts maintained with financial institutions or state owned banks within the PRC and Hong Kong.

Restricted cash

The Company has notes payable outstanding and line of credit arrangements with various banks and is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions.

Restricted cash represents amounts set aside by the Company in accordance with the Company’s debt agreements with certain financial institutions. These cash amounts are designated for the purpose of paying down the principal amounts owed to the financial institutions, and these amounts are held at the same financial institutions with which the Company has debt agreements in the PRC. Due to the short term nature of the Company’s debt obligations to these banks, the corresponding restricted cash balances have been classified as current in the consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts receivable, trade

Receivables include trade accounts due from customers and other receivables from cash advances to employees, related parties or third parties. Management reviews the composition of accounts receivable and analyzes historical bad debts, customer concentration, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns to determine if the allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate. An estimate for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Delinquent account balances are written-off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable, known bad debts are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

Inventories

Inventory is composed of raw materials, mainly parts for assembly of LCD products, and finished goods. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value using the weighted average method. Management reviews inventories for obsolescence and compares the cost of inventory with the market value at least annually. An allowance is made for writing down the inventory to its market value, if lower than cost.

Plant and equipment

Equipment is stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred. Major additions are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is included in operations. Depreciation of plant and equipment is provided using the straight-line method for substantially all assets with estimated lives as follows:

 
  Estimated
Useful Life
Buildings and improvements     20 years  
Machinery equipment     10 years  
Vehicles and office equipment      5 years  

Construction in progress represents the costs incurred in connection with the construction of buildings or new additions to the Company’s plant facilities. No depreciation is provided for construction in progress until such time as the assets are completed and placed into service.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Government grants

The Company is entitled to receive grants from the PRC municipal government due to its operation in the high and new technology business sector. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company received grants of approximately $3,372,000 (RMB 23,000,000) and $1,975,000 (RMB 13,700,000), respectively, from the PRC municipal government. Grants of $613,000 (RMB 5,000,000) were received in 2006. Grants received from the PRC municipal government can be used for enterprise development and technology innovation purposes. The government grants received during the 2009, 2008, and 2007 periods were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of cost of the assets acquired and buildings constructed.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets mainly include land use rights. All land in the PRC is government owned. However, the government grants “land use rights”. The Company acquired land use rights in 2007 and has the right to use the land for 50 years. The rights are amortized on a straight line basis over 50 years. As the land was under construction, no amortization was provided for the years ended 2008 and 2007. Guanke began amortizing costs during the 4 th quarter of 2009 as the land has been placed into service. Land for Guanwei and Guancheng remains unamortized as both entities are under the development stage and have no operations as of December 31, 2009.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates long lived assets, including equipment and intangible assets, for impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows. Recoverability of intangible assets, other long-lived assets, and goodwill is measured by comparing their net book value to the related projected undiscounted cash flows from these assets, considering a number of factors including past operating results, budgets, economic projections, market trends and product development cycles. If the net book value of the asset exceeds the related undiscounted cash flows, the asset is considered impaired, and a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation and amortization to determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives. As of December 31, 2009, management believes there was no impairment of long-lived assets.

Fair value of financial instruments

The accounting standards regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires fair value disclosures of those financial instruments. The fair value measurement accounting standard defines fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for current assets and current liabilities qualifying as financial instruments are a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rate of interest. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1

inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2

inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

Level 3

inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

As of December 2009 and 2008, the Company did not identify any assets and liabilities that are required to be presented on the balance sheet at fair value in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board (the “FASB”)’s accounting standard.

In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company is required to record assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as a result of impairment charges. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, there were no impairment charges. Refer to the discussion elsewhere in the notes for impairment valuation.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue recognition policies are in accordance with the accounting standards. Sales revenue is recognized at the date of shipment to customers when a formal arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, the delivery is completed, no other significant obligations of the Company exist and collectability is reasonably assured. For products that are required to be examined by customers, sales revenue is recognized after the customer examination is passed. Payments received before all of the relevant criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as customer deposits. The Company offer limited extended warranty and service contracts to customers. Most of these services are provided by the distributors. Management did not estimate future warranty liabilities as historical warranty expenses were minimum.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the FASB’s accounting standard for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method as required by this accounting standard, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The charge for taxation is based on the results for the reporting period as adjusted for item, which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of, a deferred tax asset will not be realized. There was no deferred tax amount as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Under the accounting standard regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Advertising costs

The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred in selling, general and administrative costs. The Company incurred $0, $0 and $3,687 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Shipping and handling

Shipping and handling for raw materials purchased are included in cost of goods sold. Shipping and handling cost incurred to ship finished products to customers are included in selling expenses. Shipping and handling expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 amounted to $58,288, $40,792, and $10,610, respectively.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The costs of material and equipment that are acquired or constructed for research and development activities and have alternative future uses are classified as plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

Earnings per share

The Company reports earnings per share in accordance with the provisions of FASB’s related accounting standard. This standard requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share in conjunction with the disclosure of the methodology used in computing such earnings per share. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock method. Under this method, option and warrants were assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the average market price during the period.

On March 12, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company issued 5,800,000 shares to the former shareholders of Honesty Group, to be held in escrow and released if certain income milestones are met for 2010 and 2011. In accordance with the accounting standards, outstanding common stocks that are contingently returnable are treated in the same manner as contingently issuable.

Foreign currency translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the US dollar. The functional currency of PRC subsidiaries is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). Results of operations and cash flow are translated at average exchange rates during the period, and assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate as quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the end of the period. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transaction occurred. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

Translation gain resulting from this process amounted to $(16,864), $1,285,800, and $641,620 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity were translated 6.82 RMB, 6.82 RMB and 7.29 RMB to $1.00 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rates. The average translation rates applied to the income and cash flow statement amounts for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 6.82 RMB, 6.94 RMB and 7.59 RMB to $1.00, respectively.

In accordance with accounting standards regarding the statement of cash flows, cash flows from the Company’s operations is calculated based upon the local currencies. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheet.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In April 2009, the FASB issued three related FASB Staff Positions: (i) Recognition of Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments, (ii) Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, and (iii) Determining the Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly, which are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The first Staff Position modifies the requirement for

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 2 — Accounting policies  – (continued)

recognizing other-than-temporary impairments, changes the existing impairment model, and modifies the presentation and frequency of related disclosures. The second Staff Position requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods as well as in annual financial statements. The third Staff Position requires new disclosures regarding the categories of fair value instruments, as well as the inputs and valuation techniques utilized to determine fair value and any changes to the inputs and valuation techniques during the period. The adoption of these FASB Staff Positions did not have a material impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The standard also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated as well as the rationale for why that date was selected. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, and accordingly, the Company adopted this Standard during the second quarter of 2009. The standard requires that public entities evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP. The Codification does not change current US GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative US GAAP by providing all the authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, and as of the effective date, all existing accounting standard documents will be superseded. The Codification is effective for the Company in the third quarter of 2009, and accordingly, all current and subsequent public filings will reference the Codification as the sole source of authoritative literature.

In August 2009, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) regarding measuring liabilities at fair value. This ASU provides additional guidance clarifying the measurement of liabilities at fair value in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available; under those circumstances, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more valuation techniques, as defined. This ASU is effective for the first reporting period, including interim periods, beginning after the issuance of this ASU. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-02 regarding accounting and reporting for decreases in ownership of a subsidiary. Under this guidance, an entity is required to deconsolidate a subsidiary when the entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary. Upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary, an entity recognizes a gain or loss on the transaction and measures any retained investment in the subsidiary at fair value. In contrast, an entity is required to account for a decrease in its ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a change of control of the subsidiary as an equity transaction. This ASU clarifies the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions, and expands the disclosures about the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or de-recognition of a group of assets. This ASU is effective beginning in the first interim or annual reporting period ending on or after December 31, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 3 — Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

     
  2009   2008   2007
Accounts receivable   $ 18,641,548     $ 3,864,498     $ 433,256  
Accounts receivables – related parties     224,407       3,789,374       365,409  
Allowance for bad debts                  
Trade accounts receivable, net   $ 18,865,955     $ 7,653,872     $ 798,665  

Note 4 — Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31 of 2009, 2008 and 2007 as follows:

     
  2009   2008   2007
Raw material   $ 2,999,847     $ 8,042,468     $ 3,540,959  
Finished goods     1,011,658       199,417        
Total inventories   $ 4,011,505     $ 8,241,885     $ 3,540,959  

Note 5 — Advances to suppliers

The Company makes advances to certain vendors for inventory purchases and construction projects. The advances on inventory purchases were $11,950,074, $4,357,239 and $178,798 as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. See Note 14 for disclosure related to advances to related parties.

Note 6 — Plant and equipment, net

Plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

     
  2009   2008   2007
Buildings and improvements   $ 5,336,213     $     $  
Machinery and equipment     5,307,691       5,249,195       4,832,814  
Vehicles and office equipment     265,116       104,587       61,482  
Construction in progress     6,212,647       1,580,178       154,007  
Total     17,121,667       6,933,960       5,048,303  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (1,392,317 )       (786,423 )       (253,101 )  
Plant and equipment, net   $ 15,729,350     $ 6,147,537     $ 4,795,202  

Construction in progress represents labor costs, materials, capitalized interest incurred in connection with the construction of the new plant facility and the construction and installation of manufacturing equipment in manufacturing plant.

Construction in progress at December 31, 2009 consisted of the following:

       
Project Description   December 31,
2009
  Commencement
date
  Expected
completion date
  Estimated
additional cost
Facilities   $ 4,067,521       October 15, 2007       June 30, 2010     $ 4,492,000  
Equipment     2,145,126       March 29, 2009       June 30, 2010       79,000  
     $ 6,212,647                 $ 4,571,000  

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $605,522 $506,638, and $201,064, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, interest expense of approximately $176,000 was capitalized into construction in progress; no interest was capitalized for the two years ended December 2008 and 2007.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 7 — Intangible assets, net

Net intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

     
  2009   2008   2007
Land use rights   $ 8,422,888     $ 2,447,119     $ 45,950  
Software     3,668       3,668       3,428  
Total     8,426,556       2,450,787       49,378  
Less: accumulated amortization     (14,190 )       (1,467 )       (686 )  
Intangible assets, net   $ 8,412,366     $ 2,449,320     $ 48,692  

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $12,715, $720, and $658, respectively. Guanke began amortizing costs during the 4 th quarter of 2009 as the land was placed into service. Land for Guanwei and Guanchung remains unamortized as both entities are under the development stage and have no operations as of December 31, 2009.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five fiscal years will be approximately $50,000 assuming Guanwei and Guanchung remain under the development stage.

Note 8 — Debt

Notes payable

Notes payable are lines of credit extended by the banks. When purchasing raw materials, the Company often issues a short term note payable to the vendor funded with draws on the lines of credit. This short term note payable is guaranteed by the bank for its complete face value through a letter of credit and usually matures within three to six months of issuance. The banks either charge interest or require the Company to deposit a certain amount of cash at the bank as a guarantee deposit which is classified on the balance sheet as restricted cash. In addition, the banks charge processing fees based on the face value of the note.

As of December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, $6,984,083, $178,029, and $116,855 of restricted cash was collateral for the $18,709,038, 5,004,655, and $909,176 notes payable, which was approximately 30%, 4%, and 13%, respectively, of the notes payable the Company issued. Notes payable is secured by a pledge of the Company’s operating equipment.

     
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
Letters of credit from Agricultural Bank of China with interest rates ranging from 3.04% to 5.05%   $ 1,451,232     $ 2,137,104     $ 909,176  
Letters of credit from China Merchants Bank Ltd. with interest rates ranging from 4.03% to 4.47%              2,867,551        
Letters of credit from Bank of Communications with an interest rate of 4.5%     4,339,457              
Letters of credit from Industrial and Commercial Bank of China with an interest rate of 3.38%     4,871,642              
Notes payable from Bank of Communications, non-interest bearing     8,046,707              
Total   $ 18,709,038     $ 5,004,655     $ 909,176  

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 8 — Debt  – (continued)

Bank overdraft

In connection with the notes payable, the Company entered into an overdraft line of credit agreement with a local bank in 2009. The maximum overdraft limit is approximately $1.5 million (RMB10 million) and will expire on August 17, 2010. Each bank overdraft has a term of 90 days at an interest rate of 5.3%. The Bank overdraft line is secured by the Company’s land use rights. As of December 31, 2009, bank overdrafts amounted to $717,562.

Short term loans

Short term loans represent amounts due to various banks and other companies and are normally due within one year. The loan principal is due at maturity. The loans can be renewed with the banks. The Company has the following short term loans from banks at:

     
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31
2007
Two loans with Industrial Bank Co., LTD, Due 12/2009 with an interest rate of 5.58%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right   $     $ 3,667,500     $     —  
Four loans with Industrial Bank Co., LTD, Due 11/2010 with an interest rate of 5.31%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right     4,987,800                 —  
Two loans with Agricultural Bank of China, Due 3/2010 with an interest rate of 5.58%, guaranteed by the Company’s board members and secured by the Company’s land use right     5,868,000                 —  
Bank of Communications, Due 3/2010 with an interest rate of 5.84%, secured by the Company’s land use right     5,134,500                 —  
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Due 6/2010 with an interest rate of 3.21%, secured by one accounts receivable balance*     1,467,000                 —  
Total – bank loans   $ 17,457,300     $ 3,667,500     $     —  

* Cash collected is designated for the purpose of paying down the principal amounts owed to the financial institutions and is included in restricted cash. As of December 31, 2009, cash collected net of interest charges and service fees approximated $1,387,000.

The Company had one loan from an unrelated company. The loan bears no-interest, is due on demand, and is unsecured. The balance amounted to $1,773,456 as of December 31, 2009.

Total interest incurred amounted to $1,017,545, $70,108 and $62,367 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, interest expense of approximately $176,000 was capitalized into construction in progress; no interest was capitalized for the year ended December 2008 and 2007.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 9 — Employee pension

Regulations in the PRC require the Company to contribute to a defined contribution retirement plan for all permanent employees. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired employees. The Company is required to make monthly contributions to the state retirement plan at 20% of the base requirement for all permanent employees. Different geographic locations have different base requirements. Total pension expense incurred by the Company was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

Note 10 — Shareholders’ equity

Statutory reserves

The laws and regulations of the PRC require that before an enterprise distributes profits to its partners, it must first satisfy all tax liabilities, provide for losses in previous years, and make allocations in proportions determined at the discretion of the board of directors, after the statutory reserves.

Surplus reserve fund

As stipulated by the Company Law of the PRC as applicable to Chinese companies with foreign ownership, net income after taxation can only be distributed as dividends after appropriation has been made for the following:

i. Making up cumulative prior years’ losses, if any;
ii. Allocations to the “Statutory surplus reserve” of at least 10% of income after tax, as determined under PRC accounting rules and regulations, until the fund amounts to 50% of the Company’s registered capital;
iii. Allocations to the discretionary surplus reserve, if approved in the shareholders’ general meeting.

The Company is required to transfer 10% of its net income to the statutory surplus reserve fund until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the Company’s registered capital. The Company has total registered capital of $31,670,000. The surplus reserve fund is non-distributable other than during liquidation and can be used to fund previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into share capital by issuing new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholding or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, Guanke has appropriated $715,907, $522,445, and $48,590, respectively, as allocations to the statutory surplus reserve. Guanke is required to contribute an additional $4,653,000 to fulfill the 50% of registered capital requirement. As of December 31, 2009, Guanwei and Guanchung are still in the development stage and have not undertaken significant operating activities. Guanwei and Guanchung are required to contribute an additional $5,995,000 and $3,900,000 from future earnings to fulfill the 50% of registered capital requirement.

Note 11 — Income Taxes

The Company conducts all its operating business through its three subsidiaries in China. The three subsidiaries are governed by the income tax laws of the PRC and do not have any deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities under the income tax laws of the PRC because there are no temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.

The Company’s subsidiaries are governed by the Income Tax Law of the PRC concerning foreign invested enterprises and foreign enterprises and various local income tax laws (the Income Tax Laws). Beginning January 1, 2008, the new Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) law has replaced the previous laws for Domestic Enterprises (“DEs”) and Foreign Invested Enterprises (“FIEs”). The new standard EIT rate of 25% has replaced the 33% rate previously applicable to both DEs and FIEs. Companies established before

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 11 — Income Taxes  – (continued)

March 16, 2007 will continue to enjoy tax holiday treatment approved by local government for a grace period of the next 5 years or until the tax holiday term is completed, whichever is sooner.

Guanke was established before March 16, 2007 and therefore is qualified to continue enjoying the reduced tax rate as described above. Guanke was granted income tax exemption for two years commencing from January 1, 2007, and is subject to 50% of the 25% EIT tax rate, or 12.5%, from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011.

Guanwei and Guancheng are under development stage and had no taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

The following table reconciles the U.S. statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

     
  2009   2008   2007
U.S. Statutory rates     34 %       34 %       34 %  
Foreign income not recognized in USA     (34 )       (34 )       (34 )  
China income taxes     25       25       33  
Tax exemption     (12.5 )       (25 )       (33 )  
Other (a)     0.1              
Effective income taxes     12.6 %       %       %  

(a) The other represents losses incurred by Guanwei and Guancheng that are not subjected to PRC income taxes.

The estimated tax savings for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 amounted to approximately $1,024,000, $1,306,000, and $160,000, respectively.

Value added tax

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of a value-added tax (“VAT”). All of the Company’s products that are sold in the PRC are subject to a Chinese value-added tax at a rate of 17% of the gross sales price. This VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing its finished products. The Company recorded VAT Payable and VAT receivable net of payments in the financial statements. The VAT tax return is filed offsetting the payables against the receivables.

VAT on sales and VAT on purchases amounted to approximately $11,124,000 and $7,427,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, $5,795,000 and $5,782,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, and $1,038,000 and $1,012,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. Sales and purchases are recorded net of VAT collected and paid as the Company acts as an agent for the government. VAT taxes are not impacted by the income tax holiday. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s accumulated VAT on purchases was higher than its accumulated VAT on sales resulting in prepaid expenses that can be used to offset future VAT on sales. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had VAT tax credits of $90,027 and $78,958.

Taxes payable consisted of the following:

     
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
VAT tax payable   $ 2,938,864     $     $  
Corporation income tax payable     927,804              
Others misc. tax payable     6,248       3,282       1,046  
Total   $ 3,872,916     $ 3,282     $ 1,046  

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 12 — Enterprise-wide geographic reporting

The Company manufactures and sells LCD products. The production process, selling practice and distribution process are the same for all products. Based on qualitative and quantitative criteria established by the FASB accounting standard regarding disclosures about segments of an enterprise and related information, the Company considers itself to be operating within one reportable segment.

The Company does not have long-lived assets located in foreign countries. Geographic area data is based on product shipment destination. In accordance with the enterprise-wide disclosure requirements of the accounting standard, the Company’s net revenue from external customers by geographic areas is as follows:

     
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
China   $ 65,434,963     $ 34,086,375     $ 4,375,610  
International     2,439,341       9,704,467       6,107,387  
Total   $ 67,874,304     $ 43,790,842     $ 10,482,997  

In 2008 and 2007, approximately 11% and 18% of sales, respectively, were in Hong Kong and Nederland.

Note 13 — Related party transactions

In the ordinary course of business the Company has conducted business with the related parties, Mosview Technology Group Ltd. (“Mosview”) and BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd. (“BORO”). The Company’s 80% shareholder also owns Mosview, which owns BORO. The Company borrowed money from the Company’s CEO and those borrowings are short term in nature and non-interest bearing. All transactions with related parties are short term in nature. Settlements for the balances are usually in cash. The Company had the following significant related party transactions as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively:

Accounts receivables — related parties

     
Name of related parties   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
BORO   $ 224,407     $     $  
Mosview           3,789,374       365,409  
     $ 224,407     $ 3,789,374     $ 365,409  
Other receivables — related parties

     
Name of related parties   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
Officer   $     —     $     —     $ 6,253,947  
     $     —     $     —     $ 6,253,947  
Advances to suppliers — related parties

     
Name of related parties   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
Mosview   $ 8,954,051     $ 10,809,141     $ 117,040  
     $ 8,954,051     $ 10,809,141     $ 117,040  

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 13 — Related party transactions  – (continued)

Other payables — related parties

     
Name of related parties   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
BORO   $ 8,463     $ 2,848,608     $ 38,388  
Officer     190,412       4,651,294        
     $ 198,875     $ 7,499,902     $ 38,388  
Customer deposits — related parties

     
Name of related parties   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
Mosview     335,056       29,702           —  
     $ 335,056     $ 29,702     $     —  

Note 14 — Earnings per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computation:

     
  Twelve months ended December 31,
     2009   2008   2007
Net income for earnings per share   $ 7,159,073     $ 5,224,445     $ 485,895  
Weighted average shares used in computation – basic and diluted     8,500,000       8,500,000       8,500,000  
Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 0.84     $ 0.61     $ 0.06  

In accordance with the accounting standards, outstanding common stocks that are contingently returnable are treated in the same manner as contingently issuable. Basic and diluted earnings per share computation exclude the 5,800,000 shares in escrow on condition of certain performance target for 2010 and 2011. Except the contingent issuance, all shares and per share amounts used in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively restated to reflect the anticipated reverse merger.

Note 15 — Commitments and contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Management currently is not aware of any legal matters or pending litigation, which would have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009.

Note 16 — Subsequent event

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through February 12, 2010, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

Repayment of short term loan

On January 8, 2010, the Company repaid one of the loans of $2,934,000, with Agricultural Bank of China and renewed the other loan of $2,934,000 with the same interest rate of 5.58%. The term of the loan is one year.

Share Exchange Agreement

On February 12, 2010, Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation (the “SPAC”) and the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which SPAC will acquire 100% of the Company for consideration consisting of (i) 8,500,000 of SPAC ordinary shares, valued at $7.98 per share, to be issued to the Company’s shareholders at the closing, and (ii) up to 5,800,000 of additional SPAC ordinary shares to be issued in escrow at the closing. The Company’s shareholders will be entitled to receive 5,000,000

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009

Note 16 — Subsequent event  – (continued)

of the shares issued in escrow if the net income from existing operations of the company surviving the acquisition is at least $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company’s shareholders will be entitled to receive the remaining 800,000 shares issued in escrow (and all 5,800,000 shares issued in escrow if the first 5,000,000 were not received) if the net income from existing operations of the company surviving the acquisition is at least $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Real Estate Option agreement

As a condition to the Agreement, the Company has entered into a real estate option agreement with the shareholder of the Company, Mr. Burnette Or pursuant to which Mr. Or, or an entity led by him, has the option, for a period of two years following the closing of the Acquisition, to purchase the land use rights at cost. Mr. Or has agreed that if the option is exercised, he will enter into a long-term fair market value lease with Guanke for the manufacturing facility and dormitories at the current location.

 
 
See report of independent registered public accounting firm

F-74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 


  
  
1,333,333 Shares
  
  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

  
SGOCO GROUP, LTD.

  
  
  
  
Ordinary Shares
  
  
  
  



 

PROSPECTUS



 


  
  
  
  
  
          , 2010

  
  

I-Bankers Securities, Inc.

Hudson Securities, Inc.

Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC

  
  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give information that is not contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Article 167 (1) of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except for matters in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such persons.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On July 18, 2007, we sold 1,150,000 ordinary shares to John Wang, Robert J. Eu and Stephen N. Cannon for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in a private placement. The shares were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) as they were sold to accredited investors. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales. Mr. Cannon subsequently transferred all of the shares he purchased to the Cannon Family Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Cannon is the sole trustee. Of these shares 124,738 were forfeited in connection with the Acquisition and 766,823 were escrowed as described in the prospectus.

AEX Enterprises Limited, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC and the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, companies controlled by Elizabeth R. Hambrecht, wife of Robert Eu, one of our founders and our Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, and William R. Hambrecht, Mr. Eu’s father-in-law, Shea Ventures LLC, a company controlled by Edmund H. Shea Jr. and Marbella Capital Partners Ltd., a company controlled by John Wang, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased 1,550,000 warrants immediately prior to the consummation of our initial public offering in a private placement for an aggregate purchase price of $1,550,000. Elizabeth R. Hambrecht owns approximately 25% and William R. Hambrecht controls (through a trust of which he is trustee) approximately 38% of the voting shares of AEX Enterprises Limited. William Hambrecht is a controlling person of W.R. Hambrecht Co., LLC and is the trustee of the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust. These warrants were issued in reliance exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) as they were sold to a company owned by sophisticated, wealthy individuals not formed for the specific purpose of investing in our securities. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to the insider warrants sold in the private placement. All of these warrants were forfeited in connection with the acquisition other than 250,000 warrants which were transferred without consideration to an investor.

In connection with the Acquisition, 8,500,000 ordinary shares were issued to the two former shareholders on Honesty Group and 5,800,000 ordinary shares were issued for those two shareholders in escrow. The Acquisition Shares and the Escrow Shares issued to the Honesty Shareholders were issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Section 4(2) of that Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  Exhibits — See Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules. All such schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Jinjiang City, Fujian Province, China, on December 14, 2010.

 
  SGOCO GROUP, LTD.
    

By:

/s/ Burnette Or

Burnette Or,
Title: Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
      and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Burnette Or
Burnette Or
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 14, 2010
*
Zhongsheng Lv
  Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  December 14, 2010
*
Tin Man Or
  Director   December 14, 2010
*
Weiwei Shangguan
  Director   December 14, 2010
*
Frank Wu
  Director   December 14, 2010
*
Robert Eu
  Director   December 14, 2010
*
John Chen
  Director   December 14, 2010
*
James C. Hu
  Director   December 14, 2010
       

*By:

/s/ Burnette Or
Burnette Or,
Attorney-in-fact

         

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of SGOCO Group, Ltd., has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in San Francisco, California, on December 14, 2010.

 
  Authorized Representative
    

By:

/s/ Robert Eu
Robert Eu, Director

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Index

   
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Location
1.1   Underwriting Agreement   Filed herewith
2.1   Share Exchange Agreement dated as of February 10, 2010, by and among Hambrecht Asia Acquisition., Honesty Group Holdings Limited and shareholders signatories thereto   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 2/18/10 Form 6-K
2.2   Amendment No. 1 to the Share Exchange Agreement, dated February 12, 2010, by and between the Company, Honesty Group Holdings Limited and its shareholders Sun Zone Investments Limited and Sze Kit Ting   Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 6-K filed on March 11, 2010
3.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company   Filed herewith
4.1   Warrant Agreement by and between the Company and the warrant agent   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 6-K filed on February 18, 2010 (“2/18/10 6-K”)
4.2   Amendment No. 1 to the Warrant Agreement   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 6-K filed on March 16, 2010 (“3/16/10 6-K”)
4.3   Unit Purchase Option issued to the underwriter in IPO   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s 2/1/08 S-1/A
4.4   Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and former shareholders of Honesty Group   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s 2/1/08 S-1/A
4.5   Escrow Agreement by and among escrow agent, former shareholders of Honesty Group and sponsors   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
4.6   Securities Escrow Agreement by and among the Company, the initial shareholders, the private placement purchasers and the transfer agent   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s 2/1/08 S-1/A
5.1   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Cayman Islands counsel to the Company   Filed herewith
10.1    Sponsors Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2010, among Sun Zone Investments Limited, Sze Kit Ting, Robert Eu, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, AEX Enterprises Limited, John Wang, Marbella Capital Partners LLC., Cannon Family Irrevocable Trust and Shea Ventures LLC., and Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Location
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to Sponsors Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2010, among Sun Zone Investments Limited, Sze Kit Ting, Robert Eu, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust, AEX Enterprises Limited, John Wang, Marbella Capital Partners LLC., Cannon Family Irrevocable Trust and Shea Ventures LLC   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.3    Employment Agreement by and between Guanke and Burnette Or, dated February 1, 2010   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form 20-F filed on March 18, 2010 (“3/18/10 20-F”)
10.4    Employment Agreement by and between Guanke and Robert Lu, dated February 1, 2010   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s 3/18/10 20-F
10.5    Amended and Restated Employment Letter, effective as of April 1, 2010, between Mr. Burnette Or and the Company   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 6-K filed on May 18, 2010 (“5/18/10 6-K”)
10.6    Amended and Restated Employment Letter, effective as of April 1, 2010, between Mr. Robert Lu and the Company   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s 5/18/10 6-K
10.7    Option Agreement for Purchase of Real Property dated February 9, 2010 by and between Honesty Group and Burnette Or and amendment thereto   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s 3/18/10 20-F
10.8    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.9    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Guancheng (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.10   Articles of Association of Guanwei (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.11   Project of Jinjiang Technological Plan Contract between Guanke and the Science and Technology Bureau of Jinjiang City   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.12   Investment Agreement of Guanke Guangdian Technology Park between Guanke and the People’s Government of Jinjiang City, dated March 31, 2006   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.13   Goods Transport Service Agreement between Guanke and Quanzhou City Anjili Logistic Co., Ltd., dated March 15, 2009   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Location
10.14   Assignment State Land Use Right Contract between Jinjiang City Bureau of State Land and Recourse and Guanke, dated June 30, 2007   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.15   Assignment State Land Use Right Contract between Jinjiang City Bureau of State Land and Recourse and Guancheng, dated June 30, 2007   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.16   Assignment State Land Use Right Contract between Jinjiang City Bureau of State Land and Recourse and Guanwei (No. 531), dated June 30, 2007   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.17   Transfer of State-Owned Land Use Rights Contract between Jinjiang City Bureau of State Land and Recourse and Guanwei (No. 532), dated June 30, 2007   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.18   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Agricultural Bank of China (No.: 35101201000000266) for RMB20 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.19   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Agricultural Bank of China (No.: 35101201000000669) for RMB20 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.20   Mortgage with Jinjiang Branch of Agricultural Bank of China (No.: 35906200900002669) for RMB58 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.21   Mortgage with Jinjiang Branch of Agricultural Bank of China (No.: 35906200900003928) for RMB18 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.22   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Industrial Bank Co Ltd (No.: 10417199-091112) for RMB10 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.23   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Industrial Bank Co Ltd (No.: 10417199-091126) for RMB4million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.24   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Industrial Bank Co Ltd (No.: 10417199-09112601) for RMB10 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.25   Loan Agreement with Jinjiang Branch of Industrial Bank Co Ltd (No.: 10417199-091120) for RMB10 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.26   Comprehensive Credit Contract with Quanzhou Branch of Bank of Communications (No.: 3550052009C900001300) for RMB 35 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147

II-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Location
10.27   Comprehensive Credit Contract with Quanzhou Branch of Bank of Communications (No.: 3550052009C900002300) for RMB 95 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.28   Factoring Contract for Domestic Trade Agreement with Shishi Branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (No.: 2009 (Shishi) No. 0532) for RMB10 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.29   Certificate from Industrial and Commercial Bank of China for 48 million   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.30   Business License for Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.31   Business License for Guancheng (Fujian) Electron Technological Co., Ltd.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.32   Business License for Guanwei (Fujian) Electron Technological Co., Ltd   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
10.33   Employment Agreement between William Krolicki and SGOCO Technology, Ltd. dated July 31, 2010   Filed herewith
10.34   Brand Usage Authorization Contract between TCL Business System Technology (Huizhou) Co Ltd. and Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd. dated June 3, 2010   Filed herewith
10.35   SGOCO Technology, Ltd. 2010 Equity Compensation Plan   Filed herewith
10.36   Trademark Letter of Authorization dated February 1, 2008 between Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd. and BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd.   Filed herewith
10.37   Trademark Letter of Authorization dated May 1, 2008 between Guanke (Mosview Technology Group Ltd. (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd.   Filed herewith
10.38   Put Option Agreement between SGOCO Group, Ltd., Burnette Or, Pope Asset Management, Robert Eu and John Wang dated March 9, 2010   Filed herewith
10.39   Certificate of RMB 68 million Line of Credit from Jinjiang County Branch of Agricultural Bank of China   Filed herewith
10.40   Articles of Association of Jinjiang SGOCO Electronic Co., Ltd.   Filed herewith

II-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Location
10.41   Business License for Jinjiang Guanke
Electron Co., Ltd.
  Filed herewith
21     Subsidiaries of the Company   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Company’s Form F-1, file number: 333-146147
23.1   Consent of Rothstein, Kass & Company, PC   Filed herewith
23.2   Consent of Frazer Frost LLP   Filed herewith
23.3   Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Cayman Islands counsel to the Company   Included in Exhibit 5.1
24     Power of Attorney   Previously filed.
99.1   SGOCO Group Ltd. Code of Ethics and Conduct   Filed herewith.

II-9



[           ] Ordinary Shares

SGOCO GROUP, LTD.

(par value US$0.001 per share)

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

December __, 2010

I-Bankers Securities, Inc.
505 Park Avenue, 3rd Floor
New York, New York 10022

As Representative of the Several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

SGOCO Group, Ltd, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, to issue and sell to you and the other underwriters named on Schedule I to this Agreement (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representative (the “Representative”), [             ] of the Company’s ordinary shares (the “Firm Shares”), par value US$0.001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”).  The respective amounts of the Firm Shares to be purchased by each of the several Underwriters are set forth opposite their names on Schedule I hereto.  In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [             ] ordinary shares (the “Option Shares”) of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares.  The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are collectively called the “Offered Shares.”

The Company has prepared and filed in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the published rules and regulations thereunder (the “Rules”) adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) on Form F-1 (File No. 333-170674), including a Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Offered Shares, and such amendments thereof as may have been required to the date of this Agreement.  Copies of such Registration Statement (including all amendments thereof) and of the related Preliminary Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) have heretofore been delivered by the Company to you.  The term “Preliminary Prospectus” means any Preliminary Prospectus included at any time as a part of the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Rules. The term “Registration Statement” as used in this Agreement means the initial registration statement (including all exhibits and all documents and information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement through incorporation by reference or otherwise), as amended at the time and on the date it becomes effective (the “Effective Date”), including the information (if any) contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and deemed to be part thereof at the time the Registration Statement was declared effective pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Ordinary Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Rules (the “462(b) Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the Registration Statement shall also be deemed to include such 462(b) Registration Statement.  The term “Prospectus” as used in this Agreement means the prospectus in the form included in the Registration Statement at the time the Registration Statement was declared effective or, if Rule 430A of the Rules is relied on, the term Prospectus shall also include the final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to and within the time limits described in Rule 424(b) of the Rules. Reference made herein to any Preliminary Prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) or to the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents incorporated by reference therein, including pursuant to Item 5 of Form F-1 under the Securities Act, as of the date of such Preliminary Prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus, or the Prospectus, as the case may be, or thereafter, and any reference to any amendment or supplement to any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any document filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), after the date of such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be, and incorporated by reference in such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be.  All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”).

 
1

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Offered Shares, as set forth in and pursuant to the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, as soon after the Effective Date and the date of this Agreement as the Representative deems advisable.  The Company hereby confirms that the Underwriters and dealers have been authorized to distribute or cause to be distributed each Preliminary Prospectus and are authorized to distribute the Prospectus (as from time to time amended or supplemented if the Company furnishes amendments or supplements thereto to the Underwriters).

1.             Sale, Purchase, Delivery and Payment for the Firm Shares .  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement:

(a)         The Company agrees to allot, issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price (net of discounts, commissions and non-accountable expense allowance) of US$_____ per Firm Share (the “Initial Price”), the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter under the column “Number of Firm Shares to be Purchased” on Schedule I to this Agreement, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

(b)         The Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase, severally and not jointly, all or any part of the Option Shares at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of US$_____ per Share.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage (adjusted by the Representative to eliminate fractions) of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Firm Shares.  Such option may be exercised by the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters only to cover over-allotments in the sales of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date (as defined below), and from time to time thereafter within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, in each case upon written, facsimile or telegraphic notice, or verbal or telephonic notice confirmed by written, facsimile or telegraphic notice, by the Representative to the Company at least two business days before the Option Shares Closing Date (as defined below), setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the time and date (but in no event prior to the Firm Shares Closing Date) of such purchase.

 
2

 

(c)         Payment of the purchase price for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the third business day following the date of this Agreement or at such time on such other date, not later than ten business days after the date of this Agreement, as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative (such time and date of delivery and payment are called the “Firm Shares Closing Date”).  In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Shares are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for such Option Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each date of delivery as specified in the notice from the Representative to the Company (such time and date of delivery and payment are called the “Option Shares Closing Date”).  The Firm Shares Closing Date and any Option Shares Closing Date are called, individually, a “Closing Date” and together, the “Closing Dates.”

(d)         Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds against delivery of the Firm Shares to the Representative or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Firm Shares Closing Date and as of each Option Shares Closing Date (if any), as follows:

(a)         On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement complied, and on the date of the Prospectus, the date any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and the date any supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus is filed with the Commission, each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules.  The Registration Statement did not, as of the Effective Date, and will not, as of the date any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of the Prospectus, the date any supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and each Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Rules) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, complied, in all material respects, with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Rules.  If applicable, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the representations and warranties in this paragraph 2(a) shall apply to statements in, or omissions from, the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished in writing by the Representative on behalf of the several Underwriters specifically for use in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be (the “Underwriter Information”).

 
3

 

(b)         As of the Applicable Time (as hereinafter defined), the Statutory Prospectus (as defined below) and the price to the public and the number of Ordinary Shares offered and sold, as indicated on the cover page of the Prospectus, the information included in the Prospectus that is retroactively deemed to be part of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and other final terms of the Ordinary Shares, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the General Disclosure Package made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

Any electronic road show (including without limitation any “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act, each, a “Electronic Road Show”) (i) is identified in Schedule II hereto; and (ii) complied when issued, and complies, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules. The Company has made at least one version of the Road Show available without restriction by means of graphic communication to any person, including any potential investor in the Offered Shares (and if there is more than one version of a Electronic Road Show for the Offering that is a written communication, the version available without restriction was made available no later than the other versions).

As used in this Section and elsewhere in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [6]:00 [p].m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Underwriting Agreement.

“Statutory Prospectus” means the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Offered Shares that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, each Electronic Road Show.

(c)         The Registration Statement is effective under the Securities Act and no stop order preventing or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or suspending or preventing the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are threatened under the Securities Act. Any required filing of any Preliminary Prospectus and/or the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules has been or will be made in the manner and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b).  Any material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) or Rule 163(b)(2) of the Rules has been or will be made in the manner and within the time period required by such Rules.

 
4

 

(d)         Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not conflict with information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

(e)         The financial statements of the Company (including all notes thereto) included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated entities at the dates indicated and the statements of operations, statements of owners’ equity and statements of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated entities for the periods specified; and such financial statements and related notes thereto, and the unaudited financial information filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved other than as described therein.  No other financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.  The summary and selected financial data included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein as at the respective dates and for the respective periods specified and have been presented on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements set forth in the Prospectus.  The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

(f)          Frazer Frost LLP (the “Auditor”), whose reports are filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, is and, during the periods covered by their reports, was (A) independent public accountant as required by the Securities Act and the Rules; (B) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X; and (C) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

(g)         The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or entity other than those listed in Exhibit A hereto.

(h)         The Company and each of the Subsidiaries, including each entity (corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other business organization) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company, (each, a “Subsidiary”), is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization and each such entity has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as is currently being conducted as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and to own, lease and operate its properties except where the failure to be in good standing or have such requisite power or authority would not have a material adverse effect on the properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or on the results of operations or business affairs of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”).  All of the issued shares of, or other ownership interests in, each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, mortgage, pledge, security interest, claim, limitation on voting rights, equity, trust or other encumbrance, preferential arrangement, defect or restriction of any kind whatsoever.  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or location of the assets or properties owned, leased or licensed by it requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the Company’s knowledge, no proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification.

 
5

 

(i)          The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority, and all necessary authorizations, approvals, consents, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental or regulatory bodies or any other person or entity (collectively, the “Permits”), to own, lease and license its assets and properties and conduct its business, all of which are valid and in full force and effect, except where the lack of such Permits, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has fulfilled and performed in all material respects all of its  obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Company thereunder.  Except as may be required under the Securities Act and state and foreign Blue Sky laws, no other Permits are required to be obtained by the Company or the Subsidiaries to enter into, deliver and perform this Agreement and to issue and sell the Offered Shares.

(j)          The Company and each of the Subsidiaries owns or possesses legally enforceable rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, licenses, know-how and other similar rights and proprietary knowledge (collectively, “Intangibles”) necessary for the conduct of its business.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of, or is not aware of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intangibles.

(k)         Reserved.

(l)          The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all land use rights and other property owned by it and described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims, security interests and defects, except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries.  All property held under lease by the Company and the Subsidiaries described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, is held by them under valid, existing and enforceable leases, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims, security interests and defects, except such as are not material and do not materially and adversely interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries.  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as described or contemplated in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, (i) there has not been any event which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its assets, businesses or properties (whether owned or leased) from fire, explosion, earthquake, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree which would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) since the date of the latest balance sheet included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries has (A) issued any securities or incurred any long-term or material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except such liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (C) except for regular dividends on the Ordinary Shares in amounts per share that are consistent with past practice, declared or paid any dividend or made any distribution on any shares of its stock or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired or agreed to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock.

 
6

 

(m)        Except for any of the Subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC or Hong Kong (each, a "PRC Entity"), the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any other entity over which it has direct or indirect effective control incorporated or operating in the PRC. Each PRC Entity has been duly organized and validly exists as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the PRC.  The liability of the Company in respect of equity interests held in each PRC Entity is limited to its investment therein, and any unpaid registered capital commitments as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Each PRC Entity’s business license is in full force and effect. Each of the PRC Entity (i) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as is currently being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and to own, lease and operate its respective properties, and (ii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except, in each case, as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or for those failures to be so qualified which (individually or in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Articles of Association of each PRC Entity comply with the requirements of applicable PRC law, including the PRC Company Law, and are in full force and effect.

(n)         There is no document, contract or other agreement required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as required by the Securities Act or Rules.  Each description of a contract, document or other agreement in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus accurately reflects in all material respects the terms of the underlying contract, document or other agreement.  Each contract, document or other agreement described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or listed in the exhibits to the Registration Statement is, unless otherwise described therein, in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable by and against the Company or the Subsidiaries, if a Subsidiary is a party, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, if a Subsidiary is a party, is in default in the observance or performance of any term or obligation to be performed by it under any such agreement, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a default, in any such case which default or event, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  No default exists, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default, in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition, by the Company or a Subsidiary, if a Subsidiary is a party thereto, of any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or its properties or business or a Subsidiary or its properties or business may be bound or affected, which default or event, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
7

 

(o)         There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any other person required under the Securities Act or Rules to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(p)         The statistical and market related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

(q)         Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is in violation of its certificate or memorandum and articles of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents, (ii) is in default under, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, mortgage, pledge, security interest, claim, limitation on voting rights, equity, trust or other encumbrance, preferential arrangement, defect or restriction of any kind whatsoever, upon, any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, any bond, debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) is in violation of any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, directive, judgment, decree or order of any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, foreign or domestic, except (in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above) for violations or defaults that could not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r)          This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(s)         Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and sale by the Company of the Offered Shares) will give rise to a right to terminate or accelerate the due date of any payment due under, or conflict with or result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under, or require any consent or waiver under, or result in the execution or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or the Subsidiaries(each, a "Breach") pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which either the Company or the Subsidiaries or any of their properties or businesses is bound, or any franchise, license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except for such consents or waivers which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, except for Breaches that are not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
8

 

(t)          This Agreement is in proper form to be enforceable against the Company in the Cayman Islands in accordance with its terms; to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence in the Cayman Islands of this Agreement, it is not necessary that this Agreement be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the Cayman Islands or that any stamp or similar tax in the Cayman Islands be paid on or in respect of this Agreement or any other documents to be furnished hereunder so long as they are executed and remain outside of the Cayman Islands.

(u)         Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares) are or will be, as of the date hereof or at each Closing Date, adversely affected by the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rules”) or any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related to the M&A Rules (collectively, the “M&A Rules and Related Clarifications”).

(v)         The statements set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the People’s Republic of China” are fair and accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects, and nothing has been omitted from such summaries that would make the same misleading in any material respect.

(w)        Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries that were incorporated outside of the PRC has taken, or is in the process of taking, all reasonable steps to ensure compliance by each of its shareholders that, to the best knowledge of the Company, is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen with any applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC government agencies (including but not limited to the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens or overseas listing by offshore special purpose vehicles controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies and individuals (the “PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations”), including, without limitation, requesting such shareholder to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations.

 
9

 

(x)          (A) Each party to each of the agreements described under the caption “[      ]” in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus relating to the Company’s corporate structure to which any of Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co. Ltd., a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guanke”), Guanwei (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guanwei”), Guancheng (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guancheng”),  Jinjiang Guanke Electron Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Guanke ("Jinjiang Guanke"), and the shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke is a party (collectively, the “Relevant Agreements”) has the legal right, power and authority (corporate and other, as the case may be) to enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Relevant Agreements and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of, and have authorized, executed and delivered, each of the Relevant Agreements; and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Relevant Agreements constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting creditors’ rights or by equitable principles relating to enforceability and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The execution and delivery by Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke of, and the performance by Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke of their respective obligations under, each of the Relevant Agreements and the consummation by Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke of the transactions contemplated therein did not, does not and will not: (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and, to the Company's best knowledge, shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke, as the case may be, are a party or by which the Company, Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke are bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company, Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke and shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke are subject; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of constitutive documents or business license of the Company, Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei or Jinjiang Guanke, as the case may be; or (iii) except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, result in any violation of any PRC statute or any order, rule or regulation of any PRC governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company, Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke, and, to the Company's best knowledge, shareholders of Guanke, Guancheng, Guanwei and Jinjiang Guanke or any of their properties, except, in the case of the clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(B) To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability and performance of each of the Relevant Agreements in the PRC, it is not necessary that any such document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the PRC.

 
10

 

(y)         The Company has duly authorized the allotment and issuance of the outstanding Shares as set forth under the caption “Capitalization” in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The certificates evidencing the Offered Shares are in due and proper legal form and have been duly authorized for issuance by the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid.  There are no statutory preemptive or other similar rights to subscribe for or to purchase or acquire any Ordinary Shares of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any such rights pursuant to such entities Memorandum or Articles of Association or any agreement or instrument to or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or bound.  The Offered Shares, when issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and none of them will be issued in violation of any preemptive or other similar right.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no outstanding option, warrant or other right calling for the issuance of, and there is no commitment, plan or arrangement to issue, any Offered Share or share of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such Offered Share or shares.  All grants of options on the Ordinary Shares were validly issued and properly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in material compliance with all applicable laws and the terms of the plans under which such options were issued and were recorded in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and no such grants involved any “back dating”, “forward dating” or similar practices with respect to the effective date of grant.  The Ordinary Shares, the Offered Shares and the Representative’s Warrants conform in all material respects to all statements in relation thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  All outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued and, to the extent owned by the Company or the Subsidiaries as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are fully paid and are owned directly by the Company or by a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company free and clear of any security interests, liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(z)          The Ordinary Shares underlying the Option Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement against payment in full therefore, will be validly issued and fully paid, and the issuance of such Ordinary Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
 
(aa)       When issued, the Representative's Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and against payment of the respective exercise prices therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Representative's Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The Company will have sufficient authorized share capital for the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants and payment of the consideration therefor, and when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, such Ordinary Shares will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such holders. The issuance of such Ordinary Shares is not subject to any statutory preemptive rights under the law of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Law”) or the memorandum and articles of association as in effect at the time of issuance or, to the best knowledge of the Company, other similar rights of any security holder of the Company (except for such preemptive or contractual rights as were waived).

 
11

 

(bb)       The statements set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Description of Share Capital” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the Ordinary Shares or describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate and fair summaries or descriptions of such terms and provisions in all material respects.

(cc)       No holder of any security of the Company has any right, which has not been waived, to have any security owned by such holder included in the Registration Statement or to demand registration of any security owned by such holder for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement.  Each director and executive officer of the Company and each shareholder of the Company listed on Schedule III hereto has delivered to the Representative his lock-up agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B hereto (“Lock-Up Agreement”).

(dd)       There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries could individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.

(ee)       All necessary corporate action has been duly and validly taken by the Company to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Ordinary Shares by the Company.

(ff)         Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is involved in any labor dispute, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened, which dispute would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company is not aware of any threatened or pending litigation between the Company or the Subsidiaries and any of its executive officers which, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(gg)       No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, shareholders or any affiliate or affiliates of any such officer or director or shareholder that is required to be described in and is not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(hh)       The Company has not taken, nor will it take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Ordinary Shares or any other “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act (“Regulation M”)) whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Ordinary Shares, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.

(ii)         The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has filed all necessary tax returns which are required to be filed through the date hereof, which returns are true and correct in all material respects or has received timely extensions thereof, and has paid all taxes shown on such returns and all assessments received by it to the extent that the same are material and have become due. There are no tax audits or investigations pending, which if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect; nor, to the Company’s best knowledge, are there any material proposed additional tax assessments against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

 
12

 

(jj)         The Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance. A registration statement has been filed on Form 8-A (File No. [                        ]) pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act; such registration statement in the form heretofore delivered to you and, excluding exhibits, to you for each of the other Underwriters, has been filed with the Commission in such form; no other document with respect to such registration statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge after due inquiry, threatened by the Commission (the various parts of such registration statement, including all exhibits thereto, each as amended at the time such part of the registration statement became effective, being hereinafter called the “Form 8-A Registration Statement”); and the Form 8-A Registration Statement, when it became effective, conformed, and any further amendments thereto will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not and will not, as of the applicable effective date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(kk)       The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act or the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the NASDAQ Global Market is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.

(ll)         The Company and each of the Subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences, and (v) the books, records and accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries accurately and fairly reflect the transactions in, and dispositions of, the assets of, and the results of operations of, the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(mm)     The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act), which: (i) are reasonably designed to ensure that material information required to be disclosed by the Company will be made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within the Company; (ii) provide for the periodic evaluation of the effectiveness of such disclosure controls and procedures at the end of the periods in which the periodic reports are required to be prepared; and (iii) are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.

 
13

 

(nn)       Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of (i) any material weakness or significant deficiency in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the Company’s internal controls.

(oo)       Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K) that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, revenues or expenses, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

(pp)       The Company’s Board of Directors has appointed an audit committee effective upon the Firm Shares Closing Date whose composition satisfies the requirements of Rule 5605(c)(2)(A) of the NASDAQ Global Market and the Board of Directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of Rule 5605(c)(1) of the NASDAQ Global Market.

(qq)       The Company is taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance in all material respects with all other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, any related rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission and applicable corporate governance requirements under NASDAQ rules and has no reason to believe that it will not be able to comply with such provisions in all material respects.

(rr)         The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that are material to the Company’s business are in full force and effect; the Company and each of the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects.

(ss)       Each approval, consent, order, authorization, designation, declaration or filing of, by or with any regulatory, administrative or other governmental body necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated required to be obtained or performed by the Company (except such additional steps as may be required by the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or may be necessary to qualify the Offered Shares for public offering by the Underwriters under the state securities or Blue Sky laws) has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect.

(tt)         There are no affiliations with FINRA among the Company’s officers, directors or, to the best of the knowledge of the Company, any five percent or greater shareholder of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or otherwise disclosed in writing to the Representative.  All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company for furnishing to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules 5110 and 5190 is true, complete and correct.

 
14

 

(uu)       Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person (other than the Underwriters) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or, to the Company’s knowledge, any arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with or to any person (other than the Underwriters) with respect to the Company or any of its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, Subsidiaries or affiliates that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by FINRA.

(vv)       Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all environmental rules, laws and regulation which are applicable to its business, except for violations or defaults that could not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ww)     The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Shares and the application of net proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

(xx)        The Company believes that it may qualify as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) as defined in Section 1297 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in 2009, but that the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the application of the net proceeds as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” will not cause it to become a PFIC in 2010.

(yy)       The Company or each of its Subsidiaries, directors or officers of the Company or the Subsidiaries, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, any other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, including, without limitation, any agent or employee of the Company or the Subsidiaries, has not, directly or indirectly, while acting on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiaries (i) in contravention of the anti-corruption laws in China, Hong Kong or the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), (x) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; or (y) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; or (ii) violated any provision of the anti-corruption laws in China, Hong Kong or the FCPA.

(zz)        The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of it Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending, or to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(aaa)     Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 
15

 

(bbb)    Except to the extent described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the equity interests of the Company and the Subsidiaries may under current laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the PRC be converted into foreign currency that may be freely transferred out of the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the PRC, as the case may be, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the PRC and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the PRC without the necessity of obtaining governmental authorization in the Cayman Islands and the PRC.

(ccc)     The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Business,” “Related Party Transactions,” “Management” and “Taxation”, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of documents referred to therein or matters of law, are accurate in all material respects and fairly present the information with respect to such documents and matters.  Accurate copies of all contracts and other documents required to be filed as exhibits to, or described in, the Registration Statement have been so filed with the Commission or are fairly described in the Registration Statement, as the case may be.

(ddd)    The Company is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(eee)     Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement is a valid choice of law and would be recognised and given effect to in any action brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in the Cayman Islands, except for those laws (i) which such court considers to be procedural in nature, (ii) which are revenue or penal laws or (iii) the application of which would be inconsistent with public policy, as such term is interpreted under the laws of the Cayman Islands.  The courts of the Cayman Islands would recognise as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in any federal or state court in the City of New York against the Company based upon this Agreement under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment; (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands; (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands; (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands; and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands; under the laws of the PRC, the choice of law provisions set forth herein will be recognized by the courts of the PRC and any judgment obtained in a New York Court (as defined below) arising out of or in relation to the obligations of the Company under this Agreement will be recognized in PRC courts subject to the applicable provisions of the Civil Procedure Law of the PRC relating to the enforceability of foreign judgments.

 
16

 

(fff)       Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities (other than the Shares and underlying securities) which will be “integrated” (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations) with the offer and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold or issued any shares of Ordinary Shares during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock options plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 3 hereof only, may allow counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters to rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations.

3.             Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement are several and not joint.  The respective obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Shares are subject to each of the following terms and conditions:

(a)         Notification that the Registration Statement have become effective shall have been received by the Representative and the Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement and any material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with such rule.

(b)         No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, shall have been or shall be in effect and no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission, and any requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Commission and the Representative.  If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, Rule 430A information previously omitted from the effective Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed time period and the Company shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of such timely filing, or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been promptly filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(c)         The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement and in the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3(d) shall be true and correct when made and on and as of each Closing Date as if made on such date. The Company shall have performed all covenants and agreements and satisfied all the conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or satisfied by it at or before such Closing Date.

 
17

 

(d)         The Representative shall have received on each Closing Date a certificate, addressed to the Representative and dated such Closing Date, of the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that: (i) the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company in this Agreement were true and correct when made and are true and correct as of such Closing Date; (ii) the Company has performed all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions contained herein; (iii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and, to their knowledge, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending under the Securities Act; and (iv) subsequent to the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, to such officer’s knowledge, there has been no adverse legislative or regulatory developments related to the M&A Rules and Related Clarifications, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(e)         The Representative shall have received: (i) simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement a signed letter from the Auditor addressed to the Representative and dated the date of this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Disclosure Package, and (ii) on each Closing Date, a signed letter from the Auditor addressed to the Representative and dated the date of such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
 
(f)          On or prior to the Firm Shares Closing Date, the Firm Shares shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through the facilities of DTC.

(g)         The Representative shall have received on each Closing Date a written opinion of Cozen O’Connor LLP, United States counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters substantially in form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(h)         The Representative shall have received a written opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Cayman Islands counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters substantially in form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(i)          The Representative shall have received a written opinion of JunZe Jun Law Offices, PRC counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative.

(j)          The Representative shall have received a written opinion of DLA Piper Italy, United States counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative.

 
18

 

(k)         The Representative shall have received copies of the Lock-up Agreements executed by each entity or person listed on Schedule III hereto.

(l)          The Ordinary Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(m)        FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(n)         The Representative shall be reasonably satisfied that, except as set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there shall not have been any material change in the share capital of the Company or any material change in the indebtedness (other than in the ordinary course of business) of the Company, (ii) no material oral or written agreement or other transaction shall have been entered into by the Company that is not in the ordinary course of business or that could reasonably be expected to result in a material reduction in the future earnings of the Company, (iii) no loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company shall have been sustained that had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) no legal or governmental action, suit or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its properties that is material to the Company or that affects or could reasonably be expected to affect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened and (v) there shall not have been any material change in the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company or the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, that makes it impractical or inadvisable in the Representative’s reasonable judgment to proceed with the purchase or offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated hereby.

(o)         The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representative such further certificates or documents as the Representative shall have reasonably requested.

4.             Covenants and other Agreements of the Company and the Underwriters .

(a)         The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

(i)           The Company shall promptly advise the Representative in writing (A) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall have become effective or any supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (B) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules, or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Ordinary Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company shall not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus unless the Company has furnished the Representative a copy prior to filing and shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably object.  The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 
19

 

(ii)          If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Ordinary Shares (or, in lieu thereof, a notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules) is required to be delivered under the Securities Act and the Rules, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Rules, the Company shall promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (i) of this Section 4(a), an amendment or supplement which shall correct such statement or omission or an amendment which shall effect such compliance.

(iii)         The Company shall make generally available to its shareholders and to the Representative as soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days after the end of the 12 month period beginning at the end of the fiscal quarter of the Company during which the Effective Date occurs (or the earlier of 180 days or the date the Company’s Form 20-F is due if such 12 month period coincides with the Company’s fiscal year), an earning statement (which need not be audited) of the Company, covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date, which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 158 of the Rules.

(iv)         The Company shall furnish to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, two signed copies of the Registration Statement (including all exhibits thereto and amendments thereof) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and all amendments thereof, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Securities Act or the Rules, as many copies of any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto as the Representative may reasonably request.  If applicable, the copies of the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment and supplement thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 
20

 

(v)          The Company shall cooperate with the Representative and their counsel in endeavoring to qualify the Offered Shares for offer and sale in connection with the offering under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate and shall maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith, as a condition thereof, to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation as doing business in any jurisdiction.

(vi)         The Company, during the period when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules) is required to be delivered under the Securities Act and the Rules or the Exchange Act, will file all reports and other documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15 of the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(vii)        Without the prior written consent of the Representative, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not issue, sell or register with the Commission (other than on Form S-8 or on any successor form), or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for equity securities of the Company), except for the issuance of the Offered Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and the issuance of shares pursuant to the Company's share option schemes or other arrangements as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  In the event that during this period, (A) any shares are issued pursuant to the Company's share option schemes or other arrangements that are exercisable during such 180 day period or (B) any registration is effected on Form S-8 or on any successor form relating to shares that are exercisable during such 180 period, the Company shall obtain the written agreement of such grantee or purchaser or holder of such registered securities that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement, such person will not, except otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Representative, offer for sale, sell, distribute, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or exercise any registration rights with respect to, any Ordinary Shares (or any securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for any Ordinary Shares) owned by such person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if (x) during the last 17 days of the 180 day period described in this paragraph the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (y) prior to the expiration of such 180 day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period; the restrictions imposed under this paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply if the research published or distributed on the Company is compliant under Rule 139 of the Securities Act and the Company’s securities are actively traded as defined in Rule 101(c)(1) of Regulation M of the Exchange Act.

 
21

 

(viii)       On or before completion of this offering, the Company shall make all filings required under applicable securities laws and by the NASDAQ Global Market (including any required registration under the Exchange Act).

(ix)          Prior to the Closing Date, the Company will issue no press release or other communications directly or indirectly and hold no press conference with respect to the Company, the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of any of them, or the offering of the Ordinary Shares without the prior written consent of the Representative unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representative, such press release or communication is required by law.

(x)           The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering of the Ordinary Shares in the manner set forth under “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

(xi)          The Company will keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants outstanding from time to time.

(b)         In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Company agrees to pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees their pro rata portion (based on the Ordinary Shares purchased), with respect to the Offered Shares which they are offering, (i) an underwriting discount of seven percent (7%), and (ii) a non-accountable expense allowance equal to two percent (2%) of the gross proceeds of the Offering (exclusive of any proceeds from the sale of the Option Shares).  The Company also agrees to issue to the Representative warrants to purchase an aggregate number of its ordinary shares equal to 5% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering (____ Ordinary Shares) at an exercise price of 120% of the offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering (US$_____), which are exercisable commencing 540 days after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering, and will expire five years from the effective date of the registration statement. In this connection, each of the Underwriters represents to the Company that it is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Representative reserves the right to reduce any item of compensation or adjust the terms thereof as specified herein in the event that a determination shall be made by FINRA to the effect that the Underwriters’ aggregate compensation is in excess of FINRA Rules or that the terms thereof require adjustment.

 
22

 

(c)         The Company agrees to pay, or reimburse if paid by the Representative, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, all costs and expenses incident to the public offering of the Offered Shares and the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement including those relating to:  (i) the preparation, printing, reproduction filing and distribution of the Registration Statement and the Form 8-A Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, all amendments and supplements thereto; (ii) the preparation and delivery of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters; (iii) the registration or qualification of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various jurisdictions referred to in Section 4(a)(v), including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such registration and qualification and the preparation, printing, distribution and shipment of preliminary and supplementary Blue Sky memoranda; (iv) the furnishing (including costs of shipping and mailing) to the Representative and to the Underwriters of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus and all amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and of the several documents required by this Section to be so furnished, as may be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares by the Underwriters or by dealers to whom Offered Shares may be sold; (v) the filing fees of  FINRA in connection with its review of the terms of the public offering; (vi) listing of the Offered Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market; (vii) all travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expense of the Company incurred in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Shares; (viii) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares by the Company to the Underwriters; (ix) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary. Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Underwriters agree to pay, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement not payable by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Offered Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Underwriters’ legal costs and expenses incurred by the Underwriters to retain Underwriters' legal counsel and the Underwriters’ roadshow expenses (including the cost of presentation meals) shall be for the account of the Underwriters. The Underwriters’ roadshow expenses previously reimbursed by the Company shall be repaid to the Company on the Closing Date of the Firm Shares.  The Representative estimates that the maximum expense allowance to be paid by the Company for the Underwriters' roadshow and legal expenses will be $160,000.

(d)         The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Underwriters has acted and is acting solely in the capacity of a principal in an arm’s length transaction between the Company and the Underwriters with respect to the offering of Offered Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor, agent or fiduciary to the Company.  Additionally, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not and will not advise the Company as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company has consulted with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto, whether arising prior to or after the date hereof.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions have been and will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.  The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary duty to the company in connection with any such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 
23

 

(e)         The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representative, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Ordinary Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission.  The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely  filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.

(f)          The Company agrees to furnish to the Representative a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representative reasonably objects, and not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

I-Bankers Securities, Inc, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in its sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.

5.             Indemnification.

(a)         The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including any reasonable investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of (provided that the Company consents to such settlement), any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal, state or foreign law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer-information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules, any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any person controlling such Underwriter) on account of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from the sale of the Offered Shares to any person by such Underwriter if such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in such Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or such amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 
24

 

(b)         Each Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each director of the Company, and each officer of the Company who signs the Registration Statement, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including any reasonable investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of (provided that the Underwriters consent to such settlement), any action, suit or proceeding or claim asserted) to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal, state or foreign law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in such Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, however, that the obligation of each Underwriter to indemnify the Company (including any controlling person, director or officer thereof) shall be limited to the net proceeds received by the Company from such Underwriter.

(c)         Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served.  No indemnification provided for in Section 5(a) or 5(b) shall be available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in this Section 5(c) if the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of the proceeding to which such notice would have related and was prejudiced by the failure to give such notice, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party of any such action, suit or proceeding shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party for contribution or otherwise than under this Section.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and the approval by the indemnified party of such counsel, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses, except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.  The indemnified party shall have the right to employ its counsel in any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by such indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties, (ii) the indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (iii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of the commencement thereof, in each case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying parties.  An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, suit, and proceeding or claim effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 
25

 

6.             Contribution.   In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 5(a) or 5(b) is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (including any investigation, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting any contribution received by any person entitled hereunder to contribution from any person who may be liable for contribution) incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Underwriters from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Initial Price of the Offered Shares.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Underwriter (except as may be provided in the Agreement Among Underwriters) shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 6, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.  Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 6, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section 6.  No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its written consent.  The Underwriter’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 6 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 
26

 

7.             Termination.

(a)         This Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Offered Shares to be purchased on a Closing Date by the Representative by notifying the Company at any time at or before a Closing Date in the absolute discretion of the Representative if: (i) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the reasonable opinion of the Representative, will in the future materially disrupt, the international securities markets or the securities markets in the United States the effect of which is such as to make it, in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Offered Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Shares; (ii) there has occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make it, in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Offered Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Shares; (iii) trading in the Offered Shares or any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange, Inc., the NASDAQ Global Market, the London Stock Exchange or The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has been suspended or materially limited, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or any other governmental or regulatory authority; or (iv) a banking moratorium in New York, London, Hong Kong, the PRC or the Cayman Islands has been declared by the relevant authorities; (v) there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any change that has a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)         If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to any of its provisions, the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter, and no Underwriter shall be under any liability to the Company, except that (y) if this Agreement is terminated solely due to the fault of the Company, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel) incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder and (z) no Underwriter who shall have failed or refused to purchase the Ordinary Shares underlying the Offered Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Agreement, without some reason sufficient hereunder to justify cancellation or termination of its obligations under this Agreement, shall be relieved of liability to the Company or to the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its failure or refusal.

 
27

 

8.             Substitution of Underwriters .  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase on any Closing Date the Offered Shares agreed to be purchased hereunder on such Closing Date, the Representative shall have the right, within 36 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase such Offered Shares on the terms contained herein.  If, however, the Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 36-hour period, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to the Underwriters to purchase such Offered Shares on such terms.  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representative and the Company as provided above, the aggregate number of Offered Shares which remains unpurchased on such Closing Date does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of all the Offered Shares that all the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Offered Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such date and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Offered Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Offered Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.  In any such case, either the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the applicable Closing Date for a period of not more than seven days in order to effect any necessary changes and arrangements (including any necessary amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any other documents), and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the opinion of the Company and the Underwriters and their counsel may thereby be made necessary.

If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representative and the Company as provided above, the aggregate number of such Offered Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of all the Offered Shares to be purchased at such date, then this Agreement, or, with respect to a Closing Date which occurs after the Firm Shares Closing Date, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Shares to be purchased and sold on such date, shall terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter to the Company, and without liability on the part of the Company, except as provided in Sections 3(c), 5, 6 and 7.  The provisions of this Section 8 shall not in any way affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the Company or the nondefaulting Underwriters arising out of such default.  The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section 8 with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

9.             Miscellaneous .  The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of their respective officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in Sections 5 and 6 hereof, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares.  In addition, the provisions of Sections 4(c), 6 and 7 shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 
28

 

This Agreement has been and is made for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors and assigns, and, to the extent expressed herein, for the benefit of persons controlling any of the Underwriters, or the Company, and directors and officers of the Company, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  The term “successors and assigns” shall not include any purchaser of Offered Shares from any Underwriter merely because of such purchase.

All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and mailed or delivered or by telephone or telegraph if subsequently confirmed in writing, (a) if to the Representative, I-Bankers Securities, Inc., 505 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, attention:  President, with a copy to DLA Piper Italy, Via G. Casati, 1, 20123 Milan, Italy and (b) if to the Company, [                    ], attention: Chief Financial Officer.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  The Company irrevocably (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any federal or state court in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company hereby irrevocably designates Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington  DE 19808 as agent upon whom process against the Company may be served. THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the relevant party or parties could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each party hereto with respect to any sum due from it to any other party hereto or any person controlling any such other party shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day following receipt by such other party or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that such other party or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such other party or controlling person hereunder, the first-mentioned party agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such other party or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such other party or controlling person hereunder, such other party or controlling person agrees to pay to the first-mentioned party an amount equal to the excess of the United States dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such other party or controlling person hereunder.

 
29

 

All payments made by the Company under this Agreement will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Cayman Islands or the PRC or any political subdivision or any taxing authority thereof or therein unless the Company is or becomes required by law to withhold or deduct such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges. In such event, the Company will pay such additional amounts as will result, after such withholding or deduction, in the receipt by each Underwriter and each person controlling any Underwriter, as the case may be, of the amounts that would otherwise have been receivable in respect thereof, except to the extent such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges are imposed or levied by reason of such Underwriter’s or controlling person’s being connected with the Cayman Islands or the PRC other than by reason of its being an Underwriter or a person controlling any Underwriter under this Agreement.

This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among us.

 
30

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
   
 
SGOCO GROUP, LTD.
   
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

Confirmed:
 
   
By I-BANKERS SECURITIES, INC.
 
   
By
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
   
Acting as representative of the several
 
Underwriters named in Schedule I annexed
 
hereto.
 

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT)

 
31

 

SCHEDULE I
 
Name
 
Number of
Firm Shares
to
be Purchased
 
       
I-Bankers Securities, Inc.
       
Joseph Gunnar& Co., LLC
       
Hudson Securities, Inc.
       
Aegis Capital Corp.
       
         
         
Total          
       

 
SCHI - 1

 

SCHEDULE II

Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses

The free writing prospectuses dated [__] filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 
SCHII - 1

 

SCHEDULE III

Lock-up Signatories

Directors and Officers:

[         ]

Shareholders:

[         ]

 
SCHIII - 1

 

Exhibit A

CORPORATION, ASSOCIATION OR ENTITY CONTROLLED BY THE COMPANY
 
·
Honesty Group Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong limited company and wholly owned subsidiary of SGOCO (“Honesty Group”)
 
·
Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co. Ltd., a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guanke”)
 
·
Guanwei (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guanwei”)
 
·
Guancheng (Fujian) Electron Technological Co. Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Honesty Group (“Guancheng”).
 
·
Jinjiang Guanke Electron Co. Ltd, a company with limited liability incorporated in China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Guanke (“Jinjiang Guanke”)

 
EXHIBIT A - 1

 

Exhibit B
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 
EXHIBIT B - 1

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF OPINIONS

 
EXHIBIT C - 1

 
Exhibit 3.1
 
ASSISTANT SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE
 
SGOCO Technology, Ltd.
Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive
P.O. Box 2681
Grand Cayman KY1-1111
 
We, Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Assistant Secretary of SGOCO Technology, Ltd. (the "Company") DO HEREBY CERTIFY the following is an extract of the special resolution adopted by the Company on 17th November, 2010 and that such resolution has not been modified.
 
CHANGE OF NAME OF THE COMPANY
 
UNANIMOUSLY RESOLVED AS A SPECIAL RESOLUTION THAT the Company's name be and is hereby changed from SGOCO Technology, Ltd. to "SGOCO Group, Ltd."

 
Sharon Pierson
for and on behalf of
Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited
Assistant Secretary
 
Dated this 17 th day of November, 2010.

 

 

The Companies Law (Revised)
Company Limited by Shares

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HAMBRECHT ASIA ACQUISITION CORP.
(Adopted by way of a special resolution passed on 29 January, 2008)

 

 

INDEX

SUBJECT
 
Article No.
     
Table A
 
1
Interpretation
 
2
Share Capital
 
3
Alteration Of Capital
 
4-7
Share Rights
 
8-9
Variation Of Rights
 
10-11
Shares
 
12-15
Share Certificates
 
16-21
Lien
 
22-24
Calls On Shares
 
25-33
Forfeiture Of Shares
 
34-42
Register Of Members
 
43-44
Record Dates
 
45
Transfer Of Shares
 
46-51
Transmission Of Shares
 
52-54
Untraceable Members
 
55
General Meetings
 
56-58
Notice Of General Meetings
 
59-60
Proceedings At General Meetings
 
61-65
Voting
 
66-77
Proxies
 
78-83
Corporations Acting By Representatives
 
84
No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members
 
85
Board Of Directors
 
86
Retirement of Directors
 
87-88
Disqualification Of Directors
 
89
Executive Directors
 
90-91
[Intentionally Omitted]
 
92-95
Directors’ Fees And Expenses
 
96-99
Directors’ Interests
 
100-103
General Powers Of The Directors
 
104-109
Borrowing Powers
 
110-113
Proceedings Of The Directors
 
114-123
[Intentionally Omitted]
 
124-126
Officers
 
127-130
Register of Directors and Officers
 
131
Minutes
 
132
Seal
 
133
Authentication Of Documents
 
134
Destruction Of Documents
 
135
Dividends And Other Payments
 
136-145
Reserves
 
146
Capitalization
 
147-148
Subscription Rights Reserve
 
149
Accounting Records
 
150-154
Audit
 
155-160
Notices
 
161-163
Signatures
 
164
Winding Up
 
165-166
Indemnity
 
167
Amendment To Memorandum and Articles of Association And Name of Company
 
168
Information
 
169
(a)       Business Combination
 
170

 

 

INTERPRETATION

TABLE A

1.                      The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Law (Revised) do not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

2.         (1)        Certain of the terms contained in these Articles that are listed in the first column of the table below, unless the context otherwise requires, shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

WORD
MEANING
   
“Auditor”
the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.
   
“Articles”
these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
   
“Board” or “Directors”
the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
   
“capital”
the share capital from time to time of the Company.
   
“clear days”
in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
   
“clearing house”
a clearing house recognized by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
   
“Company”
Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp.
   
“competent regulatory
a competent regulatory authority in the territory where
authority” the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
   
“debenture” and
“debenture holder”
include debenture stock and debenture stockholder  respectively.

 
-1-

 

“Designated Stock
Exchange”
the OTC Bulletin Board or such other exchange or  interdealer quotation system upon which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted.
   
“dollars” and “$”
dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
   
“Exchange Act”           the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
“head office”               such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
   
“Law”
The Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands.
   
“Member”
a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
   
“month”
a calendar month.
   
“FINRA”
The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
   
“NASD Rules”
the rules set forth in the NASD Manual as part of the FINRA rulebook.
   
“Notice”
written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles.
   
“Office”
the registered office of the Company for the time being.
   
“ordinary resolution”
a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been duly given.
   
“paid up”
paid up or credited as paid up.
   
“Register”
the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.

 
-2-

 

“Registration Office”
in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of  title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
   
“SEC”
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
   
“Seal”
common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.
   
“Secretary”
any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
   
“special resolution”
a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given.  Provided that, except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five (95) percent in nominal value of the shares giving that right and in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been given, provided that where a special resolution is proposed to approve an amendment to Article 170, it shall only be passed with the approval of the holders of at least 80% of all of the issued shares of the Company;
   
 
a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes.
   
“Statutes”
the Law and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.
   
“year”
a calendar year.

 
-3-

 

(2)          In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 
(a)
words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 
(b)
words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 
(c)
words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

(d)          the words:

 
(i)
“may” shall be construed as permissive;

 
(ii)
“shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

 
(e)
expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 
(f)
references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 
(g)
save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 
(h)
references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not.

SHARE CAPITAL

3.        (1)          The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be divided into shares of a par value of $ 0.0001 each.

 
-4-

 

(2)           Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

(3)           No share shall be issued to bearer.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

4.                       The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 
(a)
increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 
(b)
consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 
(c)
without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favorable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 
(d)
sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 
(e)
cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

 
-5-

 

5.                       The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorize some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit.  Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

6.                       The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.

7.                       Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and installments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

SHARE RIGHTS

8.                       Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

9.                       Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorized by its Memorandum of Association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by ordinary resolution of the Members determine.  Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases.  If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

10.                      Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.  To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:

 
-6-

 

 
(a)
the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative) together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

 
(b)
every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 
(c)
any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorized representative  may demand a poll.

11.                     The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

SHARES

12.       (1)         Subject to the Law, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount.  In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.

(2)          Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable.  Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares of or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 
-7-

 

(3)          The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

13.                     The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law.  Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

14.                     Except as required by law, no person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

15.                     Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognize a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favor of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

16.                     Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine.  No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class.  The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

17.       (1)          In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

(2)          Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

 
-8-

 

18.                      Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.

19.                      Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

20.       (1)           Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article.  If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

(2)           The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

21.                      If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Company may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.

LIEN

22.                      The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share.  The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not.  The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof.  The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

 
-9-

 

23.                      Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfillment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

24.                      The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale.  To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof.  The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

25.                      Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares.  A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favor.

26.                      A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorizing the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by installments.

27.                      A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.  The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and installments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

28.                      If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

29.                      No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or installments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

 
-10-

 

30.                      On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

31.                      Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an installment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

32.                      On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

33.                      The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or installments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide.  The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced.  Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

34.      (1)          If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:

 
(a)
requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 
(b)
stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

(2)          If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 
-11-

 

35.                      When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share.  No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.

36.                      The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

37.                      Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

38.                      A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board determines.  The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares.  For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

39.                      A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.  When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

40.                      Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

41.                      The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or installment payable thereon.

42.                      The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 
-12-

 

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

43.      (1)          The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 
(a)
the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 
(b)
the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 
(c)
the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

(2)          The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

44.                     The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or, if appropriate, upon a maximum payment of $1.00 or such other sum specified by the Board at the Registration Office.  The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or by any electronic means in such manner as may be accepted by the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

RECORD DATES

45.                     For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 
-13-

 

If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  If corporate action without a general meeting is to be taken, the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its head office.  The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

46.                     Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

47.                     The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so.  Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers.  The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.  Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognizing a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favor of some other person.

48.      (1)          The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

(2)          The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register.  In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

(3)          Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.

 
-14-

 

49.                     Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless:-

 
(a)
a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 
(b)
the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 
(c)
the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 
(d)
if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

50.                     If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

51.                     The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspapers or by any other means in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

52.                     If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

53.                     Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof.  If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect.  If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favor of that person.  The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

 
-15-

 

54.                     A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share.  However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

55.      (1)          Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such checks or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions.  However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a check or warrant is returned undelivered.

(2)          The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 
(a)
all checks or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorized by the Articles of the Company have remained uncashed;

 
(b)
so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 
(c)
the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 
-16-

 

(3)          To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorize some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.  The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds.  No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit.  Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

56.                     An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year of the Company’s incorporation at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

57.                     Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called  an extraordinary general meeting.  General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.
 
58.                     Only a majority of the Board or the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

59.      (1)          An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 
(a)
in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 
(b)
in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five percent (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

(2)          The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business.  The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such.  Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

 
-17-

 

(3)          Members may seek to bring business (other than the nomination of candidates for election as directors) before an annual general meeting, provided they must provide timely notice of their intent in writing to the Company. To be timely, a Member’s notice will need to be delivered to the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual general meeting. For the first annual general meeting after the closing of the IPO (as defined in Article 170), a Member’s notice shall be timely if delivered to the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual general meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement or Notice of the date of the annual general meeting is first made or sent by the Company.

60.                     The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

61.      (1)          All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of:

 
(a)
the declaration and sanctioning of  dividends;

 
(b)
consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;

 
(c)
the election of Directors;

 
(d)
appointment of Auditors (where special notice of the intention for such appointment is not required by the Law) and other officers;

 
(e)
the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors, and the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors;

 
(f)
the granting of any mandate or authority to the Directors to offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares in the capital of the Company representing not more than 20 percent (20%) in nominal value of its existing issued share capital; and

 
(g)
the granting of any mandate or authority to the Directors to repurchase securities of the Company.

(2)          No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business.  At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorized representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

 
-18-

 
 
62.                      If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine.  If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

63.                      The chairman of the Company shall preside as chairman at every general meeting.  If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act.  If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

64.                      The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.  Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

65.                      If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.  In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

VOTING

66.                      Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorized representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share.  Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands.  A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by he rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:

 
-19-

 

 
(a)
by the chairman of such meeting; or

 
(b)
by at least three Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorized representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 
(c)
by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorized representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 
(d)
by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorized representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.

A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorized representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member.

67.                     Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

68.                     If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.  The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

69.                     A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith.  A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs.  It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

70.                     The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

71.                     On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

72.                     A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 
-20-

 

73.                     All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.

74.                     Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding.  Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

75.      (1)          A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

(2)          Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

76.                     No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

77.                     If:

 
(a)
any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 
(b)
any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 
(c)
any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

 
-21-

 
the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs.  Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting.  The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

PROXIES

78.                      Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him.  A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting.  A proxy need not be a Member.  In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

79.                      The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorized to sign the same.  In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorized to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

80.                      The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.  No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date.  Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

81.                      Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting.  The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit.  The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 
-22-

 

82.                      A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

83.                      Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

84.           (1)       Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members.  The person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorized is present thereat.

(2)       If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorize such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorized.  Each person so authorized under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorized without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

(3)       Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorized representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorized under the provisions of this Article.

ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS

85.                     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares, in the case of an ordinary resolution, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and in the case of a special resolution, by all holders of outstanding shares, and shall be delivered to the Company by delivery to  its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of general meetings are recorded.

 
-23-

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

86.           (1)      Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two (2).  There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting.  The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter in accordance with Article 87 and shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed.

(2)      Subject to the Articles and the Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

(3)      The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.  Any Director so appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election.

(4)      No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

(5)      Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of (i) an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement), or (ii) a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors if such removal is for cause at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).

 (6)     A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.

(7)      The Company may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).

87.     [Intentionally Omitted]

88.     [Intentionally Omitted]

 
-24-

 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

89.                      The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

(1)       resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

(2)         becomes of unsound mind or dies;

(3)       without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

(4)       becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

(5)        is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

(6)       ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

90.                      The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments.  Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director.  A Director appointed to an office under this Article shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

91.                      Notwithstanding Articles 96, 97, 98 and 99, an executive director appointed to an office under Article 90 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

92.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

93.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

94.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

95.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

 
-25-

 

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

96.                      The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.  Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director. The ordinary remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is voted) be divided amongst the Board in such proportions and in such manner as the Board may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any Director who shall hold office for part only of the period in respect of which such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to rank in such division for a proportion of remuneration related to the period during which he has held office.  Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

97.                      Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

98.                      Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra
remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

99.                      The Board shall obtain the approval of the Company in general meeting before making any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).
 
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

100.                     (a) No contract or transaction between the Company and 1 or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Company and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which 1 or more of its Directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such Director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose, if:


 
-26-

 

(1) The material facts as to the Director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(2) The material facts as to the Director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders; or

(3) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee or the Shareholders.

(b) Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum and may vote at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
 
101.                      [Intentionally Ommitted]

102.                      [Intentionally Ommitted]

103.                      [Intentionally Ommitted]

GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

104.                      The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made.  The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.

(2)          Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 
(a)
To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed.

 
(b)
To give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration.

 
-27-

 

 
(c)
To resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

105.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

106.                      The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorize any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorized under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

107.                      The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

108.                      All checks, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine.  The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

109.         (1)        The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

(2)         The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph.  Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

 
-28-

 

BORROWING POWERS

110.                      The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

111.                      Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

112.                      Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

113.        (1)        Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

(2)        The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

114.                      The Board may meet for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate.  Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes.  In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall not have an additional or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.

115.                      A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director.  The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director.

116.        (1)        The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be equal to a majority of the Board.

(2)         Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

 
-29-

 

(3)          Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act  as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

117.                      The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

118.                      The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board.  If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

119.                      A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

120.        (1)          The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees, consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes.  Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

(2)          All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfillment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

121.                      The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

122.                      A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held.  Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

 
-30-

 
 
123.                      All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting  as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

124.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

125.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

126.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

OFFICERS

127.        (1)         The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles.

(2)         The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.

(3)         The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

128.       (1)         The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine.  If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries.  The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

(2)         The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose.  He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.

129.                      The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

130.                      A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorizing a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

 
-31-

 

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

131.                      The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and officers as required by the Law.

MINUTES

132.        (1)         The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 
(a)
of all elections and appointments of officers;

 
(b)
of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 
(c)
of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.

 
(2)
Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.

SEAL

133.        (1)         The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine.  For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve.  The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorized by the Board in that behalf.  Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature.  Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

(2)        Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorized agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit.  Wherever in these Articles  reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

 
-32-

 

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

134.                      Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board.  A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favor of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

135.                      [Intentionally Omitted]

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

136.                      Subject to the Law, the Company in general meeting or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

137.                      Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed.  The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

138.                      Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 
(a)
all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 
(b)
all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.


 
-33-

 

139.                      The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

140.                      The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

141.                      No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

142.                      Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by check or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.  Every such check or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the check or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged.  Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

143.                      All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed.  Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.  The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

144.                      Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members.  The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid.  Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 
-34-

 
 
145.       (1)         Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 
(a)
that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment.  In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 
(i)
the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 
(ii)
the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 
(iii)
the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 
(iv)
the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalize and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

 
(b)
that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit.  In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 
(i)
the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 
-35-

 

 
(ii)
the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 
(iii)
the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 
(iv)
the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalize and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

 
(2)
(a)
The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

 
(b)
The Board may do all acts  and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalization pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned).  The Board may authorize any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 
-36-

 
 
(3)           The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

(4)           The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination.  Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

(5)           Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares.  The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalization issues, distributions of realized capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

RESERVES

146.       (1)            The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company.  Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law.  The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.

(2)           Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company.  The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.
 
 
-37-

 

CAPITALISATION

147.                      The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalize all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealized profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.

148.                      The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorize any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board.  The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE

149.                      The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 
(1)
If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 
(a)
as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalized and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;
 
 
-38-

 
 
 
(b)
the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law;

 
(c)
upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 
(i)
the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 
(ii)
the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalized and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and

 
(d)
if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue.  Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares.  The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate.

 
-39-

 
 
(2)           Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned.  Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

(3)           The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

(4)           A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

150.                      The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

151.                      The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors.  No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

152.                      Subject to Article 153, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.
 
 
-40-

 

153.                      Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 152 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

154.                      The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 152 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 153 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 152 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 153, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

AUDIT

155.        Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange:

(1)        At the annual general meeting or at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor.  Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

(2)        A person, other than a retiring Auditor, shall not be capable of being appointed Auditor at an annual general meeting unless notice in writing of an intention to nominate that person to the office of Auditor has been given not less than fourteen (14) days before the annual general meeting and furthermore, the Company shall send a copy of any such notice to the retiring Auditor.

(3)        The Members may, at any general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Articles, by special resolution remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by ordinary resolution at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

156.                      Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

157.                      The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

158.                      If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 
-41-

 
 
159.                      The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

160.                      The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory.  The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.  The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.  The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands.  If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this act and name such country or jurisdiction.

NOTICES

161.                      Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”).  The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above.  In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

 
-42-

 

162.                      Any Notice or other document:

 
(a)
if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 
(b)
if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent.  A notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member; and

 
(c)
if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant dispatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, dispatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

163.       (1)            Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

(2)           A notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

(3)           Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 
-43-

 

SIGNATURES

164.                      For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorized representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

WINDING UP

165.         (a) The provisions of paragraphs 165 and 166 are subject to the provisions of paragraph 170 until such time as a Business Combination (as defined in paragraph 170) is consummated.

(b)(1)     The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

(2)           A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

166.        (1)           Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

(2)           If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members.  The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

 
-44-

 
 
(3)           In the event of winding-up of the Company in the People’s Republic of China, every Member of the Company who is not for the time being in the People’s Republic of China shall be bound, within 14 days after the passing of an effective resolution to wind up the Company voluntarily, or the making of an order for the winding-up of the Company, to serve notice in writing on the Company appointing some person resident in the People’s Republic of China and stating that person’s full name, address and occupation upon whom all summonses, notices, process, orders and judgments in relation to or under the winding-up of the Company may be served, and in default of such nomination the liquidator of the Company shall be at liberty on behalf of such Member to appoint some such person, and service upon any such appointee, whether appointed by the Member or the liquidator, shall be deemed to be good personal service on such Member for all purposes, and, where the liquidator makes any such appointment, he shall with all convenient speed give notice thereof to such Member by advertisement as he shall deem appropriate or by a registered letter sent through the post and addressed to such Member at his address as appearing in the register, and such notice shall be deemed to be service on the day following that on which the advertisement first appears or the letter is posted.

INDEMNITY

167.        (1)            The Directors, Secretary and other officers and every Auditor for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

(2)           Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.
 
 
-45-

 

AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
AND NAME OF COMPANY

168.                      No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members.  A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

INFORMATION

169.                      No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
 
2.
170.        (1)        Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the following provisions (2) through (7) shall apply during the period commencing upon the adoption of these Articles and terminating upon the consummation of any “Business Combination”.  A “Business Combination” shall mean the acquisition by the Company, through a stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination, or controlling, through contractual arrangements, an operating business (“Target Business”), that has its primary operations in the People’s Republic of China, and a fair market value of at least 80% of the Trust Fund (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the Business Combination. The Company may not consummate a business combination with a business that has its primary operations outside of the People’s Republic of China. In the event of any conflict between this Article and any other Article, the provisions of this Article shall prevail.  Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, this paragraph 170 may not be amended prior to the consummation of a Business Combination.

(2)        Prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, the Company shall submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval regardless of whether the Business Combination is of a type which normally would require such Member approval under the Law. In the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares vote for the approval of the Business Combination, the Company shall be authorized to consummate the Business Combination; provided that the Company shall not consummate any Business Combination if 30% or more in interest of the holders of IPO Shares (defined below) exercise their redemption rights described below.  In the event that the Company seeks to extend the Termination Date (as defined below) pursuant to paragraph 170(4)(iii) and such extension is approved, the maximum percentage of the IPO Shares which may be redeemed in connection with a Business Combination will be reduced by the percentage redeemed in the vote on the extension of the Termination Date.

 
-46-

 
 
(3)           In the event that a Business Combination is approved in accordance with the above paragraph 170(2) and is consummated by the Company or an extension to the Termination Date (as defined below) is approved in accordance with paragraph 170(4)(iii) below, any Member holding ordinary shares (the “IPO Shares”) that were originally issued in the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) of securities who voted against the Business Combination or the extension to the Termination Date may, contemporaneous with such vote, demand that the Company redeem his or her IPO Shares for cash. If so demanded, the Company shall redeem such shares at a per share redemption price equal to the quotient determined by dividing (i) the amount in the Trust Fund (as defined below), as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination or the vote on the extension, as applicable, by (ii) the total number of IPO Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of IPO Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder is acting in concert or as a ‘‘group’’ (as defined under Section 13 of Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from redeeming more than 10% of the IPO Shares.  Nothing herein will be deemed to restrict the way a holder of IPO Shares may vote such shares.  “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust account established by the Company at the consummation of its IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO are deposited.

(4)           In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination by a date (the “Termination Date”) which shall be the later of (i) 18 months after the consummation of the IPO or (ii) 24 months after the consummation of the IPO in the event that either a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement to complete a Business Combination was executed but was not consummated within 18 months of the IPO and (iii) in the event that the Company seeks the approval of the Company’s Members to extend the time period within which it must consummate a Business Combination to 36 months (which approval the Company may only seek if the Company has entered into a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement to complete a Business Combination within 18 months after the consummation of the IPO; provided that the extension of the time period will not be deemed to be approved if 30% or more in interest of the holders of IPO Shares exercise redemption rights in connection with such vote), 36 months after the consummation of the IPO, the existence of this Company shall cease except for the purposes of winding up the Company’s affairs and liquidating and the Directors shall take all such action necessary to dissolve and liquidate the Company as promptly as practicable.  In the event that the Company is so dissolved and liquidated, only the holders of IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other outstanding securities of the Company.

(5)           A holder of IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Fund only in the event of a liquidation of the Company or in the event he or she redeems his or her shares in accordance with paragraph 170(3), above. In no other circumstances shall a holder of IPO Shares have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Trust Fund.
 
 
-47-

 


Exhibit 5.1

8 December 2010
Matter No.: 875077
Doc Ref: 347508
852 2842 9530
Richard.Hall@conyersdill.com
SGOCO Group, Ltd.
SGOCO Technology Park
Loushan, Jinjiang City, Fujian
People’s Republic of China 362200

Dear Sirs,

Re: SGOCO Group, Ltd. (the “Company”)

We have acted as special Cayman legal counsel to the Company in connection with a follow-on offering of: (i) up to 1,333,333 ordinary shares, par value US$0.01 per share (the “Shares”)   to certain underwriters for whom I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (the “Representative”) is acting as representative (collectively, the “Underwriters”), (ii) up to 200,000 Shares (the “Over-Allotment Shares”) which the Underwriters will have a right to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any, (iii) a purchase option issuable to the Representative (the “Representative’s Option”), and (iv) up to 66,667 Shares (the “Option Shares”) issuable to the Representative upon exercise of the Representative’s Option, as described in the prospectus contained in the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on or about 3 December 2010 (the “Registration Statement”).

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon copies of the following documents:

(i)
a draft of the representative option agreement constituting the Representative Option to be made between the Company and the Representative (the “RO Agreement”);

(ii)
a copy of the Registration Statement; and

(iii)
a draft of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement.

 

 

We have also reviewed and relied upon (1) the memorandum of association and the articles of association of the Company, (2) copies of the minutes of a meeting in the board of directors of the Company held on 16 November 2010 (the “Minutes”), (3) the register of members of the Company, (4) a certificate of good standing issued by the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies on 7 December 2010 (the “Certificate Date”) and (5) such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

We have assumed (i) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures, stamps and seals and the conformity to the originals of all copies of documents (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; (ii) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention; (iii) the capacity, power and authority of each of the parties to the Documents, other than the Company, to enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Documents; (iv) the due execution and delivery of the Documents by each of the parties thereto, other than the Company, and the physical delivery thereof by the Company with an intention to be bound thereby; (v) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the RO Agreement, the Prospectus and Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (vi) that the resolutions contained in the Minutes are full and accurate records of resolutions passed at meetings duly convened and held by the directors of the Company in accordance with the articles of association of the Company and that such resolutions have not been amended or rescinded and remain in full force and effect; (vii) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein; (viii) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the RO Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with or declared effective by the Commission; and (vi) that the Prospectus, when published, will be in substantially the same form as that examined by us for purposes of this opinion.

The obligations of the Company under the RO Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (a) will be subject to the laws from time to time in effect relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, possessory liens, rights of set off, reorganisation, amalgamation, moratorium or any other laws or legal procedures, whether of a similar nature or otherwise, generally affecting the rights of creditors; (b) will be subject to statutory limitation of the time within which proceedings may be brought; (c) will be subject to general principles of equity and, as such, specific performance and injunctive relief, being equitable remedies, may not be available; (d) may not be given effect to by a Cayman Islands court, whether or not it was applying the laws of the State of New York, if and to the extent they constitute the payment of an amount which is in the nature of a penalty and not in the nature of liquidated damages.  Notwithstanding any contractual submission to the jurisdiction of specific courts, a Cayman Islands court has inherent discretion to stay or allow proceedings in the Cayman Islands against the Company under the RO Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus if there are other proceedings in respect of those documents simultaneously underway against the Company in another jurisdiction.

 
Page 2 of 4

 

We express no opinion as to validity or the binding effect of obligations to make any payment at an increased rate on overdue amounts or on the happening of an event or default or to pay a specified rate or interest on the amount of a judgment after the date of judgement.  In addition, any provision expressly or impliedly providing that certain statements, calculations and/or certificates are incorrect on their face or fraudulent will not necessarily prevent judicial enquiry into the merits of a claim of an aggrieved party.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands.  This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1.
As at the Certificate Date, the Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Cayman Islands government authority or to pay any Cayman Islands government fee which would make it liable to be struck off by the Registrar of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of the Cayman Islands).

2.
The issue of the Shares and Over-Allotment Shares has been duly authorised, and when the Shares and Over-Allotment Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for in the manner described in and pursuant to the terms of the Prospectus and Registration Statement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are payable to the Company with respect to the holding of such Shares and Over-Allotment Shares).

3.
The issue of the Option Shares upon exercise of the Representative’s Option has been duly authorised, and when the Option Shares have been issued in the manner described in and pursuant to the terms of the RO Agreement, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are payable to the Company with respect to the holding of such Option Shares).

4.
The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the RO Agreement. When duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, the RO Agreement will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with the terms thereof

 
Page 3 of 4

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Yours faithfully,

Conyers Dill & Pearman

 
Page 4 of 4

 

Exhibit 10.33

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

The Agreement is made effective as of the July 31, 2010 (the “Effective Date” ), by and between SGOCO Technology, Ltd., a Cayman Islands registered corporation, (the “ Company ”), and William A. Krolicki (US Passport#45205430) an individual (the “ Employee ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company has made an offer of employment to the Employee, and the Employee has accepted such offer of employment on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
 
WHEREAS, Employee shall commence his employment with the Company on or about July 31, 2010 , or at another mutually agreeable date; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto each recognize that, in the course of the Employee’s employment, the Employee has had and will have access to certain information that is confidential and proprietary to the Company, the disclosure of which would cause severe detriment to the Company and/or its affiliates; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties desire to fix their respective rights and responsibilities as set forth in the Agreement.
 
NOW, THEEFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants, terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is specifically acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
Section 1.            EMPLOYMENT
 
The Company hereby employs the Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts employment, as Vice President of Finance of the Company.
 
Section 2.            THE EMPLOYEE’S DUTIES
 
a.           The Employee hereby agrees to perform his duties faithfully and honestly on behalf of the Company and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and use his reasonable good faith efforts and ability on behalf of the Company to perform the duties of the Employee’s position and perform such duties and services as shall be specified and designated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.  In performance of his duties, Employee shall report to the Chief Executive Officer.
 
 
 

 
 
b.           The Employee’s duties shall include, without limitation, those customarily associated with the position of Vice President of Finance of a U.S. publicly listed company.
 
c.           The Employee agrees that he shall, during the term of their Agreement, faithfully serve the Company as a full-time employee and devote his business time, attention and ability to his duties and responsibilities hereunder; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit or restrict the Employee from serving in various capacities in community, civic, religious or charitable organizations or trade associations or leagues; or attending to passive personal business or investment matters; provided that no such service or activity permitted in the Section 2(c) shall individually or in the aggregate, either materially interfere with the performance by the Employee of his duties hereunder or give rise to any conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest with either the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
 
d.           The Employee agrees to observe and comply with all applicable domestic (federal, state, and local) and international laws.  The Employee also agrees to comply with all lawful rules, regulations, policies and practices adopted by the Company and made generally applicable to all of the Company’s employees (or applicable to similarly situated employees), either orally or in writing, both as they now exist and as they may be duly adopted or modified from time to time, provided that in the event of a conflict between the Agreement or its attachments and such rules, regulations, policies, or practices, the Agreement shall govern and supersede the same.
 
Section 3.               COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
 
In consideration for all services rendered by the Employee to the Company and as consideration for the restrictive covenants referred to in Section 7 hereof, Company hereby agrees to pay compensation to the Employee as follows:
 
a.           During the term of the Agreement, commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall pay to the Employee, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) of Sixty Thousand Chinese Yuan (RMB6 0,000 ) per month.  The Company shall make deductions and withholding from the amount payable to Employee as may be required by applicable international, federal, state or local laws.
 
b.           In addition to the foregoing, on July 31, 2010 , Employee will be granted 3,700 restricted stocks shares (the “ Shares ”).  The Shares shall vest on January 1 st , 2011.
 
c.           Employee is also eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus program pursuant to which bonuses are granted at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and are based on applicable labor laws in China. Bonuses are not earned until the date they are paid and Employee must be an employee of the Company on the day bonuses are issued to receive any bonus.
 
 
2

 

d.           Annual leave entitlement is 15 days per year. Annual leave is accrued throughout the calendar year from January to December on a pro-rata basis. New employees will be eligible for the first year annual leave entitlement pro-rated over the calendar year from the date of joining.  Employee is entitled to other PRC national public holidays and leave.
 
Section 4.              EXPENSES
 
a.           The Company shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred (i) in the ordinary course of conducting Company’s business and (ii) in accordance with policies established, from time to time, by the Company.
 
b.           The Employee shall submit expense reports accompanied by receipts or the appropriate substantiation for all items of business expenses for which reimbursement is sought.  Expenses for which Employee is entitled to reimbursement as provided herein shall be reimbursed within two (2) weeks of the Employee’s submission but in no event shall the Employee be reimbursed later than the end of the year following the year in which any such expense is incurred.  The amount of Executive’s expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any of the taxable year.
 
Section 5.             DURATION AND TERMINATION
 
a.           Unless terminated earlier as set forth below in Section 5(a), the Employee’s initial term of employment under the Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for three years (the “ Initial Term ”).  During the Initial Term of Employment, Employee’s employment may only be terminated for the following reasons:
 
(1)           Upon the death of the Employee, effective the date of Employee’s death;
 
 
3

 

(2)           Ten (10) days after the date on which the Company shall have given the Employee written notice of the termination of his employment by reason of his physical or mental incapacity or disability on a permanent basis.  For purposes of the Agreement, the Employee shall be deemed to be physically or mentally incapacitated or disabled on a permanent basis if he is unable to materially and/or substantially perform his duties, with or without reasonable accommodations, hereunder for a period exceeding two (2) consecutive months or for a period of four (4) months in any twelve (12) consecutive month period;
 
(3)           Immediately upon the date the Company gives the Employee written notice of the termination of his employment for “Cause” .  For purposes of the Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) the conviction of the Employee of a crime involving a sentence of incarceration or of a felony with or without a sentence of incarceration; (ii) the commission of an act by the Employee constituting fraud, embezzlement or other material financial dishonesty against the Company, or of an act of moral turpitude which in the opinion of counsel to the Company would constitute a crime under the laws of the United States or China (or any of their state or local laws) and which, in case of any of the foregoing, in the good faith judgment of the Company, is likely to cause harm to the business of the Company, taken as a whole; (iii) the repeated refusal or failure by the Employee to use his reasonable and diligent efforts to follow the lawful and reasonable directives (in light of the terms of the Agreement) of the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors with respect to a matter or matters within the control of the Employee; (iv) Employee’s willful or gross neglect in carrying out his material duties and responsibilities under the Agreement; (v) material breach by the Employee of any provision of the Agreement or the Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement, including any of the Restrictive Covenants as provided in Section 7 hereof;
 
(4)           Thirty (30) days after the date on which the Employee shall have given the Company written notice of the termination of his employment without Cause;
 
(5)           Thirty (30) days after the date on which the Company provides written notice to the Employee that he is being terminated without Cause (subject to the payments due in Section 6).
 
b.           After the Initial Term of Employment, Employee’s employment under the Agreement shall continue pursuant to the Agreement but shall be “at will,” meaning that either the Company or Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with or without cause or advance notice.  The at-will relationship may only be changed by an agreement in writing signed by the CEO of the Company.
 
Section 6.              PAYMENTS AND OTHER RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION
 
a.           During the Initial Term, if the Employee terminates his employment for any reason or if the Company terminates Employee’s employment due to death, permanent disability, or with Cause, as defined above in Section 5, Employee shall be entitled only to the Base Salary through the date of the Employee’s termination of his employment and any of the benefits legally required to be paid to the Employee.  The Company shall retain all the rights and remedies provided at law or in equity as a result of such termination of employment.
 
 
4

 
 
b.           During the first year Initial Term, if the Company terminates Employee without Cause, the Employee shall be entitled one month of Base Salary only, payable within sixty (60) days from the date the Employee is terminated.  If the Employee is terminated without Cause after the one-year anniversary of the Agreement but before the second-year anniversary, Employee shall be entitled to two months of Base Salary only, payable within sixty (60) days from the date the Employee is terminated.  If the Employee is terminated without Cause after the second-year anniversary of the Agreement but before the third-year anniversary, Employee shall be entitled to three months of Base Salary only, payable within sixty (60) days from the date the Employee is terminated.
 
c.           After the Initial Term, if the Company or Employee terminates the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee shall be entitled only to the Base Salary through the date of the Employee’s termination and any of the benefits legally required to be paid to the Employee.  The Company shall retain all the rights and remedies provided at law or in equity as a result of such termination of employment.
 
d.           Under no circumstances will Employee be entitled to any severance pay, except as set forth in Section 6(b) above.
 
Section 7.           GOVERNING LAW, DISPUTE RESOLUTION
 
THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region (HKSAR), WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEEOF. Any controversy or dispute between any of the parties to the Agreement arising out of any of the terms, provisions, or conditions of the Agreement, or the interpretation or enforceability thereof, shall be submitted to arbitration in HKSAR, or another location agreed to by the parties.  The arbitration shall be heard before a single arbitrator agreed to by the parties.  The arbitration shall be binding with no right of appeal.  In the event that either party initiates arbitration pursuant to the section, the Company shall pay all of the fees and costs of the arbitration.  Each party shall be responsible for their own attorney’s fees and other costs.  The prevailing party shall have the right, at the discretion of the arbitrator, to recover its share of any arbitration fees and costs, or attorney’s fees and costs.  The arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association governing Employment Disputes. The parties shall agree to the appointment of the arbitrator within ten (10) business days after the request for arbitration is received.  The parties shall be entitled to reasonable discovery; provided, that the arbitrator may limit discovery in connection with a dispute as appropriate to achieve the prompt and efficient disposition of the dispute while giving full regard to the legitimate needs of the parties for discovery; provided, however, that in no event shall such discovery process exceed a period of 60 days, unless the arbitrator extends such period for good cause.  The decision of the arbitrator may be entered for judgment in any appropriate court with jurisdiction.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 8.               ENTIRE AGREEMENT
 
The Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all prior agreements between the parties hereto, express or implied, relating to the subject matter hereof.  The Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto.  It may not be changed, altered, modified or amended except in a writing signed by both parties.
 
Section 9.               NON-WAIVER
 
The failure or refusal of either party to insist upon the strict performance of any provision of the Agreement or to exercise any right in any one or more instances or circumstances shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such provision or right.
 
Section 10.             ASSIGNMENT/NON-ASSIGNMENT
 
The Company may assign the Agreement and any rights hereunder to any parent, subsidiary, affiliate, or successor whereupon such parent, subsidiary, affiliate, or successor shall have all the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder.
 
Any other transfer or assignment of the Agreement and/or rights hereunder shall be subject to Employee’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The Employee shall have no right to assign any of the rights, nor to delegate any of the duties, created by the Agreement, and any assignment or attempted assignment of the Employee’s rights, and any delegation or attempted delegation of the Employee’s duties, shall be null and void.  In all other respects, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, beneficiaries, personal representatives, successors, officers and directors.
 
Section 11.             SEVERABILITY
 
If any paragraph, term or provision of the Agreement shall be held or determined to be unenforceable, the balance of the Agreement shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect unaffected by such holding or determination to the fullest extent permitted by law as though such paragraph, term or provision had been written in such a manner and to such an extent as to be enforceable under the circumstances.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 12.             NOTICE
 
All notices hereunder shall be in writing.  Notices may be delivered personally, or by certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses set forth below:
 
SGOCO Technology, Ltd.
SGOCO Technology Park, Luoshan, Jinjiang
Fujian, China, 362200

Mr. William A. Krolicki
3D, Block 3, Hillview Court
11 Ka Shue Road
Sai Kung, N.T.
Hong Kong, S.A.R.
 
Either party may designate a new address for purposes of the Agreement by notice to the other party in accordance with the paragraph.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties knowingly and voluntarily have set their signatures.
 
DATED: ______________________, 2010                  SGOCO Technology, Ltd.

   
By: 
 
   
Its: Chief Executive Officer and President
       
DATED: ______________________, 2010
     
     
   
Name:  William A. Krolicki

 
7

 
 

English Translation of a Chinese document

Exhibit 10.34

Brand Usage Authorization Contract

[English translation for reference only]

Form prepared by the Trademark Bureau of the State Administration of Industry & Commerce (“SAIC”)

In accordance with the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China, TCL Business System Technology (Huizhou) Co Ltd (“Assignor”) and Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd (“Assignee”) have entered into the Brand Usage Authorization Contract for the usage of the TCL brand for manufacturing and distribution of the LCD displays during June 2010 and June 2013. The Assignor and the Assignee may renew the contract when it is expired.

1 Verified business scope of the Assignee
LCD Monitor

2 Quantity of manufacturing
Quantity of the manufacturing shall be based on the purchase orders placed by the Assignor

3 Trademark printing
The trademark shall be printed by the Assignee in compliance with the requirements by the Assignor

4 Name of the Assignee
Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd

5 Charges of the brand usage
There is no charge in connection with the usage of the brand because the Assignee is the OEM partner for the Assignor

6 Quality and standard
Products manufactured by the Assignee shall be up to the national standards

7 Quality assurance and liability
The Assignee shall take the liabilities in connection with the quality of the products

8 Default liability
Confrontations arising from the contract shall be resolved through friendly consultation between the Assignor and the Assignee

9 Others
The contract shall take effect from the date of signing by the two parties

 

 

English Translation of a Chinese document

Exhibit 10.34


Assignor (Chop): TCL Business System Technology (Huizhou) Co Ltd
Address: Zhongkai High-tech Zone, Huizhou city, Guangzhou Province

Assignee (Chop): Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co Ltd
Address: Houlin Community, Luoshan Street, Jinjiang City, Fujian Province.

Date: June 3, 2010

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.35

SGOCO TECHNOLOGY, LTD.
 
2010 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
 
1.            PURPOSE OF PLAN
 
The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success of the Corporation and to increase shareholder value by providing an additional means through the grant of Awards to attract, motivate, retain and reward selected employees and other eligible persons of SGOCO Group.
 
2.            ELIGIBILITY
 
The Administrator may grant Awards under this Plan only to those persons that the Administrator determines to be Eligible Persons; provided, however, that ISOs may only be granted to an Eligible Person who is an employee of SGOCO Group.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person who is otherwise an Eligible Person may participate in this Plan only if such participation would not compromise the Corporation’s ability to comply with Applicable Laws (including securities laws).  A Participant may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards if the Administrator shall so determine.
 
3.            PLAN ADMINISTRATION
 
 
3.1.
The Administrator .  This Plan shall be administered by, and all Awards under this Plan shall be authorized by, the Administrator.  Any Committee of the Board that serves as the Administrator shall be comprised solely of one or more directors or such number of directors as may be required under Applicable Laws and may delegate some or all of its authority to another Committee so constituted.  Unless otherwise provided in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Corporation or the applicable charter of any Administrator: (a) a majority of the members of the acting Administrator shall constitute a quorum, and (b) the vote of a majority of the members present assuming the presence of a quorum or the unanimous written consent of the members of the Administrator shall constitute action by the acting Administrator.
 
 
3.2.
Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Administrator is authorized and empowered to do all things necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization of Awards and the administration of this Plan (in the case of a Committee, within the authority delegated to that Committee or person(s)), including, the authority to:
 
 
3.2.1
determine eligibility and, from among those persons determined to be eligible, the particular Eligible Persons who will receive an Award under this Plan;
 
 
3.2.2
grant Awards to Eligible Persons, determine the price at which securities will be offered or awarded and the number of securities to be offered or awarded to any of such persons, determine the other specific terms and conditions of such Awards consistent with the express limits of this Plan, establish the installments (if any) in which such Awards shall become exercisable or shall vest (which may include, performance and/or time-based schedules), or determine that no delayed exercisability or vesting is required, establish any applicable performance targets, establish the events of termination or reversion of such Awards, and determine whether to repurchase any Ordinary Shares acquired by a Participant under an Award;
 
 
3.2.3
approve the forms of Award Documents (which need not be identical either as to type of Award or among Participants);
 
 
3.2.4
construe and interpret this Plan and any agreements defining the rights and obligations of SGOCO Group and Participants under this Plan and other Award Documents, further define the terms used in this Plan, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Plan or the Awards granted under this Plan;
 
 
3.2.5
cancel, modify, or waive the Corporation’s rights with respect to, or modify, discontinue, suspend, or terminate any or all outstanding Awards subject to any required consent under Section 8.6.5;
 
 

 
 
 
3.2.6
accelerate or extend the vesting or exercisability or extend the term of any or all such outstanding Awards (in the case of Options or Share Appreciation Rights, within the maximum ten-year term of such Awards) in such circumstances as the Administrator may deem appropriate (including, in connection with a termination of employment or services or other events of a personal nature) subject to any required consent under Section 8.6.5 and provided that no such acceleration or extension would result in the imposition on any Participant of any taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A;
 
 
3.2.7
adjust the number of Shares subject to any Award, adjust the price of any or all outstanding Awards or otherwise change previously imposed terms and conditions, in such circumstances as the Administrator may deem appropriate subject to any required consent under Section 8.6.5 and provided that no such adjustment or change would result in the imposition on any Participant of any taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A;
 
 
3.2.8
determine the date of grant of an Award, which may be a designated date after but not before the date of the Administrator’s action (unless otherwise designated by the Administrator, the date of grant of an Award shall be the date upon which the Administrator took the action granting an Award);
 
 
3.2.9
determine whether, and the extent to which, adjustments are required pursuant to Section 7 and authorize the termination, conversion, substitution or succession of Awards upon the occurrence of an event of the type described in Section 7;
 
 
3.2.10
acquire or settle (subject to Sections 7 and 8.6) rights under Awards in cash, Shares of equivalent value, or other consideration or in any combination thereof;
 
 
3.2.11
determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares or Awards under this Plan from time to time and/or the manner in which such value will be determined;
 
 
3.2.12
implement a program where (A) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise or purchase prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, or cash, or (B) the exercise or purchase price of an outstanding Award is reduced, based in each case on terms and conditions determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
 
 
3.2.13
allow any Participant other than a U.S. Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due under an Award;
 
 
3.2.14
impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by or other subsequent transfers of any Shares issued as a result of or under an Award, including, (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy, and (B) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers;
 
 
3.2.15
implement any procedures, steps or additional or different requirements as may be necessary to comply with any laws of the PRC that may be applicable to this Plan, any Award or any related documents, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange laws, tax laws and securities laws of the PRC; and
 
 
3.2.16
make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
 
 
3.3.
Binding Determinations .  Any action taken by, or inaction of, the Corporation, any Subsidiary, or the Administrator relating or pursuant to this Plan and within its authority hereunder or under Applicable Laws shall be within the absolute discretion of that entity or body and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.  Neither the Board nor any Committee, nor any member thereof or person acting at the direction thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with this Plan (or any Award made under this Plan), and all such persons shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by SGOCO Group in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage that may be in effect from time to time.
 
 
2

 
 
 
3.4.
Reliance on Experts .  In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Plan, the Board or a Committee, as the case may be, may obtain and may rely upon the advice of experts, including employees and professional advisors to the Corporation.  No director, officer or agent of SGOCO Group shall be liable for any such action or determination taken or made or omitted in good faith.
 
 
3.5.
Delegation .  The Administrator may delegate ministerial, non-discretionary functions to individuals who are officers or employees of SGOCO Group or to third parties.
 
4.            SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN; SHARE LIMITS
 
 
4.1.
Shares Available .  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.1, the capital stock that may be delivered under this Plan shall be the Corporation’s authorized but unissued Shares.
 
 
4.2.
Share Limit .  Subject to Sections 4.3, Section 7.1 and Section 8.10, the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under this Plan is equal to  7% of the aggregate number of Shares outstanding from time to time.
 
 
4.3.
Awards Settled in Cash, Reissue of Awards and Shares .  To the extent that an Award is settled in cash or in a form other than Shares, the Shares that would have been delivered had there been no such cash or other settlement shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under this Plan.  In the event that Shares are delivered in respect of a Dividend Equivalent, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Unit or other Award, only the actual number of Shares delivered with respect to the Award shall be counted against the share limit of this Plan.  Shares that are subject to or underlie Awards which expire or for any reason are cancelled or terminated, are forfeited, fail to vest, or for any other reason are not paid or delivered under this Plan shall again be available for subsequent Awards under this Plan.  Shares that are exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Corporation as full or partial payment in connection with any Award under this Plan, as well as any Shares exchanged by a Participant or withheld by SGOCO Group to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Award under this Plan, shall be available for subsequent Awards under this Plan.  Refer to Section 8.10 for application of the foregoing share limits with respect to assumed awards.
 
 
4.4.
Reservation of Shares; No Fractional Shares; Minimum Issue .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve a number of Shares sufficient to cover the Corporation’s obligations and contingent obligations to deliver Shares with respect to Awards then outstanding under this Plan (exclusive of any Dividend Equivalent obligations to the extent the Corporation has the right to settle such rights in cash).  No fractional shares shall be delivered under this Plan.  The Administrator may pay cash in lieu of any fractional shares in settlement of Awards under this Plan.
 
5.            AWARDS
 
 
5.1.
Type and Form of Awards .  The Administrator shall determine the type or types of Award(s) to be made to each selected Eligible Person.  Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem.  Awards also may be made in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, as alternatives to, or as the payment form for grants or rights under any other employee or compensation plan of SGOCO Group.  The following terms and conditions apply to certain of the Awards that may be granted under the Plan:
 
 
3

 

 
5.1.1
Options .  An Option is the grant of a right to purchase for a stated price per Share a specified number of Shares during a specified period as determined by the Administrator.  The Award Document for an Option will indicate whether the Option is intended to be an ISO; otherwise it will be deemed to be an NSO.  The maximum term of each Option (ISO or NSO) shall be ten (10) years.  The per share exercise price for each Option intended to be an ISO shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no ISO may be granted to any Participant who at the time of such grant owns more than ten (10) % of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the Corporation, unless (i) the per share exercise price for such ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted and (ii) the date on which such ISO terminates is not later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted.  The per share exercise price for an NSO shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that the per share exercise price of any NSO granted to a U.S. Participant shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Option.  When the Option is exercised, the exercise price for the shares to be purchased shall be paid in full in cash or such other method permitted by the Administrator consistent with Section 5.6.
 
 
5.1.2
Additional Rules Applicable to ISOs .  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant of the applicable Option) of Shares with respect to which ISOs first become exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, taking into account both Shares subject to ISOs under this Plan and Shares subject to ISOs under all other plans of SGOCO Group (or any parent or predecessor corporation to the extent required by and within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder), such Options shall be treated as NSOs.  In reducing the number of Options treated as ISOs to meet the $100,000 limit, the most recently granted Options shall be reduced first.  To the extent a reduction of simultaneously granted Options is necessary to meet the $100,000 limit, the Administrator may, in the manner and to the extent permitted by law, designate which Shares are to be treated as shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO.  ISOs may only be granted to employees of the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (for this purpose, the term “subsidiary” is used as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code).  There shall be imposed in any Award Document relating to ISOs such other terms and conditions as from time to time are required in order that the Option be an “incentive stock option” as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code.
 
 
5.1.3
Share Appreciation Rights .  A Share Appreciation Right is a right to receive a payment, in cash and/or Shares as specified in the Award or determined by the Administrator, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the Share Appreciation Right is exercised over the Base Price as set forth in the applicable Award Document.  The maximum term of a Share Appreciation Right shall be ten (10) years.  The Administrator may grant limited Share Appreciation Rights which are exercisable only upon a Change in Control Event or other specified event and may be payable based on the spread between the Base Price of the Share Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of the Shares during a specified period or at a specified time within a specified period before, after or including the date of such event; provided that the terms of any such limited Share Appreciation Rights are established by the Administrator at the time of grant and comply with the distribution rules under Section 409A.
 
 
5.1.4
Restricted Shares.   Restricted Shares are Shares subject to restrictions on transfer and such other restrictions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or advisable.  Each Award of Restricted Shares will be evidenced by an Award Document that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.  During the Period of Restriction, the holder of such Award will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Document.  If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Shares with respect to which they were paid.
 
 
5.1.5
Restricted Share Units .  Restricted Share Units consist of a Restricted Share, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, permits to be paid out either in cash or in Shares in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with Section 5.5.
 
 
4

 

 
5.2.
Performance-Based Awards .  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any of the types of Awards above may be granted as Performance-Based Awards in the form of Performance Units, Performance Shares, Options or Share Appreciation Rights.  Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant.  Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.  The grant, vesting, exercisability or payment of Performance-Based Awards may depend on the degree of achievement of one or more performance goals relative to a pre-established targeted level or a level using one or more of the Business Criteria (on an absolute or relative basis) for the Corporation on a consolidated basis or for one or more of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, segments, divisions or business units, or any combination of the foregoing.
 
 
5.2.1
Performance Goals .  The specific performance goals and the applicable performance measurement period for Performance-Based Awards shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  Performance targets shall be adjusted to mitigate the unbudgeted impact of material, unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses, accounting changes or other extraordinary events not foreseen at the time the targets were set unless the Administrator provides otherwise at the time of establishing the targets.
 
 
5.2.2
Earning of Performance-Based Awards .  After the applicable performance period has ended, the holder of Performance-Based Awards will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance-Based Awards earned by the Participant over the performance period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives have been achieved.  After the grant of a Performance-Based Award, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may revise, reduce or waive any performance objectives for such Performance-Based Awards.
 
 
5.2.3
Reservation of Discretion .  The Administrator will have the discretion to determine the restrictions or other limitations of the individual Awards granted under this Section 5.2, including the authority to reduce Awards, but not to increase Awards, directly or indirectly, payouts or vesting or to pay no Awards, in its sole discretion, if the Administrator preserves such authority at the time of grant by language to this effect in its authorizing resolutions or otherwise.
 
 
5.3.
Award Documents .  Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Document in the form approved by the Administrator and executed on behalf of the Corporation and, if required by the Administrator, executed by the recipient of the Award.  The Administrator may authorize any officer of the Corporation (other than the particular Award recipient) to execute any or all Award Documents on behalf of the Corporation.
 
 
5.4.
Date of Grant .  The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator and specified in the Award.  Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time on or after the date of such grant.
 
 
5.5.
Share Deferrals and Settlements .  Payment of Awards may be in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards or combinations thereof as the Administrator shall determine, and with such restrictions as it may impose.  The Administrator may also require or permit Participants to elect to defer the issuance of Shares or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under this Plan; provided, however, that no U.S. Participant shall be permitted to make any such election to defer, unless the rules and procedures providing for such election comply with the deferral elections requirements under Section 409A.  The Administrator may also provide that deferred settlements include the payment or crediting of interest or other earnings on the deferral amounts, or the payment or crediting of Dividend Equivalents where the deferred amounts are denominated in shares.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by SGOCO Group pursuant to the Plan, SGOCO Group shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure to deliver any Shares under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all Applicable Laws, including, the Securities Act, U.S. state securities laws and regulations, and the requirements of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for SGOCO Group with respect to such compliance.
 
 
5

 
 
 
5.6.
Consideration for Shares or Awards .  The exercise or purchase price for any Award or the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award, as applicable, may be paid by means of any lawful consideration as determined by the Administrator, including, one or a combination of the following methods:
 
 
5.6.1
other than for the exercise or purchase price for any Award, services rendered by the recipient of such Award;
 
 
5.6.2
cash, check payable to the order of the Corporation, or electronic funds transfer;
 
 
5.6.3
notice and third party payment in such manner as may be authorized by the Administrator;
 
 
5.6.4
delivery of previously owned Shares;
 
 
5.6.5
reduction in the number of Shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the Award; or
 
 
5.6.6
subject to such procedures as the Administrator may adopt, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” with a third party who provides financing for the purposes of (or who otherwise facilitates) the purchase or exercise of Awards.
 
In no event shall any Shares newly issued by the Corporation be issued for less than the minimum lawful consideration for such Shares or for consideration other than consideration permitted by Applicable Laws.  In the event that the Administrator allows a Participant to exercise an Award by delivering Shares previously owned by such Participant and unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, any shares delivered which were initially acquired by the Participant from the Corporation (upon exercise of an Option or otherwise) must have been owned by the Participant at least six months as of the date of delivery.  Shares used to satisfy the exercise price of an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.  The Corporation will not be obligated to deliver any Shares unless and until it receives full payment of the exercise or purchase price therefor and any related withholding obligations under Section 8.5 and any other conditions to exercise or purchase have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Document, the Administrator may at any time eliminate or limit a Participant’s ability to pay the purchase or exercise price of any Award or Shares by any method other than cash payment to the Corporation.  The Administrator may take all actions necessary or advisable to alter the method of exercise of Awards and the exchange and transmittal of proceeds with respect to Participants who are subject to the jurisdiction of PRC laws and regulations in order to comply with applicable PRC foreign exchange and tax regulations.  A Participant may be required to provide evidence that any currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award was acquired and taken out of the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including foreign exchange control laws and regulations.  In the event the exercise price for an Award is paid in Renminbi or other foreign currency, as permitted by the Administrator, the amount payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the official rate promulgated by the People’s Bank of China for Renminbi, or for jurisdictions other than the PRC, the exchange rate as selected by the Administrator on the date of exercise.
 
 
5.7.
Transfer Restrictions .
 
 
5.7.1
Limitations on Exercise and Transfer .  Unless otherwise expressly provided in (or pursuant to) this Section 5.7, by Applicable Laws and by the Award Document, as the same may be amended, (a) all Awards are non-transferable and shall not be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge; (b) Awards shall be exercised only by the Participant; and (c) amounts payable or Shares issuable pursuant to any Award shall be delivered only to (or for the account of) the Participant.
 
 
5.7.2
Exceptions .  The Administrator may permit Awards to be exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities related to the Participant, including but not limited to members of the Participant’s immediate family, trusts or other entities controlled by or whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are the Participant and/or members of the Participant’s immediate family, pursuant to such conditions and procedures, including limitations on subsequent transfers, as the Administrator may establish.  Consistent with Section 8.1, any permitted transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Administrator receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer (a) is being made for essentially donative, estate and/or tax planning purposes on a gratuitous or donative basis and without consideration (other than nominal consideration or in exchange for an interest in a qualified transferee), and (b) will not compromise the Corporation’s ability to comply with Applicable Laws (including securities laws).  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in Section 5.7.3, ISOs shall be subject to any and all additional transfer restrictions under the Code to the extent necessary to maintain the intended tax consequences of such Awards.
 
 
6

 
 
 
5.7.3
Further Exceptions to Limits on Transfer .  The exercise and transfer restrictions in Section 5.7.1 shall not apply to:
 
 
(a)
transfers to the Corporation;
 
 
(b)
the designation of a beneficiary to receive benefits in the event of the Participant’s death or, if the Participant has died, transfers to or exercise by the Participant’s beneficiary, or, in the absence of a validly designated beneficiary, transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution;
 
 
(c)
subject to any applicable limitations on ISOs, transfers to a family member (or former family member) pursuant to a domestic relations order if approved or ratified by the Administrator;
 
 
(d)
if the Participant has suffered a disability, permitted transfers or exercises on behalf of the Participant by his or her legal representative; or
 
 
(e)
the authorization by the Administrator of “cashless exercise” procedures with third parties who provide financing for the purpose of (or who otherwise facilitate) the exercise of Awards consistent with Applicable Laws and the express authorization of the Administrator.
 
 
5.8.
International Awards .  One or more Awards may be granted to Eligible Persons who provide services to SGOCO Group outside of the PRC or the United States.  If necessary, Awards granted to such persons may be granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of any applicable sub-plans, if any, appended to this Plan and approved by the Administrator.
 
6.            EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE ON AWARDS
 
 
6.1.
General .  The Administrator shall establish the effect of a termination of employment or service of a Participant on the rights and benefits under each Award under this Plan and in so doing may make distinctions based upon, inter alia, the cause of termination and type of Award.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Board expressly otherwise provides, if the Participant is not an employee of SGOCO Group and provides other services to SGOCO Group, the Administrator shall be the sole judge for purposes of this Plan (unless a contract or the Award otherwise provides) of whether the Participant continues to render services to SGOCO Group and the date, if any, upon which such services shall be deemed to have terminated.  Unless the Board otherwise expressly provides, (1) to the extent an outstanding Option granted under this Plan has not become vested and exercisable on the date the Participant’s employment by or service to SGOCO Group terminates, the Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and the extent to which the unvested and unexercisable portion of the Option shall terminate, and (2) any Shares subject to a Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit Award that remain subject to restrictions at the time the Participant’s employment by or service to SGOCO Group terminates shall not vest and SGOCO Group shall have the right to reacquire any such unvested Shares subject to such Award in such manner and on such terms as the Administrator provides, which terms shall include repayment of the lower of the Fair Market Value and the original purchase price of the Restricted Shares, without interest, to the Participant to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws.
 
 
7

 

 
6.2.
Events Not Deemed Terminations of Service .  Unless SGOCO Group policy or the Administrator otherwise provides, the employment relationship shall not be considered terminated in the case of (a) sick leave, (b) military leave, or (c) any other leave of absence authorized by SGOCO Group or the Administrator; provided that unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or Applicable Laws, such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days.  In the case of any employee of SGOCO Group on an approved leave of absence, continued vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of SGOCO Group may be suspended until the employee returns to service, unless the Administrator otherwise provides or Applicable Laws otherwise requires.  In no event shall an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable Award Document.
 
 
6.3.
Effect of Change of Affiliate Status .  For purposes of this Plan and any Award, if an entity ceases to be an Affiliate of the Corporation, a termination of employment or service shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to each Eligible Person in respect of such Affiliate who does not continue as an Eligible Person in respect of another entity within SGOCO Group after giving effect to the Affiliate’s change in status.
 
7.            ADJUSTMENTS; ACCELERATION
 
 
7.1.
Adjustments .  Upon or in contemplation of: any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a stock split in the form of a stock dividend) or reverse stock split; any merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization; any spin-off, split-up, or similar extraordinary dividend distribution in respect of the Shares (whether in the form of securities or property); any exchange of Shares or other securities of the Corporation, or any similar, unusual or extraordinary corporate transaction in respect of Shares; or a sale of all or substantially all the business or assets of the Corporation as an entirety; then the Administrator shall, in such manner, to such extent (if any) and at such time as it deems appropriate and equitable in the circumstances, take any of the following actions:
 
 
7.1.1
proportionately adjust any or all of (1) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) that thereafter may be made the subject of Awards (including the specific share limits, maximums and numbers of Shares set forth elsewhere in this Plan), (2) the number, amount and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to any or all outstanding Awards, (3) the grant, purchase, or exercise price (which term includes the Base Price of any Share Appreciation Right or similar right) of any or all outstanding Awards, (4) the securities, cash or other property deliverable upon exercise or payment of any outstanding Awards, or (5) the performance standards applicable to any outstanding Awards,
 
 
7.1.2
make provision for a cash payment or for the assumption, substitution or exchange of any or all outstanding share-based Awards or the cash, securities or property deliverable to the holder of any or all outstanding share-based Awards, based upon the distribution or consideration payable to holders of the Shares upon or in respect of such event,
 
 
7.1.3
cancel or cause to be canceled any Award that is not vested, exercisable or exercisable at an amount in excess of the Fair Market Value.
 
The Administrator may adopt such valuation methodologies for outstanding Awards as it deems reasonable in the event of a cash or property settlement and, in the case of Options, Share Appreciation Rights or similar rights, but on other methodologies, may base such settlement solely upon the excess if any of the per share amount payable upon or in respect of such event over the exercise or Base Price of the Award.  With respect to any ISO, the Administrator may make such an adjustment that causes the Option to cease to qualify as an ISO without the consent of the affected Participant.
 
In any of such events, the Administrator may take such action prior to such event to the extent that the Administrator deems the action necessary to permit the Participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed with respect to the underlying shares in the same manner as is or will be available to shareholders generally.  In the case of any stock split or reverse stock split, if no action is taken by the Administrator, the proportionate adjustments contemplated by clause (a) above shall nevertheless be made.
 
 
7.2.
Automatic Acceleration of Awards .  Upon a dissolution of the Corporation or other event described in Section 7.1 that the Corporation does not survive (or does not survive as a public company in respect of its Shares), then each then outstanding Option and Share Appreciation Right exercisable at a price below the then current Fair Market Value shall become fully vested, all Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units then outstanding shall fully vest free of restrictions, and each other Award granted under this Plan that is then outstanding shall become payable to the holder of such Award; provided that such acceleration provision shall not apply, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, with respect to any Award to the extent that the Administrator has made a provision for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation or settlement of the Award, or the Award would otherwise continue in accordance with its terms, in the circumstances.
 
 
8

 
 
 
7.3.
Possible Acceleration of Awards .  Without limiting Section 7.2, in the event of a Change in Control Event, the Administrator may, in its discretion, provide that any outstanding Option or Share Appreciation Right exercisable at a price below the then current Fair Market Value shall become fully vested, that any Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units then outstanding shall fully vest free of restrictions, and that any other Award granted under this Plan that is then outstanding shall be payable to the relevant Participant.  The Administrator may take such action with respect to all Awards then outstanding or only with respect to certain specific Awards identified by the Administrator in the circumstances.
 
 
7.4.
Early Termination of Awards .  Any Award that has been accelerated as required or contemplated by Section 7.2 or 7.3 (or would have been so accelerated but for Section 7.5, 7.6 or 7.7) shall terminate upon the related event referred to in Section 7.2 or 7.3, as applicable, subject to any provision that has been expressly made by the Administrator, through a plan of reorganization or otherwise, for the survival, substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation or settlement of such Award and provided that, in the case of Options and Share Appreciation Rights exercisable at a price below the then current Fair Market Value that will not survive, be substituted for, assumed, exchanged, or otherwise continued or settled in the transaction, the holder of such Award shall be given reasonable advance notice of the impending termination and a reasonable opportunity to exercise his or her outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights in accordance with their terms before the termination of such Awards (except that in no case shall more than ten days’ notice of accelerated vesting and the impending termination be required and any acceleration may be made contingent upon the actual occurrence of the event).
 
 
7.5.
Other Acceleration Rules .  Any acceleration of Awards pursuant to this Section 7 shall comply with Applicable Laws and, if necessary to accomplish the purposes of the acceleration or if the circumstances require, may be deemed by the Administrator to occur a limited period of time not greater than 30 days before the event.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator may deem an acceleration to occur immediately prior to the applicable event and/or reinstate the original terms of an Award if an event giving rise to an acceleration does not occur.  The Administrator may override the provisions of Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and/or 7.6 by express provision in the Award Document and may accord any Participant a right to refuse any acceleration, whether pursuant to the Award Document or otherwise, in such circumstances as the Administrator may approve.  The portion of any ISO accelerated in connection with a Change in Control Event or any other action permitted hereunder shall remain exercisable as an ISO only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation on ISOs is not exceeded.  To the extent exceeded, the accelerated portion of the Option shall be exercisable as an NSO.
 
 
7.6.
Possible Rescission of Acceleration .  If the vesting of an Award has been accelerated expressly in anticipation of an event or upon shareholder approval of an event and the Administrator later determines that the event will not occur, the Administrator may rescind the effect of the acceleration as to any then outstanding and unexercised or otherwise unvested Awards.
 
 
7.7.
Golden Parachute Limitation .  Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 7 to the contrary, in no event shall an Award be accelerated under this Plan to an extent or in a manner which would not be fully deductible by SGOCO Group for federal income tax purposes because of Section 280G of the Code, nor shall any payment hereunder be accelerated to the extent any portion of such accelerated payment would not be deductible by SGOCO Group because of Section 280G of the Code.  If a Participant would be entitled to benefits or payments hereunder and under any other plan or program that would constitute “parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then to the extent permitted by the regulations under Section 409A, the Participant may by written notice to SGOCO Group designate the order in which such parachute payments will be reduced or modified so that SGOCO Group is not denied federal income tax deductions for any “parachute payments” because of Section 280G of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employment or other agreement with the Participant may expressly provide, by specific reference to the Code Section 280G limitations, for benefits in excess of amounts determined by applying the foregoing Section 280G limitations.
 
 
9

 
 
8.            OTHER PROVISIONS
 
 
8.1.
Compliance with Laws .  This Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under this Plan, the offer, issuance and delivery of Shares, the acceptance of promissory notes and/or the payment of money under this Plan or under Awards are subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws, including securities laws to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for SGOCO Group, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  The person acquiring any securities under this Plan will, if requested by SGOCO Group, provide such assurances and representations to SGOCO Group as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance with all Applicable Laws and applicable accounting requirements.
 
 
8.2.
No Rights to Awards .  No person shall have any claim or rights to be granted an Award (or additional Awards, as the case may be) under this Plan, subject to any express contractual rights (set forth in a document other than this Plan) to the contrary.
 
 
8.3.
No Employment/Service Contract .  Nothing contained in this Plan (or in any other documents under this Plan or in any Award Document) shall confer upon any Eligible Person or other Participant any right to continue in the employ or other service of SGOCO Group, constitute any contract or agreement of employment or other service or affect an employee’s status as an employee at will, nor shall interfere in any way with the right of SGOCO Group to change a person’s compensation or other benefits, or to terminate his or her employment or other service, with or without cause.  Nothing in this Section 8.3, however, is intended to adversely affect any express independent right of such person under a separate employment or service contract other than an Award Document.
 
 
8.4.
Plan Not Funded .  Awards payable under this Plan shall be payable in Shares or from the general assets of the Corporation, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such Awards.  No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including Shares, except as expressly otherwise provided) of SGOCO Group by reason of any Award hereunder.  Neither the provisions of this Plan (or of any related documents), nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between SGOCO Group and any Participant, beneficiary or other person.  To the extent that a Participant, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment pursuant to any Award hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of SGOCO Group.
 
 
8.5.
Tax Withholding .  Upon any exercise, vesting, or payment of any Award or upon the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 422 of the Code, SGOCO Group shall have the right at its option to:
 
 
8.5.1
require the Participant to pay or provide for payment of at least the minimum amount of any taxes which SGOCO Group may, in the opinion of counsel for SGOCO Group, be required to withhold with respect to such Award event or payment; or
 
 
8.5.2
deduct from any amount otherwise payable in cash to the Participant (i) the minimum amount of any taxes that SGOCO Group may be required to withhold with respect to such cash payment and (ii) such additional amount as may be required under PRC laws and regulations.
 
In any case where a tax is required to be withheld (including taxes in the PRC where applicable) in connection with the delivery of Shares under this Plan (including the sale of Shares as may be required to comply with foreign exchange rules in the PRC for Participants who are subject to the jurisdiction of PRC laws and regulations), the Administrator may in its sole discretion (subject to Section 8.1) grant (either at the time of the Award or thereafter) to the Participant the right to elect, pursuant to such rules and subject to such conditions as the Administrator may establish, to have the Corporation reduce the number of Shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire) the appropriate number of Shares, valued in a consistent manner at their Fair Market Value or at the sales price in accordance with authorized procedures for cashless exercises, necessary to satisfy the minimum applicable withholding obligation on exercise, vesting or payment.  In no event shall the Shares withheld exceed the minimum whole number of Shares required for tax withholding under Applicable Laws, as determined by the Administrator.  The Corporation may, with the Administrator’s approval, accept one or more promissory notes from any Eligible Person in connection with taxes required to be withheld upon the exercise, vesting or payment of any Award under this Plan; provided that any such note shall be subject to terms and conditions established by the Administrator and the requirements of Applicable Laws.
 
 
10

 
 
 
8.6.
Effective Date, Termination and Suspension, Amendments .
 
 
8.6.1
Effective Date .  This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.  Unless earlier terminated by the Board, (1) no additional Awards may be granted under this Plan at the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; and (2) no ISOs may be granted under this Plan at the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the Effectve Date or the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.  After the termination of the  right to make Award under this Plan either upon such stated expiration date or its earlier termination by the Board, previously granted Awards (and the authority of the Administrator with respect thereto, including the authority to amend such Awards) shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of this Plan.
 
 
8.6.2
Board Authorization .  The Board may, at any time, terminate or, from time to time, amend, modify or suspend this Plan, in whole or in part.  No Awards may be granted during any period that the Board suspends this Plan.
 
 
8.6.3
Shareholder Approval .  To the extent then required by Applicable Laws, including, pursuant to the requirements of any applicable national securities exchange or other listing  requirements or under Section 422 or 424 of the Code to preserve the intended tax consequences of this Plan, or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board, any amendment to this Plan or any Award Document shall be subject to shareholder approval.
 
 
8.6.4
Amendments to Awards .  Without limiting any other express authority of the Administrator under (but subject to) the express limits of this Plan and subject to the requirements of Sections 3.2, 8.6.3 and 8.6.5, the Administrator by agreement or resolution may waive conditions of or limitations on Awards to Participants that the Administrator in the prior exercise of its discretion has imposed, without the consent of a Participant, may make other changes to the terms and conditions of Awards.
 
 
8.6.5
Limitations on Amendments to Plan and Awards .  No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan or change of or affecting any outstanding Award shall, without written consent of the Participant, affect in any manner materially adverse to the Participant any rights or benefits of the Participant or obligations of SGOCO Group under any Award granted under this Plan prior to the effective date of such change.  Changes, settlements and other actions contemplated by Section 7 shall not be deemed to constitute changes or amendments for purposes of this Section 8.6.
 
 
8.7.
Privileges of Share Ownership .  Except as otherwise expressly authorized by the Administrator or this Plan, a Participant shall not be entitled to any privilege of share ownership as to any Shares not actually delivered to and held of record by the Participant.  No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights as a shareholder for which a record date is prior to such date of delivery.
 
 
8.8.
Governing Law; Construction; Severability .
 
 
8.8.1
Choice of Law .  This Plan, the Awards, the Award Documents and all other related documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
 
8.8.2
Severability .  If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Plan shall continue in effect.
 
 
8.9.
Captions .  Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference.  Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any provision thereof.
 
 
11

 
 
 
8.10.
Share-Based Awards in Substitution for Options or Awards Granted by Other Corporation .  Awards may be granted to Eligible Persons under this Plan in substitution for or in connection with an assumption of employee stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares or other share-based Awards granted by other entities to persons who are or who will become Eligible Persons in respect of SGOCO Group, in connection with a distribution, merger or other reorganization by or with the granting entity or an affiliated entity, or the acquisition by SGOCO Group, directly or indirectly, of all or a substantial part of the stock or assets of the employing entity.  The Awards so granted need not comply with other specific terms of this Plan, provided that the Awards reflect only adjustments giving effect to the assumption or substitution consistent with the conversion applicable to the Shares in the transaction and any change in the issuer of the security.  Any shares that are delivered and any Awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Corporation, as a result of the assumption by the Corporation of, or in substitution for, outstanding Awards previously granted by an acquired company (or previously granted by a predecessor employer (or direct or indirect parent thereof) in the case of persons who become employed by SGOCO Group in connection with a business or asset acquisition or similar transaction) (a) shall not be counted against the share limit set forth in Section 4.2 or other limits on the number of shares available for issuance under this Plan and (b) need not comply with the exercise price provisions of Section 5.1.1.
 
 
8.11.
Non-Exclusivity of Plan .  Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board or the Administrator to grant Awards or authorize any other compensation, with or without reference to the Shares, under any other plan or authority.
 
 
8.12.
No Corporate Action Restriction .  The existence of this Plan, the Award Documents and the Awards granted hereunder shall not limit, affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the Corporation to make or authorize: (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the capital structure or business of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (b) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or change in the ownership of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (c) any issue of bonds, debentures, capital, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the capital stock (or the rights thereof) of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (d) any dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (e) any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or (f) any other corporate act or proceeding by the Corporation or any Subsidiary.  No Participant, beneficiary or any other person shall have any claim under any Award or Award Document against any member of the Board or the Administrator, or the Corporation or any employees, officers or agents of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, as a result of any such action.
 
 
8.13.
Other Benefit and Compensation Programs .  Payments and other benefits received by a Participant under an Award made pursuant to this Plan shall not be deemed a part of a Participant’s compensation for purposes of the determination of benefits under any other employee welfare or benefit plans or arrangements, if any, provided by the Corporation or any Subsidiary, except where the Administrator expressly otherwise provides or authorizes in writing.  Awards under this Plan may be made in addition to, in combination with, as alternatives to or in payment of grants, Awards or commitments under any other plans or arrangements of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.
 
 
8.14.
Section 409A .  If any provision of the Plan or an Award Document contravenes any provision of Section 409A with respect to a Participant or could cause a Participant to be subject to accelerated taxation and penalties and/or interest under Section 409A (“Penalties”), such provision of the Plan or any Award Document shall be automatically modified to avoid the imposition of Penalties and to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision.
 
 
8.15.
Compliance with PRC Laws and Regulations .  When required by PRC laws and regulations, Participants who are domestic individuals of the PRC shall duly fulfill reporting, registration and other obligations as required by such laws and regulations.
 
9.            DEFINITIONS
 
 
9.1.
Administrator ” means the Board or one or more Committees appointed by the Board or another Committee (within its delegated authority) to administer all or certain aspects of this Plan in accordance with Section 3.
 
 
12

 
 
 
9.2.
Affiliate” means any entity if, at the time of granting of an Award (a) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock or such entity or at least 50% of the ownership interest in such entity, or (b) such entity, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation.
 
 
9.3.
Applicable Laws ” means any applicable legal requirements relating to the administration of and the issuance of securities under equity securities-based compensation plans, including, the requirements of U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, U.S. federal law, the Code, the laws of the Cayman Islands, the laws of the PRC, and any rules or regulations thereunder and the requirements of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.  For all purposes of this Plan, references to statutes and regulations shall be deemed to include any successor statutes or regulations, to the extent reasonably appropriate as determined by the Administrator.
 
 
9.4.
Award Document ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the material terms and conditions of an Award as established by the Administrator consistent with the express limitations of this Plan.
 
 
9.5.
Awards ” means, individually or collectively (a) Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Dividend Equivalents, share bonuses, share units, phantom shares, or similar rights to purchase or acquire Shares, whether at a fixed or variable price or ratio related to the Shares, upon the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions, or any combination thereof; or (b) any similar securities with a value derived from the value of or related to the Shares and/or returns thereon.
 
 
9.6.
Base Price ” means, with respect to any Share Appreciation Right, the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such Share Appreciation Right was granted.
 
 
9.7.
Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
 
 
9.8.
Business Criteria ” means the business criteria applicable to an Award as selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  Business Criteria may include, the following: earnings per share, cash flow (which means cash and cash equivalents derived from either net cash flow from operations or net cash flow from operations, financing and investing activities), total shareholder return, gross revenue, revenue growth, operating income (before or after taxes), net earnings (before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), return on equity, on assets or on net investment, cost containment or reduction, or any combination thereof.  These terms are used as applied under generally accepted accounting principles or in SGOCO Group’s financial reporting.
 
 
9.9.
Change in Control Event ” means any of the following:
 
 
9.9.1
The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a “Person”)) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (1) the then-outstanding Shares of the Corporation (the “Outstanding Corporation Shares”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this definition, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control Event: (A) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (B) any acquisition by the Corporation, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation or a successor, or (D) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 9.9.3 (1), (2) and (3) below;
 
 
13

 

 
9.9.2
Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (including for these purposes, the new members whose election or nomination was so approved, without counting the member and his predecessor twice) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;
 
 
9.9.3
Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or a scheme of arrangement under Section 86 of the Cayman Islands Companies Law, Cap 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Corporation Shares and the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding ordinary or common shares and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets directly or through one or more subsidiaries (a “Parent”)) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Shares and the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or a Parent or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such entity resulting from such Business Combination or Parent) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding ordinary or common shares of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such entity, except to the extent that the ownership in excess of 50% existed prior to the Business Combination, and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or trustees of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or a Parent were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
 
 
9.9.4
Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation other than in the context of a transaction that does not constitute a Change in Control Event under clause (c) above.
 
Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control Event if its sole purpose is to change the legal jurisdiction of the Corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Corporation’s securities immediately before such transaction.  In addition, a sale by the Corporation of its securities in a transaction, the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Corporation’s operations and business activities, shall not constitute a Change in Control Event.
 
 
9.10.
Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
 
 
9.11.
Committee ” means a committee of the Board or such other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3.
 
 
9.12.
Corporation ” means SGOCO Technology, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, or any successor corporation thereto.
 
 
9.13.
Dividend Equivalent ” means a credit, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the value of dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.
 
 
14

 
 
 
9.14.
Effective Date ” means the date of the approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Corporation.
 
 
9.15.
Eligible Person ” means any person who is either: (a) an officer (whether or not a director) or employee of SGOCO Group; (b) a director of SGOCO Group; or (c) an individual consultant or advisor who renders or has rendered bona fide services (other than services in connection with the offering or sale of securities of SGOCO Group in a capital-raising transaction or as a market maker or promoter of SGOCO Group’s securities) to SGOCO Group and who is selected to participate in this Plan by the Administrator.
 
 
9.16.
Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
9.17.
Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows:
 
 
9.17.1
If the Shares are listed on one or  more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, The Nasdaq Global Market and The New York Stock Exchange, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as determined by the Administrator) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
 
9.17.2
If the Shares are regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between high bid and low asked prices for the Shares on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
 
 
9.17.3
In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and (b) above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith and in its discretion by reference to (i) the price of the latest third party transactions involving the Shares and the development of the Corporation’s business operations and the general economic and market conditions since such sale, (ii) an independent valuation of the Shares; or (iii) such other methodologies or information as the Administrator determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value, relevant.
 
Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrator also may adopt a different methodology for determining Fair Market Value with respect to one or more Awards if a different methodology is necessary or advisable to secure any intended favorable tax, legal or other treatment for the particular Award(s) (for example, the Administrator may provide that Fair Market Value for purposes of one or more Awards will be based on an average of closing prices (or the average of high and low daily trading prices) for a specified period preceding the relevant date) provided, however, that any such methodology complies with Applicable Laws.
 
 
9.18.
ISO ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as designated in the applicable Award Document.
 
 
9.19.
NSO ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an ISO, as designated in the applicable Award Document, or an ISO that does not so qualify or ceases to so qualify.
 
 
9.20.
Option ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.1.1.
 
 
9.21.
Participant ” means an Eligible Person that has been granted an Award under the Plan.
 
 
9.22.
Performance-Based Award ” means a Performance Unit, Performance Share Option or Share Appreciation Right granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.2.
 
 
15

 
 
 
9.23.
Performance Share ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.2.
 
 
9.24.
Performance Unit ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.2.
 
 
9.25.
Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Shares are subject to restrictions and, therefore, the Shares are intended to be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.
 
 
9.26.
Plan ” means this SGOCO Technology, Ltd. 2010 Equity Compensation Plan.
 
 
9.27.
PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China.
 
 
9.28.
Restricted Share Unit ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.1.5.
 
 
9.29.
Restricted Shares ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.1.4.
 
 
9.30.
Renminbi ” means Chinese Renminbi, the official currency of the PRC.
 
 
9.31.
Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and other Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.
 
 
9.32.
Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
9.33.
SGOCO Group ” means the Corporation and its Affiliates, collectively.
 
 
9.34.
Share Appreciation Right ” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 5.1.3.
 
 
9.35.
Shares ” means the ordinary shares of the Corporation, par value US $0.001, and such other securities or property as may become the subject of Awards under this Plan, or may become subject to such Awards pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 7.1.
 
 
9.36.
Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (i) a majority of whose outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or (ii) that is controlled by the Corporation directly or indirectly by contract or otherwise.
 
 
9.37.
U.S. Participant ” means a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer.
 
Certification by Secretary:
 
I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of SGOCO Technology, Ltd. on September 27 , 2010.
 
I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the shareholders of SGOCO Technology, Ltd. on November 17, 2010.
 
Executed on this day of November 17, 2010.
 
   
 
Xiaoling Xu, Corporate Secretary

 
16

 
 

Exhibit 10.36
 
Letter of Authorization
 
Hereby authorize Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd to print on all their products the following three trademarks (either in form of text or image) registered under our company:
 
 
 
 
 
The duration of authorization: Feb. 1, 2008 to Jan. 31, 2017.
 
BORO (Fujian) Electronic Co., Ltd.
Feb. 1, 2008

 

 

Exhibit 10.37
 
Letter of Authorization
 
Hereby authorize Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd to print on all their products the following three trademarks (either in form of text or image) registered under our company:
 
 
 
 
 
The duration of authorization: Jan. 1, 2008 to Dec. 31, 2017.
 
Mosview Technology Group Ltd.
May 1, 2008

 

 

Exhibit 10.38
 
PUT OPTION AGREEMENT
 
Burnette Or, Chairman of SGOCO, Robert Eu, and John Wang hereby grants to Pope Investments II LLC a Put Option to sell 250,000 shares of SGOCO at a price of $8 per share. The terms of the Put Option are agreed as follows:
 
1.
CONDITION PRECEDENT:  This Put Agreement is effective upon completion of Pope Investments II LLC purchase of 250,000 shares of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corporation (HMAUF).
 
2.
EXERCISE PERIOD: The Put is exercisable from February 15, 2011 until May 15, 2011.
 
3.
NOTICE OF EXERCISE: Pope may exercise its Put for any reason whatsoever during the exercise period. However, if Pope does not do so in writing and within the Exercise Period, this Put Option Agreement will automatically terminate with no further obligations to Mr. Or, Mr. Eu, Mr. Wang or the Company.
 
4.
GUARANTEE: Upon a written Notice of Exercise to be delivered to Guanke Technology Park, Luoshan, Jinjiang City, Fujian, China, 362200 or any of the parties to this agreement, Burnette Or will personally, or as Chairman and President of SGOCO cause the company to, make the purchase of the Put Shares within 10 business days. In the event both the Company and Burnette Or fail to make the purchase of the Put Shares as required by this Put, then Robert Eu and John Wang will make the purchase of the Put Shares on behalf of Burnette Or.  Burnette Or, Robert Eu, and John Wang are jointly and severally guaranteeing this put option. In the event Mr. Eu and Mr. Wang make the purchase of the Put Shares, they will be entitled to Put such shares to Mr. Or or the Company pursuant to the terms of this Put.
 
5.
In the event of a dispute, the parties hereby agree the jurisdiction shall exclusively be in the state of Tennessee or the Western District of Tennessee.  Burnette Or shall use a best efforts basis have the Company be a part of this agreement and cause the company to make the purchase of the Put shares as required.
 
This Put Option Agreement is made on this 9 th of March, 2010 between:
 
     
Burnett Or
Chairman, SGOCO
 
William P. Wells
President, Pope Asset Management
     
     
Robert Eu
 
John Wang

 

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.39

Certificate
 
Our bank provides Guanke (Fujian) Electron Technological Industry Co., Ltd in 2010 with credit line of RMB Sixty Eight Million Yuan with AAA credit rating and 1 year deadline, the credit line can be used for short-term liquidity loans and international trade financing.
 
Hereby certified.

Jinjiang County Branch of Agricultural Bank of China Co., Ltd (seal)
Date: September 2, 2010



 



Exhibit 10.40
 
 
JINJIANG SGOCO ELECTRONIC CO., LTD.
 
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Article 1   This Articles of Association is formulated by Jinjiang SGOCO Electronic Co., Ltd. (hereafter referred as the Company) which is established with investment by single investor of SGOCO (Fujian) Electronic Technology Industrial Co., Ltd. according to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereafter referred as the Company Law ), and the relevant laws and regulations.
 
Article 2    With regards to any provision of this Articles of Association that is in conflict with that of laws and regulations, the provisions of laws and regulations shall prevail.
 
CHAPTER 2. COMPANY NAME AND DOMICILE
 
Article 3    The name of the Company: Jinjiang SGOCO Electronic Co., Ltd.
 
Article 4   The domicile of the Company: Houlin SGOCO Technology Park, Luoshan Street, Jinjiang.
 
CHAPTER 3. SCOPE OF BUSINESS
 
Article 5    The scope of business of the Company: Research and development and sales of computer software and hardware; wholesale and retail of electronic product, computer, digital products, machinery products, communication equipment, network product, computer accessories, plastic and rubber products, textile products, mineral products (excluding products restricted by the state government), metal materials, and automotive accessories; purchase of agricultural products (excluding grains and seeds); electronic technology services; import and export of goods or technologies (excluding the import and export of goods or technologies prohibited or restricted by the state government). (The above scope of business shall be based on the items listed on the Business License approved and issued by the business registration authorities.)
 
Article 6    For any change to the scope of business by the Company, the Articles of Association shall be modified accordingly and the change shall be submitted to the business registration authorities for filing.
Any item in the scope of business of the Company, which is required by the law, administrative regulations and decrees issued by the State Council for approval, shall be approved in compliance with the laws.
 
CHAPTER 4. REGISTERED CAPITAL
 
Article 7    The registered capital of the Company: RMB TWO MILLION, is the total capital contributed by the Company’s shareholder who has been registered with the registration authorities, and the shareholder has made full payment of the registered capital of the Company in only one installment prior to the incorporation registration of the Company.
 
Article 8    Any change in registered capital and paid-in capital by the Company shall be submitted, together with capital verification certificate issued by legal capital verification agency, to the registration authority for registering the change.
 

 
Page 1 of 6

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.40

 
The shareholder shall make full payment in only one installment for any addition to registered capital and paid-in capital by the Company. If the Company transfers the statutory accumulation fund to be as additional registered capital, the residual statutory accumulation fund retained by the Company shall not be less than 25% of the registered capital of the Company for the period prior to the transferring. The Company shall apply for registration of the change within 30 days from the date on which the capital is fully paid by the Company.
 
The Company shall apply for registration of any reduction in registered capital within 45 days from the date on which the reduction is announced to the public, and shall submit related evidence which can indicate the Company has made announcement of the reduction in registered capital by the Company on the newspaper and the statement which demonstrates the debt repayment and debt guarantee of the Company.
 
The registered capital of the Company after reduction shall not be less than the statutory minimum limit.
 
Article 9    Any change by the Company to the registered capital, paid-in capital and other registered information shall be first applied to the registration authorities for change registration.
 
The Company is prohibited from any unauthorized change to the registered information prior to the registration of the change.
 
CHAPTER 5. NAME OF SHAREHOLDER, AMOUNT,
 
MANNER AND DATE OF CONTRIBUTION
 
Article 10    Name of shareholder:
Name of shareholder
Domicile
ID No.
SGOCO (Fujian) Electronic Technology Industrial Co., Ltd.
Houlin Community, Luoshan Street, Jinjiang.
35050040013970
 
Article 11    Amount, manner and date of contribution from shareholder:
 
SGOCO (Fujian) Electronic Technology Industrial Co., Ltd.: contribution amount RMB 2 million Yuan, accounting for 100% of registered capital, wherein RMB 2 million Yuan in currency has been given in full one-time payment on May 4.
 
Article 12    If the shareholder gives the contribution in currency, he shall deposit the full-amount currency contribution to the bank account of the Company, so that a capital verifying company can verify the capital.
 
After the establishment, the Company shall issue a contribution certificate to the shareholder; the Company shall also prepare a register of shareholder according to which the shareholder can claim the shareholder’s rights.
 
After the establishment, the shareholder shall not withdraw the contribution.
 
Article 13    If the shareholder cannot prove that the Company’s assets are independent from the shareholder’s, he shall bear joint liabilities for debts of the Company.
 

 
Page 2 of 6

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.40

The Company shall prepare financial statements at the end of fiscal years, and submit them to Certified Public Accountants for auditing.
 
CHAPTER 6. COMPANY’S DEPARTMENTS AND THEIR ESTABLISHMENT, FUNCTION & POWER AND RULES OF PROCEDURE
 
Article 14    The Company will not set up the shareholder meeting. The shareholder will have the following functions and powers according to the Company Law :
 
(1)  
To decide the Company’s management policies and investment plans;
 
(2)  
To appoint and change the executive director and supervisor, and decide their payment;
 
(3)  
To audit and approve the executive director’s reports;
 
(4)  
To audit and approve the supervisor’s reports;
 
(5)  
To audit and approve the Company’s annual financial budget and final accounts;
 
(6)  
To audit and approve the Company’s distribution of profits and remedial plans for losses.
 
(7)  
To make decisions on increase/decrease in the Company’s registered capital;
 
(8)  
To make decisions on the Company’s issuing bonds;
 
(9)  
To make decisions on the Company’s merger, division, liquidation or change of form;
 
(10)  
To prepare or revise the Company’s Articles of Association .
 
The shareholder shall make the above decisions in the written form with his/her signature, which will be recorded in the Company.
 
Article 15   The Company will not set up the Board of Directors but set an executive director, currently occupied by Ke Wenpu, which is appointed or changed by the shareholder. The executive director will work in tenure of 3 years and can be reappointed by the shareholder when his/her tenure expires.
 
Article 16    The executive director reports to the shareholder and will have the following functions and powers:
 
(1)  
To execute the shareholder’s decisions;
 
(2)  
To decide the Company’s management policies and investment plans;
 
(3)  
To prepare the Company’s annual financial budget and final accounts;
 
(4)  
To prepare the Company’s distribution of profits and remedial plans for losses.
 
(5)  
To make plans on increase/decrease in the Company’s registered capital;
 
(6)  
To make proposals on the Company’s merger, division, liquidation, change of form or dissolution;
 
(7)  
To decide the setting of the Company’s internal management departments;
 
(8)  
To decide the appointment, dismissal and payment of the Company’s and decide the appointment, dismissal and payment of the Company’s assistant manager and chief financial officer;
 
(9)  
To set up the Company’s basic management system.
 
Article 17    The Company’s single manager, currently occupied by Ke Wenpu, will work in tenure of 3 years, subject to the executive director for appointment or dismissal, and can be reappointed when his/her tenure expires.
 
Article 18    The manager reports to the executive director and will have the following functions and powers:
 
Page 3 of 6

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.40

(1)  
To preside over management work for the Company’s production and operation;
 
(2)  
To organize the execution of the Company’s annual management policies and investment plans;
 
(3)  
To make setting plans for the Company’s internal management departments;
 
(4)  
To make the Company’s basic management system;
 
(5)  
To make the Company’s specific regulations;
 
(6)  
To propose the appointment or dismissal of the Company’s assistant manager and chief financial officer;
 
(7)  
To decide the appointment or dismissal of employees, except those whose appointment or dismissal is decided by the executive director.
 
Article 19    The Company will not set a Board of Supervisors, but set a supervisor, currently occupied by Xu Zhenzhen, appointed or changed by the shareholder.
 
The executive director and the senior managers shall not hold a concurrent post as the supervisor.
 
The supervisor will work in tenure of three years and can be reappointed by the shareholder when his/her tenure expires.
 
Article 20    The supervisor will have the following functions and powers according to the Company Law :
 
(1)  
To check the Company’s finance state;
 
(2)  
To supervise the executive director and the senior managers’ action in execution of their duties, and suggest the dismissal of the executive director and the senior managers who violate laws, regulations, ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION or the shareholder’s decision;
 
(3)  
To require the executive director and the senior managers to correct their actions which may harm the Company’s interest;
 
(4)  
To give proposals to the shareholder;
 
(5)  
To lodge a complaint against the executive director and the senior managers according to Article 152 of the Company Law .
 
Article 21    The Company shall pay the fees for the supervisor to carry out his/her functions and powers.


CHAPTER 7. LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF COMPANY
 
Article 22   The executive director shall serve as the legal representative of the Company and make registration according to the law. The legal representative appointed by the shareholder shall sign relevant documents on behalf of the company, the term of office is 3 years and he can be reappointed consecutively when the term ends.
 
Article 23    For change of the legal representative, change of registration shall be applied for within 30 days from the date of making resolution or decision of the change.
 



Page 4 of 6

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.40

CHAPTER 8. MISCELLANEOUS
 
Article 24   The shareholder of the Company can assign all or part of his/her stock right.
 
For the shareholder who assigns the stock right shall apply for change of registration within 30 days from the date of assigning the stock right.
 
For change of type of the Company caused by the shareholder’s assignment of the stock right, change of registration shall be applied in the regulated period to the registration authority of the Company according to the establishment conditions of type of the Company that to be changed.
 
Article 25   After the shareholder’s legal assignment of the stock right, the Company shall correspondingly modify the Articles of Association and the relevant records about the shareholder and his/her contribution amount in the register of shareholder.
 
Article 26    The business period of the Company is 10 years from the date of issuing the business license of the company.
 
By modifying the Articles of Association of the Company for the existence of the Company after business period ends.
 
Change of registration is required for the Company to prolong the business period.
 
Article 27    If the Company is dissolved for the following reasons:
 
(1)  
The business period regulated in the Articles of Association ends;
 
(2)  
The shareholder decides to dissolve;
 
(3)  
Dissolution caused by merger or separation;
 
(4)  
The business license be revoked in accordance with law, ordered to turn off or revoked;
 
(5)  
Dissolved by the People’s Court according to the Article 183 of the Company Law ;
 
If the Company is dissolved under regulations of (1), (2), (4) and (5) in the preceding article, liquidation team shall be set up for liquidation within 15 days from the date of appearance of the dissolution reasons. The members of the liquidation team of the Company shall be decided by the shareholders.
 
Article 28    For the liquidation according to law after dissolution of the company, the liquidation team shall file the list of members and principals of the liquidation team to the registration authority of the Company within 10 days from the date of setting up.
 
Article 29    The liquidation team shall inform the creditor within 10 days from the date of setting up and shall make public announcement in the newspaper within 60 days.
 
During the period of reporting claims, the liquidation team shall not pay off the creditor.
 
Article 30    During the period of liquidation, the Company continues to exist, but the business operations have noting to do with the liquidation are not allowed.
 
The properties of the Company shall not be allocated to the shareholder before the pay-off according to the Company Law .
 
After the liquidation of the company, the liquidation team shall make liquidation report which shall be reported to and confirmed by the shareholder (or the People’s Court) and apply for the cancellation of registration at the former registration authority of the Company for announcement of dissolution of the Company within 30 days from the date of finishing the liquidation.

Page 5 of 6

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.40

 
CHAPTER 9. SUPPLEMENTATRY ARTICLES
 
Article 31   For the Company to invest to other enterprises or to provide guarantee for others, it shall be decided by the shareholders.
 
For the Company to provide guarantee to the shareholder or the actual controller, it must be decided by the shareholder in written form.
 
Article 32    Registration items shall be subject to what are verified by the registration authority of the company.
 
Article 33    Other issues uncovered in this Articles of Association are applicable to relevant regulations in the Company Law .
 
Article 34   This Articles of Association is formulated by the shareholder and shall take effective from the date of establishing the Company (Where it is regulated otherwise by National Laws and Regulations, the latter shall prevail).
 
Article 35   This Articles of Association is in triplicate, the shareholder, the Company and the registration authority of the Company shall each hold one copy.



Seal and signature of the shareholder:





May 04, 2010

















Page 6 of 6
 


Exhibit 10.41

Business License of Incorporation
(Duplicate)
Register No.: 350582100117205 (changed)
Enterprise name
Jinjiang Guanke Electron Co., Ltd.
Business Address
Houlin Guanke Technology Park Luoshan Subdistrict, Jinjiang County
Legal representative
Ke Wenpu
Registered capital
Seventeen Million Yuan
Paid-in capital
Seventeen Million Yuan
Enterprise type
Limited liability (sole investment by legal representative)
Business scope
R & D and sales of computer software and hardware; wholesale and retail of electronic products, computers, digital products, electromechanical products, communication equipment, web products, computer accessories, plastic products, textiles, mineral products (except state-controlled products), metal materials and auto parts; acquisition of agricultural by-products (excluding foodstuffs and seeds) and electronic technology services; import & export business of goods and technology (excluding state-prohibited goods and technology for import & export). (When the above business scope involves in licensed items, the business shall be approved by relevant authorities)
Established date
May 12, 2010
Business period
From May 12, 2010 to May 11, 2020


Duplicate No.: 1-1
Explanation

1.  
“Business License of Incorporation” is a certificate for the enterprise’s corporate qualification and legal business operation.
2.  
“Business license of Incorporation” consists of an original and a duplicate that are of the same legal authentification.
3.  
The original shall be put in a conspicuous place of its business location.
4.  
Business License must not be forged, altered, rented, lent or transferred.
5.  
When changes of register items take place, incorporation shall apply to the register organ for register of modification and change a new license.
6.  
During Mar. 1 to Jul. 30 every year, incorporation shall accept the annul examination.
7.  
After the Business License of Incorporation is revoked, business irrelevant to settlement is prohibited.
8.  
When incorporation cancels registration, he shall return back original and duplicate copies of business license.
9.  
If the Business License of Incorporation is lost or damaged, incorporation shall make a declaration for cancelation on newspaper specified by the register organ and apply for a new license.

Situations of annual examination
       
 
Register organ
Jinjiang Municipal Bureau of Industrial and Commercial Administration <Seal>
    Aug. 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                           
 


 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated January 22, 2010, relating to the balance sheets of Hambrecht Asia Acquisition Corp. as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2008, the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2007 and the periods from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009, and shareholders’ equity for the period from July 18, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2009, and to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.


/s/ Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C.

Roseland, New Jersey
December 13, 2010
 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors
 
SGOCO Group, Ltd. and subsidiaries
 
We consent to the use of our report dated February 12, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of SGOCO Group, Ltd. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, included herein by reference on the registration statement of the Company’s Form F-1, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
 
/s / Frazer Frost, LLP                                                                 
                                                                  
Brea, California
December 15, 2010
 

 

Exhibit 99.1

SGOCO Group, Ltd.
Code of Ethics and Conduct
November 2010

The purpose of SGOCO Group, Ltd.’s (the “Company”) Code of Ethics and Conduct (the “Code”) is to establish specific standards and policies for conduct of the Company’s business in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, honesty in our business dealings, prudent use of our assets and resources, sound growth and achievement of business objectives and fair treatment of our employees. We are committed to achieving and maintaining the highest level of integrity and ethics in our dealings with our employees, customers, suppliers, shareholders and the public. For the purposes of these business and ethical conduct standards (the “Standards”), the Company considers its executive officers (including but not limited to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Controller, or persons performing similar functions), directors, employees, agents and consultants to be “Employees” and each an “Employee.”
 
As Employees, we are responsible for fully implementing the business practices and corporate policies of the Company.  These Standards are presented to govern the conduct of all our Employees and are intended to supplement the requirements as set forth in the Company’s employee manual.
 
The purpose of this Code is to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
 
(i)           honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
 
(i)           full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or other governmental regulators and in other public communications made by the Company;
 
(iii)         compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
 
(iv)         prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code to an appropriate person or persons identified herein; and,
 
(v)          accountability for adherence to this Code.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
It is very important that every Employee avoid any situation which involves a conflict with his/her duty to the Company and the interests of the Company and its shareholders. We expect our Employees to exercise good judgment, honesty and high ethical standards at all times. Adherence to these Standards should prevent the occurrence of conflicts of interest. Employees should be particularly sensitive to possible conflicts with suppliers, brokers or any vendors which could arise from engaging in business dealings with, or accepting gifts or compensation from, others. If the Employee is in doubt, the Ethics Officer should be consulted. The transmittal letter accompanying the copy of this Code of Ethics delivered to you identifies the Ethics Officer and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Should questions arise regarding the appropriate handling of your responsibilities under this Code of Ethics, please contact either of these persons; and, definitely, contact the Chairman of the Audit Committee if and whenever you have concerns about the prompt and responsive handling of any matter of concern to you.

 

 

Playing "favorites" or having conflicts of interest, in practice or appearance, runs counter to the fair treatment to which we are all entitled. Each Employee should avoid any relationship, influence or activity that might impair, or have the appearance of impairing, his/her ability to make objective and fair decisions when performing his/her job. Conflict of interest laws and regulations must be fully and carefully observed. When in doubt, review Company policies and procedures, and share the facts of the situation with the Ethics Officer.
 
Here are some ways a conflict of interest could arise:
 
-
Employment by a competitor or potential competitor, regardless of the nature of the employment, while employed by the Company
 
-
Acceptance of gifts, cash or in kind from those seeking to do business with the Company
 
-
Placement of business with a firm owned or controlled by an Employee or his/her family
 
-
Ownership of, or substantial interest in, a company which is a competitor of or a supplier to the Company
 
-
Acting as a consultant to a Company customer or supplier without the Company's express prior written approval. Approval is required for any Employee's services as director, officer, employee, or consultant to any company which is a supplier or a customer having business dealings with the Company.
 
In order to preserve the Company’s reputation for honesty and integrity, the management of our Company must be advised of any matters which might be considered sensitive. Any such notification should be addressed to the Ethics Officer. Each Employee has a duty to ensure that proprietary information relating to the Company or any entity or person with which the Company does business is not disclosed to anyone without proper authorization. Every Employee has a duty to keep proprietary documents protected and secure, particularly when dealing with suppliers, customers and competitors.
 
Financial Reporting
 
The Company’s senior financial officers (e.g., principal financial officer, comptroller, principal accounting officer and any person performing similar functions) as well as any person whose responsibilities include financial reporting duties (“Finance Personnel”) have a heightened obligation to perform their duties in a diligent, honest and ethical manner. This duty of honesty extends to the full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure of information relating to the Company's financial condition and results of operation in its periodic reports and compliance with all applicable government rules and regulations. The primary responsibility for financial reporting, internal control, and compliance with laws, regulation, and ethics rests with executive management.

 
2

 

If Finance Personnel discover, or have reason to believe, that there is an actual or potential conflict of interest between their personal and professional relationships, they must report this information in a prompt fashion to the Ethics Officer or the Company's Audit Committee. Examples of information which should be reported include but are not limited to: (i) internal control deficiencies such as failure to conduct quarterly reviews of those controls, or control overrides (such as situations in which Company officials responsible for a certain function have avoided performing such function or their decisions are overridden); (ii) fraud by management or by Employees with significant roles in financial reporting or internal controls (regardless of materiality); (iii) utilization of proprietary Company information by non-Company personnel for the benefit of persons or entities other than the Company; and (iv) provision of non-auditing services by the Company's auditors without the prior consent of the Company's Audit Committee.
 
The Company's Audit Committee has important oversight responsibilities that relate to the Company's financial reporting, internal controls, compliance with applicable laws and regulations and Company ethics. In this capacity, the Audit Committee has the power to authorize investigations that are within the scope of its responsibilities, including conducting interviews or discussions with Employees and other persons whose views may be helpful to them. In its oversight capacity, the Audit Committee also monitors internal control processes by reviewing reports issued by external auditors and other information to gain reasonable assurance that the Company is in compliance with pertinent laws and regulations, is conducting its affairs ethically, and is maintaining effective controls against conflict of interest and fraud. If you have any concerns regarding the Company's financial reporting, internal controls, compliance with applicable laws and regulations and compliance of Company Employees with this Code of Ethics, you should contact the Chairman of the Audit Committee directly.
 
Gifts, Gratuities and Entertainment
 
Customer and Supplier Personnel
 
The purchase of supplies, materials and services from vendors, suppliers and subcontractors must be accomplished in a fair and nondiscriminatory process based solely on quality, performance, price and customer criteria (in cases where purchases are made for customers).
 
The Company specifically prohibits offering, attempting to give, soliciting or receiving any form of bribe or kickback. These are criminal acts. Since the mere receipt of a request to engage in such activity may be a reportable event under the law, all Employees should immediately seek advice from the Ethics Officer if any such request is received. Similarly, any dealings with affiliated persons of the Company or of any officer of the Company must be reviewed by the Ethics Officer. No transaction may be effected with an affiliated person or entity absent the written approval of the Audit Committee.
 
Government Personnel
 
No Employee may give federal, state or local government employees any meal, beverage, gift or form of entertainment regardless of value with the following exceptions:
 
-
Promotional items which have a retail value of less than US$25.00 and which contain the Company's name or logo may be offered without violating this Code,

 
3

 

-
Employees may also provide (i) modest items of food and refreshments offered other than as part of a meal (such as soft drinks, coffee and doughnuts) to employees of federal executive agencies other than uniformed services; and (ii) greeting cards and items with little intrinsic value such as plaques, certificates and trophies, which are intended solely for presentation,
 
-
Employees may socially entertain relatives or personal friends employed by government agencies. It should be clear, however, that such entertainment is not related to the Company’s business. Expenditures for such non-business entertainment are not reimbursable by the Company to the Employee,
 
-
Employees may not make loans, guarantee loans or make payments to or on behalf of federal, state or local government employees.
 
Anyone with questions regarding this section should contact the Ethics Officer. The making of gifts that exceed these limits is a violation of the Code of Ethics and other policies.
 
Non-Government Personnel
 
Furnishing meals, refreshments, modest gifts/honorariums (see below) and entertainment in conjunction with business discussions with non-government personnel is a commonly accepted business practice. The Company permits its Employees, within reason, to engage in such practices. The furnishing of meals, refreshments or entertainment and the making of modest gifts/honorariums, however, should not violate good common sense and the standards of conduct of the recipient's organization, and must be consistent with past practices and standards established from time to time by the Company.
 
Employees who make, and supervisors who approve, expenditures for meals, refreshments or entertainment, must use discretion and care to ensure that such expenditures are in the proper course of business and cannot reasonably be construed as bribes or improper inducements.
 
Modest gifts/honorariums should only be given in order to commemorate a specific holiday or special event. In no event should the value of such individual items exceed US $50.00 (or an equivalent in RMB) without the prior approval of the Chief Financial Officer. Detailed records of all such gifts and their business purpose should be maintained for at least three years. Employees should at all times be mindful of the need to avoid the appearance of gift giving for the purpose of inducing favorable treatment.
 
Employees may accept meals, refreshments or entertainment in connection with business discussions, provided, that they are not excessive as to cost or frequency. It is the personal responsibility of every Employee to ensure that his/her acceptance of such meals, refreshments or entertainment is within prevailing Company Standards and could not reasonably be construed as an attempt by the offering party to secure favorable treatment or create an appearance of impropriety.

 
4

 

Employees may not accept gifts, including travel and accommodations, which have a retail or exchange value of US$50.00 or more (or an equivalent in RMB) from an individual or firm doing or seeking to do business with the Company. Exceptions may be granted on an individual basis; however, Employees must immediately report the gift to their supervisor and the Ethics Officer and request a waiver of this rule. In any circumstance where an Employee is offered meals, refreshments, entertainment or gifts and the offering may create an appearance of impropriety, regardless of the value thereof, the Employee should disclose the offering to his/her supervisor and the Ethics Officer in writing.
 
Except for loans by recognized banks and financial institutions which are available generally at market rates and terms, no Employee or member of his/her family may accept any loan, guarantee of loan or payment from an individual or firm doing or seeking to do business with the Company; nor is it permissible to accept any service, accommodation or travel of any value whatsoever, unless the primary purpose of such is the performance of the Company’s business.
 
Gifts or Payments to Foreign Officials
 
The Company will scrupulously adhere to the letter and spirit of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits, among other things, giving money or items of value to a foreign official or instrumentality for the purpose of influencing a foreign government. The Act further prohibits giving money or items of value to any person or firm, such as a consultant or marketing representative, when there is a reason to believe that it will be passed on to a foreign government official for this purpose. All questions concerning compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act should be referred to the Ethics Officer.
 
Gifts or Payments in General
 
All approved expenditures for meals, refreshments and entertainment must be fully documented and recorded on the books of the Company in strict compliance with established policies and procedures. Employees are required to report to their supervisors any instance in which they are offered money, gifts which have retail or exchange value of US$50.00 or more (or an equivalent in RMB) or anything else of value by a supplier or prospective supplier to the Company. Laws and regulations pertaining to entertainment, gifts and payments may be and are complicated. Questions regarding interpretations of specific policies should be submitted to the Ethics Officer.
 
Antitrust
 
The antitrust laws of the United States are calculated to promote free and open competition. It is incumbent upon Employees to seek guidance and instructions from supervisors, and if necessary, from the Ethics Officer whenever any questions relating to their compliance with those laws and regulations arise. All Employees are expected to conduct themselves in a manner designed to promote the Company's compliance with the antitrust laws, and no Employee shall discuss with any competitor: prices or terms of sale; division of territories or markets; allocation of customers; or boycotts of customers or suppliers.

 
5

 

Integrity of Company Records
 
Financial Information and Records
 
To ensure that public companies such as the Company disclose complete and accurate financial information in their periodic reports, federal securities law requires the Company's CEO and CFO to certify that: (i) they have reviewed each periodic report; (ii) based on their knowledge, there are no materially false statements or material omissions in the subject periodic report; (iii) the report fairly presents the issuer's financial condition and results of operations; (iv) the signing officers are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal controls and have evaluated the effectiveness of those controls as of the end of the fiscal period as of the date of the report; (v) they have presented their conclusions about the effectiveness of the controls in the subject report; (vi) they have disclosed control deficiencies and any fraud by management or Employees with a significant role in internal controls (regardless of materiality) to the auditors and the Audit Committee; and (vii) they have disclosed any material weaknesses in internal controls to the Company's auditors. In addition, all annual reports must include an internal control report concerning management's responsibility for establishing and assessing its internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting to which the Company's auditors must also attest and report. It is anticipated that additional requirements may be promulgated in the near future.
 
It is our policy to comply with accepted accounting rules and controls at all times. All Company records must accurately reflect the transactions they record. In particular, this policy requires the following:
 
-
No undisclosed or unrecorded fund or asset of the Company shall be established for any purpose;
 
-
No false or misleading entries shall be made in the books or records of the Company for any reason and no Employee shall assist in any arrangement that results in any such entry;
 
-
No payment or expenditure of the Company shall be approved without adequate supporting documentation or made with intention or understanding that any Party of such payment or expenditure is to be used, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than that expressly described by the supporting documentation;
 
-
Any Employee having information concerning any unrecorded fund or asset or any prohibited act shall promptly report such matter to the Ethics Officer;
 
-
Medical claims of Employees contain confidential information. Such claims shall be treated in a manner to retain that confidentiality and in a manner consistent with Company policy and procedures; and
 
-
The Company's internal and outside accountants must maintain all audit and review work product for five (5) years from the end of the applicable fiscal period.

 
6

 

In addition, every Employee should be aware that:
 
-
It is a crime, punishable by imprisonment of up to ten (10) years, to knowingly and willfully violate Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 provisions regarding retention of corporate audit records;
 
-
It is a crime, punishable by imprisonment of up to twenty (20) years, to knowingly alter, destroy, conceal, etc. records or documents with the intent to impede, obstruct, or influence a federal government investigation or case filed in bankruptcy, or in relation to or contemplation of any such matter or case;
 
-
It is a crime, punishable by imprisonment of up to twenty (20) years, to "corruptly" alter, destroy, mutilate, or conceal records or documents with the intent to impair their integrity or availability in an official proceeding; or to otherwise obstruct, influence, or impede a proceeding (or attempt to do so);
 
-
It is a crime, punishable by imprisonment of up to ten (10) years, to knowingly, with the intent to retaliate, take any action harmful to a person for providing to a law enforcement officer any truthful information relating to the commission or possible commission of any federal offense; and
 
-
You should contact the Ethics Officer should you have any question regarding the foregoing discussion.
 
Personnel Records
 
Personnel records are treated as confidential by the Company, unless otherwise required by law or permission to disclose their contents is given by an Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will confirm length of service and position held (and pay rate, when written permission is given by the Employee) when contacted by a prospective lender to an Employee or by a prospective employer after an Employee's separation from the Company.
 
Information to Customers
 
It is the Company policy to provide technical information which is as accurate as possible in order to properly guide our own Employees and customers in the sales and use of our products and services. No false or inaccurate data shall knowingly be recorded or used by any Employee. Any Employee having information concerning any such false data being recorded or used shall promptly report such a situation to the Ethics Officer.
 
Computer Usage/Software Licensing
 
It is the Company policy to restrict access to computer databases and electronic mail communications systems to authorized users for business and business-related purposes only. It is the Company policy to maintain compliance with software licensing requirements of our suppliers and vendors.

 
7

 

Political Contributions
 
The Company may not make any remuneration of money or offer to do so directly or indirectly to any government official or politician in the United States or abroad for the purpose of influencing such official's or politician's actions. Our Employees are expected not to use Company funds or facilities or services for any political purpose in contravention of this policy.
 
This policy shall not apply to purely individual contributions by Employees. However, the use of Company funds to fund an Employee contribution, or the reimbursement of an Employee contribution is strictly prohibited.
 
Prohibition against Trading while in Possession of Material Non-Public Information
 
Confidential Information and Insider Trading
 
Each Employee of the Company is forbidden from (i) utilizing non-public information regarding customers, suppliers and other business contacts for personal gain; and (ii) disclosing information regarding customers, suppliers and other business contacts acquired through the Company to persons not in the employ of the Company. All information obtained from a customer, supplier or other business contact in the ordinary course of business is regarded as confidential unless it is, beyond any doubt, widely and publicly known and is also clearly not detrimental information that might be embarrassing to the subject of the information. In addition, the Company forbids any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, on material non-public information ("Material Non-Public Information") or communicating Material Non-Public Information regarding the Company or any supplier, customer or other business contact of the Company to others in violation of the law. This sort of conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading.”
 
The Company's policy applies to every Employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary action, including but not limited to, termination; and any violation may constitute a crime. Furthermore, "insider trading" can result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties under United States federal and state law. Every Employee must read and retain a copy of this policy statement. Any questions regarding the Company's policy and procedures should be referred to the Ethics Officer, whose name and location will be published and made available to Employees.
 
The term "insider trading" is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally refers to the use of Material Non-Public Information for trading in securities (whether or not one is an "insider") or to the communication of Material Non-Public Information to others for their personal use.
 
While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:
 
-
trading by an insider, while in possession of Material Non-Public Information, or

 
8

 

-
trading by a non-insider, while in possession of Material Non-Public Information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated, or
 
-
communicating Material Non-Public Information to others.
 
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. If, after reviewing this policy statement, you have any questions, you should consult with the Ethics Officer.
 
Insiders
 
The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes Employees of the Company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider" if he/she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the Company's purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, vendors, customers, and the employees of such organizations. In addition, the company may become a temporary insider of another company with which it is negotiating. According to the United States Supreme Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed non-public information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
 
Material Information
 
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. "Material Information" generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his/her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. Information that Employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to, increases or decreases in dividends; declarations of stock splits and stock dividends; financial announcements including periodic results and forecasts, especially earnings releases and estimates of earnings; changes in previously disclosed financial information; mergers, acquisitions or takeovers; proposed issuances of securities; significant changes in operations or business trends; significant increases or declines in backlog orders or the gain or loss of a significant contract or customer; significant new products to be introduced; extraordinary borrowings; major litigation (civil or criminal); financial liquidity problems;  significant changes in management; purchase or sale of substantial assets; and/or significant regulatory actions.
 
Material Information does not have to relate to the Company's business. For example, material information may include information contained in an as yet unpublished newspaper column which would affect the market price of various companies' securities. If the reporter disclosed the dates that reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not in advance of publication, the reporter could be held criminally liable.

 
9

 

Non-public Information
 
Information is non-public until it has been effectively communicated to the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones News, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.
 
Public dissemination usually contemplates some period of delay after release of the information to the press in order for outside investors to evaluate the release. A delay of three (3) full days should suffice for a simple announcement, such as a routine earnings announcement. A longer delay is appropriate when a complex transaction, such as a merger or reorganization, is involved.
 
Often there is Material Information within the Company that is not yet ripe for public disclosure by the Company itself. For example, during the early stages of discussion regarding a significant acquisition, the information about the discussion may be too tentative or premature to require, or even permit, public announcement by the Company. On the other hand, the information may be highly material in the sense that individuals with access to that information are themselves precluded from trading in the Company's stock. Whenever any doubt exists, the presumption should be against trading in the Company's stock by any insider with access to the information until approval has been sought through appropriate channels.
 
Bases for Liability
 
Breach of Fiduciary Duty
 
There is no general duty to disclose Material Information before trading on that Material Non-Public Information. However, if a fiduciary relationship exists between the parties to a transaction, and one of those parties has the right to expect that the other party will either disclose any Material Non-Public Information of which he/she is aware or refrain from trading, and fails to do so, the that party has breached his fiduciary duty to the other party.
 
Non-insiders may also be deemed to have fiduciary duties of insiders in certain instances. For example, if an attorney or an accountant enters into a confidential relationship with the Company through which he/she gains information, he/she may be deemed an insider or "tippee" if he/she personally benefits, directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. That non-insider may also be deemed to owe a fiduciary duty to the Company's shareholders as a "tippee" if he/she is aware or should have been aware that he/she possesses confidential information from an insider (who has violated his fiduciary duty to the Company's shareholders) and the "tippee" personally benefits, directly or indirectly, from the disclosure.
 
In the "tippee" situation, a breach of duty occurs only if the insider personally benefits, directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. The benefit does not have to be pecuniary, but can be a gift, a reputational benefit that will translate into future earnings, or even evidence of a relationship that suggests an expectation of some benefit.

 
10

 

Misappropriation
 
Another basis for insider trading liability is the "misappropriation" theory, where liability is established when trading occurs on Material Non-Public Information that was stolen or misappropriated from any other person. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court held that a columnist defrauded The Wall Street Journal when he stole information which was to be used in an article and used it for trading in the securities markets prior to the article's publication. It should be noted that the misappropriation theory can be used to reach a variety of individuals not previously thought to be encompassed under the fiduciary duty theory. To the extent that an Employee obtains Material Non-Public Information about a supplier, customer or other business contact in the course of his employ by the Company and trades on it or provides that information to a third party who trades on it, the Employee may be deemed to have "misappropriated" the information.
 
Penalties for Insider Trading
 
Penalties for trading on or communicating Material Non-Public Information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he/she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include civil injunctions; disgorgement of profits; jail sentences; fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three (3) times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited; and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of US$1,000,000 or three (3) times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided. In addition, any violation of this Code of Ethics can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including, without limitation, dismissal of the persons involved.
 
Implementation Procedures
 
The following procedures have been established to aid Employees in avoiding insider trading, and to aid the Company in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every Employee of the Company must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. If you have any questions about these procedures, you should consult the Ethics Officer.
 
Before trading for yourself or others in the securities of a company about which you may have potential inside information, ask yourself the following questions:
 
-
Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his/her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?
 
-
Is the information non-public? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Dow Jones News, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journalor other publications of general circulation?
 
If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and non-public, or if you have questions as to whether the information is material and non-public, you should take the following steps:

 
11

 

-
Report the matter immediately to the Ethics Officer.
 
-
Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others.
 
-
Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to the Ethics Officer.
 
After the Ethics Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue to refrain from trading and communicating the information, or you will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.
 
Personal Securities Trading
 
All officers and directors of the Company are required to obtain clearance from the Ethics Officer prior to effecting any securities transaction involving the securities of the Company in which they, their families (including the spouse, minor children and adults living in the same household as the Employee), or trusts of which they are trustees or in which they have a beneficial interest are parties. An Employee who believes he/she has or is uncertain whether information in his/her possession is material, non-public information should also obtain clearance from the Ethics Officer. The Ethics Officer will promptly notify the Employee of clearance or denial of clearance to trade. Notification of approval or denial to trade may be verbally given; however, it will be confirmed in writing within 72 hours of the verbal notification. Clearance of any particular trade by the Internal Compliance Officer will be based on his best judgment in reliance on the facts presented. Each Employee remains individually responsible for compliance with U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Code of Ethics.
 
Restricting Access to Material Non-Public Information
 
Information in your possession that you identify as material and non-public may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within the Company, except as provided above. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing Material Non-Public Information should be sealed; access to paper and computer files containing Material Non-Public Information should be restricted; conversations in public places, such as restaurants, elevators and airplanes should be limited to information that is neither sensitive nor confidential; speaker phones should not be used if, as a result, the conversation may be heard by a party who does not have a "need to know."
 
If you become aware of a leak of Material Information, whether inadvertent or otherwise, you should report that fact immediately to the Ethics Officer or to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.
 
Communications with Outsiders
 
The Company typically communicates any disclosable Material Information with the press, its shareholders and the financial community through the issuance of press releases and the filing of periodic reports. All requests from outsiders for information regarding the general business or financial condition of the Company should be referred to one of the officers of the Company. Courts have even treated the confirmation of information in some circumstances to constitute tipping. If you become aware of a rumor circulating about the Company, details concerning the rumor should be reported to the Ethics Officer as soon as possible so that a determination can be made whether it is necessary or advisable to make a general public announcement to dispel such rumor.

 
12

 

Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading
 
If, after consideration of the items set forth in this Code of Ethics, you have concerns as to whether information is material or non-public, or if there is any other unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, you must presume the information to be material and non-public and must discuss the matter with the Ethics Officer before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
 
Exceptions to the Code Of Ethics
 
The Ethics Officer may make exceptions on a case-by-case basis of this Code upon a determination that the conduct at issue involves a negligible opportunity for abuse or otherwise merits an exemption from the Standards set forth herein. All such exceptions must be received in writing by the person requesting the exemption before becoming effective.
 
Supervisory Procedures
 
The role of the Ethics Officer is critical to the implementation and maintenance of this Code of Ethics. Supervisory Procedures can be divided into two classifications: (i) prevention of violations of law; and (ii) the preservation of systems necessary to assure the integrity of the Company's financial reporting.
 
Prevention of Violations of Law
 
To prevent insider trading, the Ethics Officer should:
 
-
provide, on a regular basis, a program to familiarize Employees with the Company's policy and procedures, including the furnishing of this Code of Ethics to all Employees and to each new Employee upon commencement of employment;
 
-
answer questions regarding the Code of Ethics;
 
-
resolve issues of whether information received by an Employee of the Company is material and non-public;
 
-
review, with the assistance of the Company's legal counsel, on a regular basis and update as necessary the Code of Ethics;
 
-
when it has been determined that an Employee of the Company has Material Non-Public Information, implement measures to prevent dissemination of such information, and if necessary, restrict Employees from trading the securities; and

 
13

 

-
promptly review, and either approve or disapprove, in writing, each request of an Employee for clearance to trade in specified securities.
 
Detection of Insider Trading
 
To detect insider trading, the Ethics Officer should:
 
-
review the trading activity reports and beneficial ownership disclosure, as filed with the SEC, filed by each officer and director;
 
-
maintain regular communication with and be available to answer questions from Employees of the Company who are contemplating securities transactions; and
 
-
coordinate the review of such reports with other appropriate officers or directors of the Company.
 
Special Reports to Management
 
Upon learning of a potential violation of the Code, the Ethics Officer should promptly prepare a written report to management and the Audit Committee providing full details and recommendations for further action.
 
Annual Reports to Management
 
On an annual basis, the Ethics Officer should prepare a written report to the management of the Company and the Audit Committee setting forth the following:
 
-
a summary of existing procedures to detect and prevent violations of the Code;
 
-
full details of any investigation, either internal or by a regulatory agency, of any suspected reporting impropriety, violation of this Code of Ethics or of any other Company standard or policy, or any violation of law, including insider trading; and the results of such investigation;
 
-
an evaluation of the current procedures and any recommendations for improvement; and
 
-
a description of the Company's continuing program to educate parties regarding insider trading, including the dates of such programs, since the last report to management and the Audit Committee.
 
Amendments
 
This Code or any provision contained therein may be amended or repealed by the Board, provided any such amendment is done in writing and is specifically approved or ratified by the Board.

 
14

 

Acknowledgment
 
We will expect every Employee, after he/she has read this Code, to execute an acknowledgment form affirming his/her knowledge and understanding of this Code and affirming his/her responsibility as an Employee to promptly notify his/her immediate supervisor if he/she has any questions or concerns regarding conduct that may raise concern that any of these policies have not been observed.
 
Confidentiality
 
The Company will, to the fullest extent possible without contravening any law, regulation or statute, hold confidential the name of any Employee reporting any event or conduct which he/she believes, in good faith, may raise concern that any policy described in the Code may not have been observed.  In some circumstances, however, the Company may be required to furnish such information to law enforcement or governmental officials and counsel in order to address issues raised by such reports.
 
Waiver
 
Any waiver of the Code for executive offers or directors may be made only by the board, and must be disclosed to the  shareholders, along with the reasons for the waiver.  The Company must also disclosure such waiver within four business days by filing a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC, providing website disclosure that satisfies the requirements of Item 5.05(c) of Form 8-K, or in cases where a Form 8-K is not required, by distributing a press release.
 
Internal Use
 
This Code is intended solely for internal use by the Company.  It is not intended to and does not create any rights in any employee, investor, supplier, competitor, shareholder or any other person.

 
15

 

Exhibit 99.1
 
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
 
I have read this Code of Conduct and Ethics.  I understand my responsibility to comply with the Code of Conduct and Ethics and the process and consequences for dealing with violations thereof.
 
If I have any questions or concerns regarding conduct that may raise concern under this Code of Conduct and Ethics, I will immediately follow one of the procedures suggested in the Code and will notify my immediate supervisor and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
   
Signature
 
   
Print Your Name
 
   
Date
 
   
Job Title or Classification
 
   
Location

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL
 
Business Conduct Questionnaire and Annual Certification
 
Relating to the period ___________, 200__ to ___________, 200__
 
The Company will, to the fullest extent possible without contravening any law, regulation or statute, hold confidential the name of the Employee reporting any event or conduct which he/she believes, in good faith, may raise concern that any policy described in this Code of Conduct and Ethics may not have been observed.
       
Yes*
 
No
             
1.
 
Have you read the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics and are you adhering to the policies and standards set forth therein?
 
¨
 
¨
2.
 
Have you or do you know of any other Employee who has offered to pay or otherwise compensate any federal, state, local or foreign government official or employee for services performed on behalf of the Company?
 
¨
 
¨
3.
 
Have you or do you know of any person who has received anything having a value of over US$50.00 from any person or company doing or seeking to do business with the Company?
 
¨
 
¨
4.
 
Have you or do you know of any Employee who has supplied any services or confidential Company information to a competitor or supplier of the Company?
 
¨
 
¨
5.
 
Do you have or do you know of any Employee who has any interest (other than ownership of publicly traded shares) in any entity with which the Company does business or which competes with the Company?  Do any of your close relatives work for a customer or competitor of the Company?
 
¨
 
¨
6.
 
Have you or do you know of any Employee who has used the Company’s assets, influence or information for personal purposes without adequately reimbursing the Company, and without making full disclosure of the same to a supervisor?
 
¨
 
¨
7.
 
Have you or do you know of any other Employee who has made inaccurate, improper or misleading entries to documents the Company is required to maintain for or submit to any governmental agency or authority or any customer?
 
¨
 
¨
8.
 
Have you or do you know of any Employee who has made inaccurate or misleading entries to the Company’s records or failed to disclose properly any assets or liabilities of the Company?
 
¨
 
¨
9.
 
Have you or do you know of any Employee who has failed to comply with any law or regulation applicable to the Company, including without limitation any environmental requirements?
 
¨
 
¨
10.
 
Do you know of any Employee that has violated the Code of Ethics or any other Company policy or standard?
 
¨
 
¨

 

 

11.
 
Do you know of any report, or other information that has been filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted, or distributed to any shareholders or prospective shareholders of the Company that contains any untrue statements of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made in such materials, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading?
 
¨
 
¨
12.
 
Do you know of any financial statements, or other financial information included in any report, or other information that has been filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted, or distributed to any shareholders or prospective shareholders of the Company, that do not fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operation of the Company as of and for the period presented in the materials?
 
¨
 
¨
13.
  
Do you know of any significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions regarding to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses?
  
¨
  
¨

*IF YES FOR QUESTIONS 2-13, PLEASE EXPLAIN ON REVERSE SIDE OR AN ATTACHED SHEET.
 
Signature: 
   
 
Name (please print): 
   
         
Position:
   
 
Phone Number:
   

The completed form should be mailed to: